Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

at the temple of Hope/la

  • 1 spēs

        spēs speī (spei, monosyl., T.), f    [SPA-], hope: aegroto, dum anima est, spes esse dicitur: miserum est nec habere ne spei quidem extremum: spem ponere in armis, V.: spem deponere, abandon, H.: spem salutis suae in Meleagri morte deponebat, placed, Cu.: spem Catilinae mollibus sententiis alere: ut eos homines spes falleret: nostris militibus spem minuit, Cs.: de spe conatuque depulsus: morando spem destituere, L.: Philippus, magnā spe depulsus, L.: repente praeter spem dixit, etc.: cetera contra spem salva invenit, L.: omnia bona in spe habere, S.: omnīs Catilinae spes atque opes concidisse: (cadus) Spes donare novas largus, H.: spem istoc pacto nuptiarum omnem eripis, T.: qui spem salutis in aliā ratione non habuerit: unius recuperandi fili spes: Antiochus a spe societatis Prusiae decidit, L.: Spem suae mortis conceperat, O.: magna me spes tenet, explicare, etc.: in spem maximam adducti, hunc ipsum annum salutarem civitati fore: magnam in spem veniebat, fore, uti, etc., Cs.: te in istam spem inducere, ut, etc.: leniter in spem Adrepe officiosus, ut scribare Heres, H.: spem de eo iam puero habuerant: tantum spei habere ad vivendum: Gallis ad temptanda ea defuit spes, L.— A hope, ground of hope, object of desire, deliverance, trust: puppes, Spes vestri reditūs, O.: vestras spes uritis, V.: Spe (i. e. re speratā) potitur, O.—Of offspring, a hope, promise: Devovit nati spemque caputque parens, O.: nec spes iam restat Iuli, V.: spes reliqua nostra, Cicero.— An anticipation, expectation, apprehension, dread: si meam spem vis improborum fefellerit: mala res, spes multo asperior, S.: (bellum) spe omnium serius, L.: cum Tarentinorum defectio in spe Hannibali esset, L.—Person., as a divinity, Hope: ad Spei, at the temple of Hope, L., C., H.
    * * *
    I
    Spes, goddess of hope, hope personified
    II
    hope/anticipation/expectation

    Latin-English dictionary > spēs

  • 2 ἐλπίς

    ἐλπίς, ίδος, ἡ (s. ἐλπίζω; Hom.+ ‘expectation, hope’, also ‘foreboding’ Aeschyl. et al.)
    the looking forward to someth. with some reason for confidence respecting fulfillment, hope, expectation:
    gener. hope, expectation, prospect ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι (for the spelling s. 1bα below) in hope (Ps.-Pla., Alc. 1, 105a ἐπὶ τίνι ἐλπίδι ζῇς; Eur., Herc. Fur. 804; X., Mem. 2, 1, 18; Diod S 13, 21, 7; Jos., Ant. 4, 36) 1 Cor 9:10a in a quotation (source unknown; cp. Sir. 6:19). παρʼ ἐλπίδα contrary to (all human) expectation (Aeschyl., Ag. 899; Aeneas Tact. 1020; Lycophron vs. 535; Dionys. Hal. 6, 25; Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 22 §85; Philo, Mos. 1, 250; Jos., Bell. 3, 183, Vi. 380; Just., D. 2, 5) Ro 4:18. W. objective gen. (Diod S 16, 55, 4 τῆς εὐεργεσίας ἐλπίς; Appian, Celt. 1 §9 ἐλπὶς ἀναβιώσεως; Jos., Vi. 325 ἐ. κέρδους; Just., D. 8, 3 ἐ. … ἀμείνονος μοίρας) ἐλπὶς τ. ἐργασίας hope of gain Ac 16:19; μετανοίας IEph 10:1; Hs 6, 2, 4; 8, 7, 2; 8, 10, 2. W. gen. of the inf. (Dositheus 19, 6 ἐ. τοῦ δύνασθαι; Ath. 33, 1 τοῦ συνέσεσθαι θεῷ) τοῦ σῴζεσθαι Ac 27:20; τοῦ μετέχειν 1 Cor 9:10b. ἐλπίδα ἔχειν (oft. LXX and non-bibl. wr.) w. gen. of the inf. τοῦ μετανοῆσαι Hs 8, 6, 5. τῇ ἐ. ἐσώθημεν we are saved (or possess salvation) only in hope/anticipation (not yet in reality) Ro 8:24 (Diod S 20, 40, 1 περιεβάλετο ταῖς ἐλπίσι μείζονα δυναστείαν=he entertained prospects of control over a larger realm). ἡ ἐ. ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our expectations involving you are well founded (Paul is confident that the Cor. will hold out under oppression in the future as they have in the past) 2 Cor 1:7. Of the confidence that the Jews placed in their temple ματαία ἡ ἐ. αὐτῶν B 16:2 (on empty hope, s. Reader, Polemo 313).
    esp. pert. to matters spoken of in God’s promises, hope
    α. without specif. ref. to Christian hope ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι (for the spelling ἐφʼ ἑλπίδι s. B-D-F §14; Rob. 224 and cp. an ins fr. Asia Minor: PASA II, 1888, p. 89 ln. 15 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδος and ln. 26 ἐφʼ ἑλπίδος) in (the) hope (Diod S 13, 21, 7 ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι [σωτηρίας]) Ro 8:20 (B-D-F §235, 2); cp. Tit 1:2. ἐπʼ ἐλπίδι ἐπίστευσεν full of hope he believed (in God) Ro 4:18. The ἐπʼ ἐ. of Ac 2:26 could also be understood in this way, but it is also prob. that in this quot. fr. Ps 15:9 the OT mng. in safety (Judg 18:7 B, 27 B; Hos 2:20; Pr 1:33) is correct, as 1 Cl 57:7 (Pr 1:33), unless, with Lat., Syr., and Copt. transl. and Clem. Al., Strom. 2, 22 πεποιθώς is to be added. Of Israel’s messianic hope Ac 23:6 (ἐ. καὶ ἀνάστασις for ἐ. τῆς ἀν. [obj. gen.] as 2 Macc 3:29 ἐ. καὶ σωτηρία); 26:6; 28:20. In imagery of one who combines γνώσις with interest in ζωή Dg 12:6.
    β. of Christian expectation: abs. Ro 5:4f; 12:12; 15:13; 1 Cor 13:13 (cp. Pol. 3:3; on the triad: faith, hope, love s. on ἀγάπη 1aα; s. also WWeis, ZNW 84, ’93, 196–217); Hb 3:6; 6:11; 10:23; 1 Pt 3:15; Agr. 7; 2 Cl 17:7; IEph 1:2; IMg 7:1; expectation of resurrection 1 Cl 27:1. ἐ. ἀγαθή (Pla., Phd. 67c; X., Mem. 2, 1, 18 et al.; FCumont, Lux Perpetua ’49 p. 401–5 with numerous reff., including some from the mystery religions [IG V/2 p. 63: 64/61 B.C.]; μετὰ ἀγαθῆς ἐ. Hippol., Ref. 4, 49, 3; cp. ἐ. ἔχειν … ἀρίστας Orig., C. Cels. 4, 27, 14) 2 Th 2:16 (POtzen, ZNW 49, ’58, 283–85); ἐ. κρείττων Hb 7:19; ἐ. ζῶσα 1 Pt 1:3; cp. εἰς ἐ. B. 11:8. τὸ κοινὸν τῆς ἐ. the common hope 1 Cl 51:1; cp. κοινὴ ἐ. IPh 5:2; καινότης ἐλπίδος new hope IMg 9:1. W. subj. gen. Phil 1:20; ἐ. τῶν ἐκλεκτῶν 1 Cl 58:2; cp. 57:2. W. obj. gen., which designates the obj. of the hope (Ps.-Callisth. 1, 18, 1 ἱλαρὸς ἐπὶ τῇ τοῦ τέκνου ἐλπίδι=glad because of hope for the son; τῆς ἀναστάσεως Iren. 4, 18, 5 [Harv. II 208, 2]; Orig., C. Cels. 3, 3, 9; Did., Gen. 216, 16) ἐπʼ ἐ. τῆς ἐπαγγελίας because of hope in the promise Ac 26:6, cp. vs. 7; ἐ. ζωῆς αἰωνίου Tit 1:2; 3:7 (Ath. 33, 1); cp. B 1:4, 6; Hs 9, 26, 2; ἐ. τῆς δόξης τ. θεοῦ Ro 5:2; cp. Col 1:27; ἐ. σωτηρίας (cp. Aeneas Tact. ln. 14; Lucian, Abdic. 31; En 98:14; Philo, Leg. ad Gai. 329; Jos., Bell. 3, 194) 1 Th 5:8; 2 Cl 1:7. ἐλπίδα δικαιοσύνης ἀπεκδεχόμεθα Gal 5:5 is also obj. gen., since it is a blending of the two expressions ‘we await righteousness’ and ‘we have expectation of righteousness’ (cp. Job 2:9a προσδεχόμενος τὴν ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας μου); ἐ. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν 1 Th 1:3 prob. belongs here also: hope in our Lord.—The gen. can also give the basis for the expectation: ἐ. τοῦ εὐαγγελίου hope that is based on the gospel Col 1:23; ἐ. τῆς κλήσεως the hope that is given w. the calling Eph 1:18; 4:4; ἐ. τῆς πίστεως hope that faith affords B 4:8; ὁ θεὸς τῆς ἐ. Ro 15:13. Sim. ἐ. εἰς (Plut., Galba 1061 [19, 6]; Achilles Tat. 6, 17, 5): ἐ. εἰς θεόν (εἰς τὸν θεόν Did., Gen. 150, 26) hope in God or directed towards God 1 Pt 1:21 (cp. AcThom 28 [Aa II/2, 145, 4]); εἰς τ. Ἰησοῦν B 11:11; cp. ἐ. ἐν (αὐτῷ Diod S 17, 26, 2): ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι αὐτοῦ Mt 12:21 v.l. ἐπὶ λίθον ἡ ἐ.; is (our) hope based on a stone? (w. ref. to Is 28:16) B 6:3.—As obj. of ἔχω: ἔχειν ἐλπίδα Ro 15:4; 2 Cor 3:12 (cp. Just., D. 141, 3); ἐ. μὴ ἔχοντες (Diod S 21, 12, 1 μηδεμίαν ἔχειν ἐλπίδα σωτηρίας) Eph 2:12; 1 Th 4:13; Hv 3, 11, 3; Hs 9, 14, 3; οὐκ ἔχουσιν ἐλπίδα (Wsd 3:18) Hv 1, 1, 9; ἀπώλεσάς σου τὴν πᾶσαν ἐ. 33, 7. W. ἐπί τινι in someone 1J 3:3 (cp. Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 86 §354 ἐφʼ ἑνί; Lucian, Somn. 2; Ps 61:8; Is 26:3f; ἐπὶ τῇ μετανοίᾳ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 65, 17); likew. εἴς τινα (Thu. 3, 14, 1;—Appian, Liby. 51 §223 ἐλπίδα τῆς σωτηρίας ἔχειν ἔν τινι=place a hope of safety in someone) Ac 24:15; πρός τινα ibid. v.l. The obj. of the hope follows in the aor. inf. 2 Cor 10:15; in the acc. w. inf. Ac 24:15; w. ὅτι Ro 8:20f (v.l. διότι [q.v. 4]); Phil 1:20.
    that which is the basis for hoping, (foundation of) hope (ἐλπὶς … σύ, ὁ θεός PsSol 15:1; Thu. 3, 57, 4 ὑμεῖς, ὦ Λακεδαιμόνιοι, ἡ μόνη ἐλπίς; Plut., Mor. 169c; Oenom. in Eus., PE 5, 23, 5: for the Athenians in the Persian Wars, σωτηρίας ἐλπὶς μόνος ὁ θεός=God was their only hope for deliverence; IG III, 131, 1; Jer 17:7) of a Christian community 1 Th 2:19; of Christ, our hope 1 Ti 1:1 (sim. POxy 3239 [II A.D.] of Isis; New Docs 2, 77; EJudge, TynBull 35, ’84, 8); cp. Col 1:27; IEph 21:2; IPhld 11:2; IMg 11; ISm 10:2; ITr ins; 2:2; Pol 8:1.
    that for which one hopes, hope, something hoped for (Vi. Aesopi G 8 P. ἀπὸ θεῶν λήμψεσθαι ἐλπίδας) ἐ. βλεπομένη οὐκ ἔστιν ἐ. something hoped for, when it is seen, is no longer hoped for=one cannot hope for what one already has Ro 8:24. διὰ τ. ἐλπίδα τὴν ἀποκειμένην ὑμῖν ἐν τ. οὐρανοῖς because of what you hope for, which is stored up for you in the heavens Col 1:5; προσδεχόμενοι τ. μακαρίαν ἐ. waiting for the blessed hope Tit 2:13 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14 τὰς ὐπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ προσδοκᾶν ἐλπίδας and Aristot. EN 1, 9, 10 οἱ δὲ λεγόμενοι διὰ τὴν ἐλπίδα μακαρίζονται of children who may be called fortunate in the present only because of latent promise). ἡ προκειμένη ἐ. Hb 6:18 (cp. Just., D. 35, 2 ἐν τῇ ἐ. κατηγγελμένῃ ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ).—PVolz, D. Eschatol. der jüd. Gemeinde ’34, 91ff; JdeGuibert, Sur l’emploi d’ ἐλπίς et ses synonymes dans le NT: RSR 4, 1913, 565–96; APott, D. Hoffen im NT 1915; WGrossouw, L’espérance dans le NT: RB 61, ’54, 508–32; DDenton, SJT 34, ’81, 313–20 (link w. ὑπομονή).—B. 1164. Schmidt, Syn. III 583–90. DELG s.v. ἔλπομαι. M-M. EDNT. TW. Spicq. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐλπίς

  • 3 ἐλπίζω

    ἐλπίζω Att. fut. ἐλπιῶ; 1 aor. ἤλπισα; pf. ἤλπικα (B-D-F §341) (s. ἐλπίς; Trag., Hdt.+)
    to look forward to someth., with implication of confidence about someth. coming to pass, hope, hope for (cp. Judg 20:36; PsSol 17:33. both in the sense ‘rely on, trust’)
    abs. hope (for) (Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 138 τὸ ἐλπίζειν) 2 Cor 8:5; B 12:7; 2 Cl 11:5; pres. pass. ptc. ἐλπιζόμενα what we hope for (Polyaenus 3, 9, 11 τὰ ἐλπιζόμενα) Hb 11:1.
    w. indication of what is hoped for: in acc. (Is 38:18; Wsd 2:22) πάντα 1 Cor 13:7. ὸ̔ γὰρ βλέπει τις ἐλπίζει Ro 8:24; cp. vs. 25. (W. εἰς: Sir 2:9 εἰς ἀγαθά; PsSol 15:1 εἰς βοήθειαν … τοῦ θεοῦ.) W. perf. inf. 2 Cor 5:11; B 17:1. W. ὅτι foll. (Polyb. 3, 63, 7; Arrian, Alex. An. 1, 4, 7; POxy 1672, 7 [c. 40 A.D.]; Philo, Leg. All. 3, 85) the deliverer of Israel Lk 24:21. W. acc. and pres. inf. (Just., D. 32, 2 ἐλπίζων τινὰ ἐξ ὑμῶν δύνασθαι εὑρεθήναι) Hm 12, 6, 4. W. the connotation of desire (Appian, Bell. Civ. 2, 1 §3 ἐ. περὶ ἁπάντων) ἤλπιζέν τι σημεῖον ἰδεῖν he was hoping to see a sign Lk 23:8. ἐλπίζει καταντῆσαι hopes to attain Ac 26:7.
    w. indication of the pers. or thing on whom (which) hope is based put one’s confidence in someone or someth.: τινί in someth. (Thu. 3, 97, 2 τῇ τύχῃ) τῷ ὀνόματι Mt 12:21; εἴς τι (Is 51:5): εἰς τ. οἰκοδομήν put one’s hope (or, confidence) in the building (the temple) B 16:1. εἴς τινα in someone (Herodian 7, 10, 1; cp. Ps 118:114; Just., D., 8, 3 εἰς ἄνθρωπον): Moses J 5:45; PEg2 14. εἰς θεόν (Ps 144:15; PIand 11, 2; SibOr 5, 284; cp. Jos., Bell. 6, 99) 1 Pt 3:5. εἰς Χριστόν IPhld 11:2; cp. 5:2. εἴς τινα w. ὅτι foll. 2 Cor 1:10. For this, ἔν τινι (Ps 55:5 B; Judg 9:26 B; 4 Km 18:5; Did., Gen. 98, 5) Mt 12:21 v.l.; 1 Cor 15:19. For this, ἐπί τινα: ἐπὶ τ. θεόν (Ps 41:6, 12 al.; Philo; Just., D. 101, 1) 1 Ti 5:5; cp. D 4:10; 1 Cl 11:1; 12:7; B 6:3; 19:7; Hm 12, 5, 2 (Just. D. 102, 6 ἐπὶ θεόν). ἐπὶ κύριον 1 Cl 16:16 (Ps 21:9); 22:8 (Ps 31:10). ἐπὶ θεόν … ἐπὶ Χριστόν AcPl Ha 2, 29f. ἐπὶ Ἰησοῦν B 6:9; 8:5 (cp. Just., D. 47, 2 ἐπὶ τοῦτον τὸν Χριστόν). ἐπί τι (Ps 51:10; Synes., Ep. 58 p. 202d ἐπὶ τὴν ἐκκλησίαν ἤλπισε): ἐπὶ τὴν χάριν 1 Pt 1:13. ἐπὶ τὸ ὄνομα θεοῦ 1 Cl 59:3; B 16:8. ἐπὶ τὸν σταυρόν 11:8. For this, ἐπί τινι (pers.: Ps 7:2; 15:1; 21:5 al.; as v.l. TestJob 37:1 and 5; also ἐπί τινος 37:1; thing: Appian, Maced. 9 §7 ἐπὶ τῷδε=on this account; Ps 12:6; Is 26:8; 42:4) 1 Ti 4:10; 6:17; Ro 15:12 (Is 11:10); B 12:2f.
    to look forward to someth. in view of the measures one takes to ensure fulfillment, expect, w. aor. inf. foll. (Thu. 2, 80, 1; Agathias Hist. 3, 5 p. 243f D.; En 103:11; Philo, Migr. Abr. 195) παρʼ ὧν ἐλπίζετε λαβεῖν from whom you expect to receive again Lk 6:34; cp. 2 Cl 1:2. Ro 15:24; 1 Cor 16:7; Phil 2:19, 23; 1 Ti 3:14; 2J 12; 3J 14; IEph 1:2; IRo 1:1; B 1:3; Hs 8, 9, 4; 8, 11, 2. W. ὅτι foll. (cp. reff. in 1b) Ac 24:26; 2 Cor 1:13; 13:6; Phlm 22; Hs 8, 2, 9. (W. fut. inf. Just., D. 2, 6.) (Besides the mngs. ‘hope, expect’ as positive aspect, Gk. lit. also includes the corresp. neg. aspect ‘foresee, fear, anticipate’, e.g. punishment: Diod S 13, 43, 1 the Aegestaeans, anticipating punishment [ἤλπιζον … τιμωρίαν δώσειν] from the Sicilian Greeks, resolved to withdraw from disputed territory; contempt: Chion, Ep. 9; sorrow: Procop. Soph., Ep. 140; a misfortune: Lucian, Dial. Deor. 25, 1, Gall. 25, end).—DELG s.v. ἔλπομαι. M-M. TW. Spicq.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐλπίζω

  • 4 ἱερός

    ἱερός (v. sub fin.), ά, όν, also ός, όν in the phrase
    A

    ἱερὸς ἀκτή Hes. Op. 597

    , 805, Orac. ap. Hdt.8.77: [dialect] Ion. and poet. [full] ἱρός, ή, όν (v. sub fin.): [dialect] Dor. and N. Greek [full] ἱᾰρός IG22.1126.20, etc.: [dialect] Aeol. [full] ἶρος Sapph.Supp.23.25, Alc.Supp.8.4, but [full] ἴαρος (corr. from ἴερ-) Sapph. Supp. 20a.6: [comp] Sup.

    ἱερώτατος Ar.Eq. 582

    (lyr.), Pl.Lg. 755e.
    I filled with or manifesting divine power, supernatural,

    ἱ. ἲς Τηλεμάχοιο Od.2.409

    , al.;

    ἱ. μένος Ἀλκινόοιο 8.421

    , etc.; ἄλφιτον, ἀλωαί, Il.11.631, 5.499;

    Δημήτερος ἱερὸς ἀκτή Hes.Op.

    Il.c.; of natural objects or phenomena, rivers, Od.10.351, Il.11.726, E.Med. 410 (lyr.); λιβάς, of the Spercheus, S.Ph. 1215 (lyr.); ἱεραὶ βῆσσαι Κίρκης 'faery', Od.10.275; ἱ. ἦμαρ, κνέφας, Il.8.66, 11.194;

    φάος Hes.Op. 339

    ; ἱερὸς δίφρος (where δ. perh.= ἵπποι) Il.17.464; after Hom.,

    ἱ. χεῦμα θαλάσσης A.Fr. 192

    (anap.);

    ἱ. κῦμα E.Hipp. 1206

    , cf. Cyc. 265;

    ὄμβρος S.OT 1428

    ;

    δρόσοι E. Ion 117

    (lyr.); ὕπνος, of death, Call.Epigr.11; ἔστι μὲν οὐδὲν ἱ. no great matter, Theoc.5.22.
    II of divine things, holy,

    ἱεροῖς ἐν δώμασι Κίρκης Od.10.426

    ;

    ἱ. γένος ἀθανάτων Hes.Th.21

    ; λέχος, of Zeus, ib.57; δόσις the gift of God, ib. 93; πόλεμος holy war, ' crusade', Ar.Av. 556, etc.
    2 of earthly things, hallowed, consecrated,

    βωμοί Il.2.305

    ; ἱ. δόμος, of the temple of Athena, 6.89;

    ἱ. ἑκατόμβη 1.99

    , 431, etc.;

    ἐλαίη Od.13.372

    ;

    χοαί S.OC 469

    , etc.; ἱρὰ γράμματα hieroglyphics, Hdt.2.36; but ἱ. γράμματα of the Holy Scriptures, 2 Ep.Tim.3.15;

    ἱ. βύβλοι OGI56.70

    (Canopus, iii B.C.); ἱ. ἄγαλμα, τρίπους, S.OT 1379, E. Ion 512, etc.;

    χρήματα Pl.R. 568d

    , etc.;

    ἱ. τὸ σῶμα τῷ θεῷ δίδωμ' ἔχειν E. Ion 1285

    ; ἱ. σώματα, of ἱερόδουλοι, Str.6.2.6;

    χῆνες Plu.2.325c

    ; of animals regarded as 'taboo', [

    κριοί] εἰσί σφι ἱ. διὰ τοῦτο Hdt.2.42

    ; so perh.

    ἱ. ἰχθύς Il.16.407

    ; of the Roman Tribunes,= Lat. sacrosanctus,

    ἱ. καὶ ἄσυλος Plu.TG15

    , etc.; of Augustus, Mon.Anc.Gr. 5.17; ἱ. νόμος law of sacrifice, D.21.35, cf. SIG685.81 (ii B.C.); ἱ. λόγος legend, Hdt.2.81, etc.;

    οἱ παλαιοὶ καὶ ἱ. λόγοι Pl.Ep. 335a

    ; ἱ. γάμος mystical marriage, a religious ceremony, Men.320, Phot. s.v.; opp. βέβηλος, as sacred to profane, D.H.7.8, AB223; but more freq.

    ἱ. καὶ ὅσιος Th.2.52

    , X.Vect.5.4, etc.; cf. ὅσιος.
    3 under divine protection, freq. of places,

    Ἴλιος Il.5.648

    , Alc.Supp.8.4;

    Πύλος Od. 21.108

    ;

    Θήβη Sapph.Supp. 20a

    .6; Τροίης ἱερὸν πτολίεθρον, Τροίης ἱερὰ κρήδεμνα, Od.1.2, Il.16.100;

    Ἀθῆναι Od.11.323

    , cf. Pi.Fr.75, S. Aj. 1221 (lyr.), Ps.-Orac. ap. Ar.Eq. 1037;

    Σούνιον ἱρόν Od.3.278

    ; ἱ. κύκλος the judge's seat under the protection of Zeus, Il.18.504: with gen. of the divinity, ἄλσος ἱρὸν Ἀθηναίης, ἄντρον ἱρὸν νυμφάων, Od.6.322, 13.104, cf. Hdt.1.80,2.41, Ar.Pl. 937, X.An.5.3.13, etc.;

    γῆ καὶ ἑστία ἱερὰ πᾶσι πάντων θεῶν Pl.Lg. 955e

    ; χωρίον ὡς -ώτατον ib. 755e, cf. Ti. 45a; with gen. of a human being,

    Γναθίου.. ἱ. εἰμι IG12.920

    .
    b of persons,

    φυλάκων ἱ. τέλος Il.10.56

    ;

    ἱ. πυλαωροί 24.681

    ;

    στρατός Od.24.81

    ;

    βασιλέες Pi.P.5.97

    ; ἱ. εὐσεβής τε, of Oedipus, S.OC 287; ἅνθρωπος ἱ. initiated, Ar.Ra. 652; c. gen. of a divinity, deuoted, dedicated, E.Alc.75, Pl.Phd. 85b.
    c under the Roman Empire,= sacer, imperial,

    ἐκ τῶν ἱερῶν τοῦ Καίσαρος γραμμάτων IGRom.4.571

    (Aezani, ii A.D.); ὁ -ώτατος φίσκος, τὸ -ώτατον ταμιεῖον, ib.3.727 ([place name] Lycia), SIG888.10 (Scaptopara, iii A.D.), etc.; τὸ -ώτατον βῆμα (of the praefectus Aegypti), PHamb.4.8 (i A.D.): generally, worshipful,

    ἱ. σύνοδος OGI713.9

    (Egypt, iii A.D.), etc.
    III as Subst.,
    1 [full] ἱερά, [dialect] Ion. [full] ἱρά, τά, offerings, victims,

    ἱερὰ ῥέξας Il.1.147

    , etc.;

    ἔρδειν Hes.Op. 336

    ;

    διδόναι Od.16.184

    ;

    ἀλλ' ὅ γε δέκτο μὲν ἱρά Il.2.420

    , cf. 23.207: less freq. in sg.,

    ὄφρ' ἱρὸν ἑτοιμασσαίατ' Ἀθήνῃ 10.571

    ;

    θῦσαι ἱρά Hdt.1.59

    , 8.54, etc.;

    θυσίας καὶ ἱρὰ ποιέειν Id.2.63

    ;

    αἴθειν S. Ph. 1033

    ;

    ἱ. πατρῷα A.Th. 1015

    ;

    ἱ. ἐπιχώρια Democr.259

    .
    b after Hom., omens afforded by sacrifice,

    τὰ ἱρὰ οὐ προεχώρεε χρηστά Hdt. 5.44

    ; τὰ ἱερὰ καλὰ [ἦν] X.An.1.8.15; simply οὐκ ἐγίγνετο τὰ ἱ. ib. 2.2.3.
    c generally, sacred objects or rites, Hdt.1.172,4.33;

    τῶν ὑμετέρων ἱ. καὶ κοινῶν μετεῖχον D.57.3

    ; of cult-images, IG Rom.3.800 (syllium).
    2 after Hom., [full] ἱερόν, [dialect] Ion. [full] ἱρόν, τό, holy place, Hdt.5.119,al.; opp. νηός, Id.2.170, cf. Th.4.90,5.18; freq. of a temple, ἔστι δὲ ἐν τῷ τεμένεϊ.. ἱρόν κτλ. Hdt.2.112; of the Jewish temple, LXX 1 Ch.29.4, Plb.16.39.4, Str.16.2.34, Ev.Matt.24.1.
    4 [full] ἱερός, (sc. μήν), name of month at Delos, IG12.377.22, 11(2).203A31 (iii B.C.).
    5 ἱεροί, οἱ, members of a religious college or guild, ib.5(1).1390.1, al. (Andania, i B.C.), prob. in SIG1010.7 ([place name] Chalcedon), etc.; also of women, [full] ἱεραί, αἱ, IG5(1). l.c., cf. 1511 ([place name] Sparta).
    b = ἱερόδουλος, ib. 1356 (Messenia, V B.C.), Inscr.Perg.572, GDI5702.39 ([place name] Samos).
    IV special phrases, post-Hom.,
    1 prov., ἱ. ἄγκυρα one's last hope, Plu. 2.815d, Luc.JTr.51, Fug.13, Poll.1.93, Gal.11.182.
    2 ἱ. βόλος, name of a throw at dice, Eub.57.1.
    3 ἱ. βοτάνη, v. βοτάνη.
    4 . (sc. γραμμή) (cf.

    γραμμή 111.1

    ), last line of draught-board,

    κινήσαις τὸν ἀπ' ἴρας.. λίθον Alc.82

    , cf. Epich.225, Sophr.127; τὴν ἀφ' ἱερᾶς (v.l. τὴν ἱεράν) Plu.Cor.32.
    5 ἱ. ἰχθύς,= ἀνθίας, Arist.HA 620b35, cf. Ath.7.282e, Plu.2.981d.
    6 ἱ. λόχος, v. λόχος.
    7 ἱερά (sc. νίκη), , drawn contest, dead heat (because the prize was assigned to the god), SIG1073.48 (Olymp.); ποιῆσαι ἱεράν, of the competitor, Wood Ephesus, App.vi p.70; so

    ἱ. ἀθλήματα Inscr.Olymp.56

    ;

    ἱερὸς ὁ στέφανος ἐκρίθη IG9(2).525

    ([place name] Larissa); τὸ παγκράτιον ἱ. ἐγένετο ib.527 (ibid.); ἱερός (sc. ἀγών) ib.7.2727.19, 24 (Acraeph.): metaph., ἱερὸν ποιῆσαι τὸν στέφανον 'divide the honours', Plb.1.58.5, 29.8.9.
    8 ἱ. νόσος epilepsy, Hdt.3.33, Hp.Morb. Sacr.tit., Thphr.HP9.11.3, etc., cf. Call.Aet.3.1.14: metaph.,

    τὴν οἴησιν ἱ. νόσον ἔλεγε Heraclit.46

    ( = Epicur.Fr. 224).
    9 ἡ ἱ. ὁδός the sacred road to Delphi, Hdt.6.34; also, from Athens to Eleusis, Cratin. 61, Paus.1.36.3, Harp. s.v.; and that from Elis to Olympia, Paus. 5.25.7.
    10 ἱ. ὀστέον, os sacrum, the last bone of the spine, Hp. Art.45, Plu.2.981d, Gal.UP5.8, etc.
    11 ἱ. συμβουλή sacred duty of an adviser, Pl.Ep. 321c, X.An.5.6.4, cf. Pl.Thg. 122b, Luc.Rh.Pr. 1.
    12 ἱ. σῦριγξ spinal canal, Poll.2.180.
    13 ἱερὰ τριήρης, of the Delian ship, or one of the state-ships (Salaminia or Paralos), D.4.34.
    14 freq. in geographical names, e.g. ἱ ἄκρα, in Lycia, Str. 14.3.8; ἱ. ἀκρωτήριον, in Spain, Cape St. Vincent, Id.2.4.3; ἱ. κώμη, in Lydia, Plb.16.1.8; ἱ. νῆσος, one of the Liparean group, Th.3.88; one of the insulae Aegates, Plb.1.60.3.
    V Adv. - ρῶς holily, ἀποθανεῖν v.l. in Plu.Lyc.27. [[pron. full] by nature, but sts. [pron. full] in [dialect] Ep., esp. in endings of hexameters, ἱ. ἰχθύς, ἱ. ἦμαρ, ἱερὰ ῥέξας, ἀλφίτου ἱεροῦ ἀκτή, Il.16.407, 8.66, 1.147, 11.631; ῑερόν in the first foot of a hex., Theoc.5.22; also in compds. ἱεραγωγός, ἱεροθαλλής, ἱερόφωνος: [pron. full] always in [var] contr. form ἱρός wh. is used in [dialect] Ep., Hdt., and some [dialect] Ion. inscrr., as IG12(8).265.9 ([place name] Thasos), cf. Semon.7.56, Herod.4.79, al., but is rarely found in codd. of Hp. (never in Heraclit. or Democr.); also in Trag., A.Th. 268, etc., but never required by metre in lyr. of Com.]

    Greek-English dictionary (Αγγλικά Ελληνικά-λεξικό) > ἱερός

  • 5 οἰκοδομή

    οἰκοδομή, ῆς, ἡ (οἶκος, δέμω ‘build’; rejected by the Atticists [Lob., Phryn. 421; 487ff; WSchmid, Der Attizismus III 1893, 248], but found since Aristot., EN 5, 14, 7; Diod S 1, 46, 4; Plut., Lucull. 518 [39, 2]; IG XIV, 645, 146 [Dorian]; OGI 655, 2 [25 B.C.]; PGrenf I, 21, 17 [126 B.C.]; BGU 699, 3; 894, 2; LXX; En; TestSol; Philo, Mos. 1, 224 v.l., Spec. Leg. 1, 73 v.l.; Joseph. [Schmidt 528f]; Just., D. 86, 6).
    process of building, building, construction
    lit. (2 Ch 3:2 v.l.; Sir 40:19; Jos., Ant. 11, 59; ViHg 1 [p. 87, 18 Sch.]; Jos., Ant. 11, 59; Theoph. Ant. 3, 22 [p. 246, 24]; Did., Gen. 33, 27) ἐτελέσθη ἡ οἰκοδομή the construction was at an end Hs 9, 5, 1a. ἀνοχὴ τῆς οἰκ. a delay in the building ibid. b; 9, 14, 2. Hv 3, 2, 8 prob. belongs in 2a.
    fig., of spiritual strengthening (s. οἰκοδομέω 3) edifying, edification, building up.
    α. act., w. obj. gen. πρὸς τὴν οἰκ. τῆς ἐκκλησίας for the building up of the church 1 Cor 14:12. ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν οἰκ. 2 Cor 12:19. Abs. πρὸς οἰκοδομήν for edification Ro 15:2; 1 Cor 14:26; cp. Eph 4:29 (Straub 36). Paul has received his authority fr. the Lord εἰς οἰκοδομὴν καὶ οὐκ εἰς καθαίρεσιν 2 Cor 13:10; cp. 10:8. τὰ τῆς οἰκ. τῆς εἰς ἀλλήλους what makes for the edification of each other Ro 14:19. The letters of Ignatius contain πᾶσαν οἰκοδομήν Pol 13:2. Abstr. for concr. ὁ προφητεύων λαλεῖ οἰκοδομήν the one who prophesies speaks words that edify 1 Cor 14:3.
    β. pass. οἰκοδομὴν λαβεῖν receive edification, be edified 1 Cor 14:5. εἰς οἰκ. τ. σώματος τ. Χριστοῦ that the body of Christ might be built up Eph 4:12. εἰς οἰκ. ἑαυτοῦ for its own edification vs. 16 (for the grammar cp. TestJob 11:5 εἰς οἰκονομίαν τῶν πτωχῶν).
    a building as result of a construction process, building, edifice
    lit.; pl., of secular buildings (Diod S 16, 76, 2; 20, 8, 3) Hs 1:1 (w. ἀγροί, παρατάξεις, οἰκήματα); GJs 9:3; 13:1. Esp. of temple buildings (1 Esdr 5:70) εἰς τὴν οἰκ. ἐλπίζειν put one’s hope in the building alone 16:1. Pl. of various buildings in the temple area Mk 13:1f. αἱ οἰκοδομαὶ τοῦ ἱεροῦ Mt 24:1. Esp. freq. in the imagery of the tower in Hermas (v 3; Hs 9). Yet in many pass. mng. 1a is also prob.: ἡ οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου the tower building (or the building of the tower) Hv 3, 2, 6b; 3, 4, 1f; 3, 5, 1b; 3, 12, 3; Hs 9, 1, 2; 9, 3, 3; 9, 4, 2ff; 9, 5, 2; 9, 17, 4 al. τὰ ἐξώτερα μέρη τῆς οἰκ. the outside of the building Hs 9, 9, 3b. Of the stones: εὔχρηστοι εἰς (τὴν) οἰκ. v 3, 5, 5; 3, 6, 1; 6; also εὔχρηστοι τῇ οἰκ. Hs 9, 15, 6. χρήσιμοι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου v 4, 3, 4. ἀπενεχθῆναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 8, 3a. ἀπέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 5, 3f; 9, 7, 4a; 6f; 9, 10, 2. ἀποβάλλεσθαι ἐκ (ἀπὸ) τῆς οἰκ. Hs 9, 7, 1; 9, 8, 3b; 9, 9, 5. ἀποδοκιμάζειν ἐκ τῆς οἰκ. Hs 9, 12, 7; pass. (without ἐκ) 9, 23, 3; ἁρμόζειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 6, 5; 3, 7, 5; pass. Hs 9, 4, 3; 9, 8, 5ff; 9, 9, 4; 9, 15, 4. βάλλειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 7, 4; 6; 9, 8, 2a; pass. 9, 7, 5; 9, 10, 1; 9, 30, 2. δοκιμάζειν τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 5, 2b. εἰσέρχεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 12, 4; 9, 13, 4. ἐκλέγεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 9, 3a. ἐπιδιδόναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 4, 5; 8; 9, 15, 5; pass. 9, 4, 6. ἐπιθυμεῖν τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 9, 7. ἐπιτίθεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 5, 2. ἐργάζεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. work at the building Hs 9, 6, 2b. εὑρεθῆναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 6, 4. ὁ ἐφεστὼς εἰς τὴν οἰκ. Hs 9, 6, 2a. κατανοεῖν τὴν οἰκ. examine the building Hs 9, 5, 7; 9, 6, 3. συναρμόζεσθαι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. τοῦ πύργου Hs 9, 16, 7. τιθέναι εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 2, 6a; 7; Hs 9, 7, 2; 9, 8, 2b; pass. v 3, 5, 4; Hs 9, 6, 8; 9, 8, 4; 9, 9, 2; 9, 13, 6; 9, 16, 1; 9, 17, 3; 9, 29, 4; 9, 30, 1. τίθεσθαι ἐκ τῆς οἰκ. Hs 9, 8, 1. ὑπάγειν εἰς τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 5, 1a; 3; 3, 6, 2; Hs 9, 3, 3f. χρᾶσθαι εἰ τὴν οἰκ. v 3, 2, 8.
    Hermas hesitates betw. the literal and nonliteral uses of οἰκ. but the fol. passages are quite nonliteral (οἱ τοῦ χριστιανισμοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 3, 28, 8): θεοῦ οἰκοδομή ἐστε you are God’s building 1 Cor 3:9 (AFridrichsen [s. γεώργιον]; on the imagery Straub 85–88). In Eph 2:21 the Christian community is called an οἰκοδομή, more definitely a ναὸς ἅγιος ἐν κυρίῳ that is erected on the foundation of the apostles and prophets w. Christ Jesus as cornerstone (HSchlier, Christus u. d. Kirche im Eph 1930).—Of Christians ὄντες λίθοι ναοῦ πατρὸς ἡτοιμασμένοι εἰς οἰκοδομὴν θεοῦ πατρός since you are stones for the Father’s temple, made ready for the building of God the Father IEph 9:1.—Fig., in another way, of the glorified body of the departed Christian οἰκοδομὴν ἐκ θεοῦ ἔχομεν, οἰκίαν ἀχειροποίητον we have a building fr. God, a house not made w. hands 2 Cor 5:1; Rv 21:18 v.l. (for ἐνδώμησις). S. on οἰκητήριον 2.—Lit. on οἰκοδομέω end.—DELG s.v. δέμω. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > οἰκοδομή

  • 6 sua

    sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;

    so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
    I.
    Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
    A.
    With antecedent in the same sentence.
    1.
    The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
    (α).
    His:

    Caesar copias suas divisit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 97:

    ille in sua sententia perseverat,

    id. ib. 1, 72:

    tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:

    cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?

    id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,

    Liv. 26, 40, 7:

    imperat princeps civibus suis,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:

    nemo rem suam emit,

    id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Her:

    mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:

    utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    si nunc facere volt era officium suom,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:

    ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,

    id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
    (γ).
    Its:

    omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,

    id. Planc. 40, 95.—
    (δ).
    Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    mittent aliquem de suo numero,

    id. ib. 11, 10, 25:

    rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:

    qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    suis finibus eos prohibent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;

    and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,

    some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
    2.
    With a subject-clause as antecedent:

    id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,

    was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:

    ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    id. 3, 62, 1:

    secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,

    id. 35, 14, 4. —
    3.
    With subject-acc. as antecedent:

    hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,

    Cic. Planc. 19, 47:

    cupio eum suae causae confidere,

    id. Sest. 64, 135:

    suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,

    id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    (dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    4.
    With object-acc. as antecedent.
    (α).
    Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):

    hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,

    he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:

    hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,

    id. Sest. 68, 142:

    Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    illum ulciscentur mores sui,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 2:

    quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,

    id. Or. 1, 14:

    utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,

    Liv. 1, 7, 1:

    quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,

    id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:

    quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,

    id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:

    consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:

    quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?

    Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:

    sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,

    id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:

    ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
    (β).
    With impers. verbs:

    sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:

    video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,

    id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,

    id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:

    jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,

    Liv. 10, 7, 8:

    militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,

    id. 22, 12, 10.—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of other members of the sentence:

    ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:

    eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:

    totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:

    Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:

    introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,

    Sall. C. 28, 1:

    suis flammis delete Fidenas,

    i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:

    suo igni involvit hostes,

    Tac. A. 14, 30:

    quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?

    Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.

    with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
    5.
    With dat. as antecedent.
    (α).
    As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):

    suus rex reginae placet,

    a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:

    ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:

    Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?

    Cic. Sull. 2, 7:

    si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,

    id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:

    cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?

    id. Planc. 33, 81:

    haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:

    Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,

    Liv. 21, 50, 4:

    sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,

    id. 42, 50, 7:

    Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,

    id. 8, 14, 2:

    vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:

    nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,

    id. Ep. 115, 17:

    labor illi suus restitutus est,

    id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:

    magnitudo sua singulis constat,

    id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:

    tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,

    id. Ep. 53, 11. —

    With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
    (β).
    Of other words:

    regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:

    mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:

    ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:

    quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,

    id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:

    nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,

    id. 39, 37, 6:

    Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,

    id. 25, 3, 5.—
    6.
    With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:

    nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,

    id. Mur. 41, 90:

    quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,

    id. Att. 14, 13, 12:

    suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,

    the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:

    cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,

    Liv. 22, 42, 12:

    nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,

    Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:

    Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:

    in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:

    operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):

    (Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
    7.
    With predic. nom. as antecedent:

    sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,

    Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
    8.
    With appositive noun.
    (α).
    With gram. subject as antecedent:

    hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,

    id. Mil. 9, 25:

    (hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,

    id. Planc. 11, 27:

    ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,

    id. Balb. 21, 49:

    ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,

    id. Lig. 4, 11:

    Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
    (β).
    With object as antecedent:

    Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:

    tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,

    id. Lig. 12, 36:

    Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,

    Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
    (γ).
    With appositive noun as antecedent:

    si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 34, 5:

    C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,

    Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
    9.
    In participial clauses.
    (α).
    The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:

    credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:

    diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:

    stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,

    Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:

    manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),

    Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:

    et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,

    Liv. 22, 60, 9:

    quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
    (β).
    The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:

    sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:

    hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:

    ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:

    ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,

    Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:

    Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,

    Liv. 25, 15, 1:

    (Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,

    id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
    (γ).
    The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:

    M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,

    Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:

    si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:

    ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),

    Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.

    with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,

    id. 7, 29, 7.—
    10.
    In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:

    mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
    (β).
    With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:

    cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:

    si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,

    id. Sest. 23, 51:

    nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
    (γ).
    With antecedent dependent on the gerund:

    eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
    11.
    As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:

    magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40:

    neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,

    his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:

    Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,

    id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:

    totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,

    id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
    B.
    Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
    1.
    Dependent on subject-inff.:

    ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 16:

    siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:

    contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,

    id. Par. 6, 51:

    ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23:

    detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 24:

    suis exemplis melius est uti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:

    levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,

    Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;

    29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:

    quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:

    cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,

    id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:

    Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
    2.
    Without a subject-inf.:

    omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:

    erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),

    Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):

    non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
    C.
    With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
    1.
    In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
    a.
    In infinitive clauses:

    (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 88:

    (Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,

    id. Cael. 10, 24:

    ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),

    id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:

    hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 16:

    docent, sui judicii rem non esse,

    id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:

    hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:

    (Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.

    also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
    b.
    Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:

    scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:

    isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4. —

    Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    c.
    In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:

    Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,

    Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3:

    (regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,

    Liv. 42, 25, 12:

    Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),

    id. 1, 13, 2:

    Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,

    Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:

    ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,

    Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
    d.
    In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:

    (Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,

    id. Marcell. 3, 10:

    quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?

    Sen. Troad. 3, 13:

    querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,

    Quint. 6, 3, 88;

    and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,

    id. 9, 3, 68. —
    e.
    In interrogative clauses:

    si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:

    donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,

    Liv. 6, 27, 8:

    rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,

    id. 23, 39, 2:

    postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,

    id. 43, 19, 5. —
    2.
    In a virtually oblique clause.
    a.
    In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:

    me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:

    quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 80:

    inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,

    Liv. 43, 23, 5:

    (Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,

    id. 26, 13, 16:

    oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,

    id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:

    tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,

    Liv. 10, 20, 7:

    Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,

    Nep. Dat. 7, 3:

    quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?

    Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
    b.
    In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:

    Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),

    Cic. Sull. 5, 15:

    Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),

    id. Att. 2, 1, 12:

    non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:

    Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:

    ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,

    Liv. 6, 18, 4:

    (Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,

    id. 1, 21, 3:

    adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,

    id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
    D.
    In the place of ejus.
    1.
    In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):

    Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,

    Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:

    oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,

    Liv. 1, 17, 2:

    C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:

    Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,

    Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:

    quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
    2.
    To avoid ambiguity:

    petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83:

    equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
    3.
    Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,

    his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,

    quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,

    Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
    4.
    Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):

    tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,

    Cato, R. R. 31:

    vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,

    id. ib. 37:

    qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,

    id. ib. 157:

    Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,

    id. Lys. 1, 2:

    ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,

    Ov. F. 6, 601:

    quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,

    id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    As substt.
    1.
    sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
    (α).
    (Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,

    fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:

    mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,

    her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:

    quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,

    his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:

    qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,

    their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:

    vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,

    to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,

    his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:

    Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,

    Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,

    id. B. C. 2, 35:

    Caesar receptui suorum timens,

    id. ib. 3, 46:

    certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,

    id. ib. 2, 20:

    omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,

    id. ib. 2, 37: so,

    Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,

    id. ib. 3, 86:

    Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,

    to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:

    naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,

    a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:

    multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,

    id. ib. 1, 19:

    nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,

    his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:

    rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,

    his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:

    subsidio suorum proelium restituere,

    comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:

    feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,

    their young, id. 26, 13, 12:

    abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,

    his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:

    Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,

    their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:

    ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
    (β).
    Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;

    the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,

    id. Or. 3, 2, 8:

    quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,

    Liv. 37, 41, 8:

    auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,

    id. 37, 12:

    quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
    (γ).
    Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
    (δ).
    Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:

    cedo quid hic faciet sua?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
    2.
    sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    nec suom adimerem alteri,

    his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):

    nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),

    id. ib. 1, 2, 119:

    illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:

    populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:

    nec donare illi de suo dicimur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;

    (stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
    (β).
    Trop.:

    meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;

    id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
    (γ).
    Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:

    pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,

    Dig. 41, 10, 1;

    so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,

    ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;

    similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,

    id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    One ' s property:

    Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,

    id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:

    tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,

    id. Att. 14, 14, 6:

    Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:

    ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,

    their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:

    docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):

    hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;

    rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),

    Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
    (β).
    One ' s own affairs:

    aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:

    cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,

    Liv. 10, 20, 8:

    omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,

    id. 22, 41, 5:

    aliena cum suis perdidit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.

    the context),

    Quint. 6, 3, 90.
    B.
    Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
    1.
    Of property in things.
    (α).
    Corporeal:

    scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 11:

    nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),

    Cic. Mil. 32, 87:

    quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 21:

    Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84:

    gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,

    Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;

    eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:

    cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,

    since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:

    referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),

    nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:

    qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:

    quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),

    Ter. And. prol. 14:

    potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,

    his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of a country or people:

    suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32:

    in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,

    Liv. 44, 24, 4:

    crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,

    id. 21, 44, 5.—
    (δ).
    Trop.:

    omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:

    non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;

    so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,

    how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:

    prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,

    Quint. 10, 2, 26:

    quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
    2.
    Of persons.
    (α).
    Under a master ' s or father ' s control:

    ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,

    make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:

    eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
    (β).
    Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):

    ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:

    hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:

    sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,

    to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:

    cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:

    Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,

    devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
    (δ).
    Of power over one's self, etc.:

    nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,

    self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,

    selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:

    (furiosus) qui suus non est,

    Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:

    vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,

    Ov. M. 8, 35. —
    3.
    Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):

    dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
    C.
    Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
    1.
    The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
    a.
    Opposition expressed:

    nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 21:

    sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,

    id. Sest. 18, 40:

    suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,

    Liv. 45, 38, 12:

    damnatione collegae et sua,

    id. 22, 35, 3:

    Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,

    Tac. A. 14, 73:

    velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,

    id. H. 3, 37;

    opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,

    at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:

    (Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
    b.
    Implied:

    voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,

    within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:

    cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;

    ex suo fonte nativa est,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:

    pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
    c.
    In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:

    Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:

    sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:

    jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,

    sortes sua sponte attenuatas,

    id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
    (β).
    Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:

    restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),

    Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:

    et staturas suo loco leges,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:

    aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
    (γ).
    For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
    (δ).
    Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;

    sed habuit suam Venerem,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
    2.
    Of private relations (opp. to public):

    ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:

    deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 20:

    quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,

    i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
    3.
    Of just rights or claims:

    imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,

    due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:

    neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,

    Quint. 11, 1, 41. —

    So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,

    in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:

    Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,

    id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:

    numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,

    by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
    4.
    Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:

    huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,

    a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:

    homini autem suum bonum ratio est,

    his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:

    in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —

    With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,

    that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,

    id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:

    dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,

    in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:

    mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,

    by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
    5.
    According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
    a.
    Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:

    Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,

    after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:

    collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,

    his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
    b.
    Of things, favorable.
    (α).
    Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:

    hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:

    numquam nostris locis laboravimus,

    Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
    (β).
    Of time:

    cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,

    Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
    c.
    Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:

    neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,

    Liv. 22, 39, 21:

    tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,

    id. 4, 58, 2:

    aestuque suo Locros trajecit,

    a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:

    ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 3:

    orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,

    Ov. M. 13, 195:

    aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
    6.
    Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:

    quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:

    geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,

    id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:

    sensus omnis habet suum finem,

    its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:

    ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,

    Liv. 21, 34, 1:

    nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,

    id. 22, 16, 5:

    adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,

    Flor. 2, 6, 26:

    liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,

    Liv. 22, 28, 2:

    equites ovantes sui moris carmine,

    id. 10, 26, 11:

    exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,

    id. 21, 42, 3:

    tripudiantes suo more,

    id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:

    equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,

    that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):

    suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,

    Quint. 12, 10, 2:

    illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,

    Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:

    quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,

    Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
    7.
    Proper, right.
    a.
    Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:

    quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,

    their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:

    flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,

    its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:

    novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,

    Liv. 40, 36, 6:

    cum suo justo equitatu,

    id. 21, 17, 8:

    totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,

    Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:

    tranquilla mente et vultu suo,

    with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:

    media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:

    cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,

    not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —

    So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,

    Verg. G. 2, 82. —
    b.
    Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
    (α).
    The regular time ( = stato tempore):

    signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:

    cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
    (β).
    The right or proper time:

    salictum suo tempore caedito,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,

    the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,

    exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:

    si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,

    Liv. 4, 7, 6:

    Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:

    quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!

    Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:

    de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,

    Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
    (γ).
    Suo loco = at the proper place:

    quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:

    quod reddetur suo loco,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    ut suo loco dicetur,

    Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:

    inscripta quae suis locis reddam,

    id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
    (δ).
    Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:

    in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,

    Cato, R. R. 7:

    siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,

    at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:

    in partes suas digerenda causa,

    Quint. 11, 1, 6:

    confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
    8.
    Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
    a.
    Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —

    Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:

    Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,

    retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:

    urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,

    id. 38, 9, 10. —
    b.
    Of paternal authority.
    (α).
    Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:

    quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,

    Inst. 1, 48:

    sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,

    Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:

    liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 1:

    morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 2:

    patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,

    Dig. 1, 6, 4:

    si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —

    With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,

    Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:

    pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,

    Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:

    homo sui juris,

    ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:

    sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:

    non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,

    id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
    (β).
    Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:

    CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 156:

    (emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,

    ib. 2, 135:

    alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,

    ib. 3, 15:

    datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),

    ib. 3, 41:

    sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,

    Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:

    accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,

    id. ib. 22, 17. —

    Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,

    Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
    D.
    In particular connections.
    1.
    With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
    a.
    Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
    (α).
    A subjectnom.:

    (ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,

    by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?

    by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:

    ruit ipse suis cladibus,

    id. ib. 14, 3, 8:

    si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:

    qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3:

    suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:

    ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,

    id. 40, 5, 1:

    respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,

    id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    A subject-acc.:

    sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,

    Liv. 1, 11, 9:

    (tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,

    id. 2, 44, 2.—
    (γ).
    An object in dat. or acc.:

    sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,

    Liv. 6, 36, 4:

    alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,

    id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):

    aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,

    their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
    b.
    With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;

    post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,

    Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:

    tuo ipsius studio,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9:

    tuam ipsius amicitiam,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
    c.
    Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:

    suamet ipsa scelera,

    Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):

    a suismet ipsis praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
    2.
    With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
    a.
    Quisque and suus in different cases.
    (α).
    Quisque as subjectnom.:

    sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,

    Lucr. 5, 1033:

    suo quisque loco cubet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    suum quisque noscat ingenium,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,

    id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:

    quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,

    id. Mil. 10, 29:

    cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51:

    celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,

    id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):

    nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,

    Lucr. 4, 522:

    ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,

    that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:

    hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,

    id. 6, 15, 3:

    ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,

    id. 1, 24, 2:

    stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,

    id. 44, 38, 11:

    (consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,

    id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:

    in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,

    Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:

    omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,

    Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
    (β).
    With acc. of quisque as subj.:

    fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31:

    recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,

    Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:

    se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,

    id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:

    sua cujusque animantis natura est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:

    sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,

    id. Pis. 20, 46:

    sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:

    suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 30:

    ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:

    ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,

    id. 26, 8, 11:

    animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,

    id. 22, 5, 8:

    tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,

    id. 44, 39, 5:

    suus cuique (stellae) color est,

    Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:

    trahit sua quemque voluptas,

    Verg. E. 2, 65:

    stat sua cuique dies,

    id. A. 10, 467.—
    (δ).
    As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):

    opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,

    Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
    (ε).
    As adjunct of subj.-acc.:

    suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,

    id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
    (ζ).
    As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:

    ut suo quemque appellem nomine,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:

    placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:

    ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119:

    justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,

    id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:

    in tribuendo suum cuique,

    id. Off. 1, 5, 14:

    Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,

    Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:

    certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,

    Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:

    Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,

    Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
    b.
    Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
    (α).
    Attraction of suus:

    ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:

    eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),

    Liv. 45, 29, 10:

    equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),

    id. 3, 22, 6:

    cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,

    id. 25, 17, 5:

    legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),

    Tac. A. 14, 27:

    quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,

    Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):

    sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),

    Col. 3, 1;

    and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
    (β).
    Attraction of quisque:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):

    quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,

    Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:

    cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,

    Varr. L. L. 10, 48:

    in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,

    id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:

    separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),

    Liv. 24, 3, 5:

    ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),

    Suet. Aug. 40;

    and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;

    so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),

    each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    suo quoque loco,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:

    opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,

    Col. 11, 3:

    suo quoque tempore,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 4:

    nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),

    Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:

    ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,

    ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
    c.
    In the order quisque... suus.
    (α).
    In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:

    ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.

    with sibi,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:

    expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 113:

    neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 19, 9:

    gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,

    id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:

    in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
    (β).
    If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:

    in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,

    Liv. 21, 48, 2:

    in patriam quisque suam remissus est,

    Just. 33, 2, 8:

    in vestigio quemque suo vidit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:

    hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,

    id. 33, 45, 6:

    pro facultatibus quisque suis,

    id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:

    respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:

    praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,

    id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:

    tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,

    id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:

    summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
    (γ).
    Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:

    oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,

    Ov. F. 2, 715. —
    (δ).
    When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:

    atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
    d.
    Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:

    suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:

    ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:

    cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1:

    ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,

    id. 21, 29, 5:

    utraque (lex) sua via it,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.

    uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,

    Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
    3.
    With sibi.
    (α).
    Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):

    reddam suum sibi,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:

    idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,

    for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;

    I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.

    the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,

    Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
    (β).
    With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):

    quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:

    eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,

    id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
    4.
    With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:

    quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,

    that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:

    qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,

    id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:

    unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
    5.
    With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,

    id. Sest. 5, 12:

    qua gravitate sua,

    id. ib. 61, 129:

    suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,

    that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:

    in istum civem suum,

    against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:

    cum illo suo pari,

    id. Pis. 8, 18:

    te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?

    id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,

    for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:

    non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,

    by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:

    nullo suo merito,

    from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:

    ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,

    with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
    6.
    With descriptive adjj.
    (α).
    Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):

    suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,

    Cic. Pis. 31, 76:

    causam sui dementissimi consilii,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,

    id. ib. 11, 3, 8:

    suis amplissimis fortunis,

    id. ib. 13, 8, 16:

    suum pristinum morem,

    id. Pis. 12, 27:

    suis lenissimis postulatis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (β).
    Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):

    pro eximiis suis beneficiis,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    propter summam suam humanitatem,

    id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    ex praeteritis suis officiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 60:

    Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,

    id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (γ).
    After adj. and noun:

    veterem amicum suum excepit,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,

    id. Sest. 54, 116.—
    7.
    Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),

    Sall. C. 51, 11; so,

    neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,

    Liv. 29, 9, 9:

    ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),

    Cic. Balb. 14, 32:

    suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),

    Tac. A. 3, 16; so,

    nulla sua invidia,

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
    8.
    Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:

    si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
    9.
    Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
    (α).
    By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:

    quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:

    ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ferri suopte pondere,

    id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:

    suapte natura,

    id. Fat. 18, 42:

    suapte vi et natura,

    id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:

    suopte ingenio,

    Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:

    suapte manu,

    Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:

    locus suapte natura infestus,

    Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,

    suapte natura,

    id. 4, 22, 4:

    flumina suapte natura vasta,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:

    sponte suapte,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
    (β).
    With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):

    suomet ipsi more,

    Sall. J. 31, 6:

    suomet ipsi instrumento,

    Liv. 22, 14, 13:

    suomet ipsi metu,

    Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:

    suamet ipsum pecunia,

    Sall. J. 8, 2:

    suamet ipsae fraude,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9:

    intra suamet ipsum moenia,

    id. 6, 36, 4:

    suismet ipsi praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6:

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    id. 2, 19, 5:

    suosmet ipsi cives,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    suasmet ipse spes,

    Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:

    populum suimet sanguinis mercede,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:

    magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,

    id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > sua

  • 7 suum

    sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;

    so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
    I.
    Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
    A.
    With antecedent in the same sentence.
    1.
    The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
    (α).
    His:

    Caesar copias suas divisit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 97:

    ille in sua sententia perseverat,

    id. ib. 1, 72:

    tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:

    cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?

    id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,

    Liv. 26, 40, 7:

    imperat princeps civibus suis,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:

    nemo rem suam emit,

    id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Her:

    mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:

    utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    si nunc facere volt era officium suom,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:

    ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,

    id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
    (γ).
    Its:

    omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,

    id. Planc. 40, 95.—
    (δ).
    Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    mittent aliquem de suo numero,

    id. ib. 11, 10, 25:

    rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:

    qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    suis finibus eos prohibent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;

    and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,

    some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
    2.
    With a subject-clause as antecedent:

    id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,

    was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:

    ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    id. 3, 62, 1:

    secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,

    id. 35, 14, 4. —
    3.
    With subject-acc. as antecedent:

    hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,

    Cic. Planc. 19, 47:

    cupio eum suae causae confidere,

    id. Sest. 64, 135:

    suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,

    id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    (dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    4.
    With object-acc. as antecedent.
    (α).
    Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):

    hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,

    he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:

    hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,

    id. Sest. 68, 142:

    Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    illum ulciscentur mores sui,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 2:

    quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,

    id. Or. 1, 14:

    utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,

    Liv. 1, 7, 1:

    quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,

    id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:

    quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,

    id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:

    consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:

    quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?

    Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:

    sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,

    id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:

    ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
    (β).
    With impers. verbs:

    sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:

    video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,

    id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,

    id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:

    jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,

    Liv. 10, 7, 8:

    militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,

    id. 22, 12, 10.—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of other members of the sentence:

    ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:

    eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:

    totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:

    Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:

    introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,

    Sall. C. 28, 1:

    suis flammis delete Fidenas,

    i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:

    suo igni involvit hostes,

    Tac. A. 14, 30:

    quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?

    Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.

    with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
    5.
    With dat. as antecedent.
    (α).
    As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):

    suus rex reginae placet,

    a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:

    ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:

    Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?

    Cic. Sull. 2, 7:

    si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,

    id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:

    cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?

    id. Planc. 33, 81:

    haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:

    Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,

    Liv. 21, 50, 4:

    sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,

    id. 42, 50, 7:

    Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,

    id. 8, 14, 2:

    vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:

    nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,

    id. Ep. 115, 17:

    labor illi suus restitutus est,

    id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:

    magnitudo sua singulis constat,

    id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:

    tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,

    id. Ep. 53, 11. —

    With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
    (β).
    Of other words:

    regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:

    mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:

    ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:

    quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,

    id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:

    nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,

    id. 39, 37, 6:

    Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,

    id. 25, 3, 5.—
    6.
    With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:

    nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,

    id. Mur. 41, 90:

    quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,

    id. Att. 14, 13, 12:

    suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,

    the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:

    cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,

    Liv. 22, 42, 12:

    nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,

    Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:

    Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:

    in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:

    operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):

    (Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
    7.
    With predic. nom. as antecedent:

    sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,

    Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
    8.
    With appositive noun.
    (α).
    With gram. subject as antecedent:

    hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,

    id. Mil. 9, 25:

    (hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,

    id. Planc. 11, 27:

    ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,

    id. Balb. 21, 49:

    ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,

    id. Lig. 4, 11:

    Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
    (β).
    With object as antecedent:

    Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:

    tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,

    id. Lig. 12, 36:

    Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,

    Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
    (γ).
    With appositive noun as antecedent:

    si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 34, 5:

    C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,

    Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
    9.
    In participial clauses.
    (α).
    The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:

    credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:

    diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:

    stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,

    Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:

    manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),

    Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:

    et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,

    Liv. 22, 60, 9:

    quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
    (β).
    The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:

    sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:

    hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:

    ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:

    ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,

    Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:

    Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,

    Liv. 25, 15, 1:

    (Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,

    id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
    (γ).
    The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:

    M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,

    Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:

    si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:

    ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),

    Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.

    with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,

    id. 7, 29, 7.—
    10.
    In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:

    mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
    (β).
    With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:

    cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:

    si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,

    id. Sest. 23, 51:

    nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
    (γ).
    With antecedent dependent on the gerund:

    eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
    11.
    As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:

    magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40:

    neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,

    his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:

    Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,

    id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:

    totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,

    id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
    B.
    Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
    1.
    Dependent on subject-inff.:

    ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 16:

    siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:

    contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,

    id. Par. 6, 51:

    ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23:

    detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 24:

    suis exemplis melius est uti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:

    levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,

    Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;

    29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:

    quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:

    cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,

    id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:

    Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
    2.
    Without a subject-inf.:

    omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:

    erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),

    Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):

    non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
    C.
    With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
    1.
    In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
    a.
    In infinitive clauses:

    (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 88:

    (Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,

    id. Cael. 10, 24:

    ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),

    id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:

    hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 16:

    docent, sui judicii rem non esse,

    id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:

    hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:

    (Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.

    also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
    b.
    Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:

    scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:

    isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4. —

    Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    c.
    In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:

    Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,

    Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3:

    (regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,

    Liv. 42, 25, 12:

    Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),

    id. 1, 13, 2:

    Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,

    Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:

    ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,

    Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
    d.
    In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:

    (Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,

    id. Marcell. 3, 10:

    quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?

    Sen. Troad. 3, 13:

    querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,

    Quint. 6, 3, 88;

    and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,

    id. 9, 3, 68. —
    e.
    In interrogative clauses:

    si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:

    donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,

    Liv. 6, 27, 8:

    rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,

    id. 23, 39, 2:

    postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,

    id. 43, 19, 5. —
    2.
    In a virtually oblique clause.
    a.
    In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:

    me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:

    quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 80:

    inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,

    Liv. 43, 23, 5:

    (Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,

    id. 26, 13, 16:

    oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,

    id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:

    tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,

    Liv. 10, 20, 7:

    Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,

    Nep. Dat. 7, 3:

    quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?

    Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
    b.
    In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:

    Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),

    Cic. Sull. 5, 15:

    Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),

    id. Att. 2, 1, 12:

    non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:

    Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:

    ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,

    Liv. 6, 18, 4:

    (Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,

    id. 1, 21, 3:

    adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,

    id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
    D.
    In the place of ejus.
    1.
    In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):

    Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,

    Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:

    oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,

    Liv. 1, 17, 2:

    C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:

    Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,

    Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:

    quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
    2.
    To avoid ambiguity:

    petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83:

    equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
    3.
    Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,

    his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,

    quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,

    Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
    4.
    Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):

    tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,

    Cato, R. R. 31:

    vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,

    id. ib. 37:

    qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,

    id. ib. 157:

    Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,

    id. Lys. 1, 2:

    ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,

    Ov. F. 6, 601:

    quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,

    id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    As substt.
    1.
    sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
    (α).
    (Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,

    fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:

    mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,

    her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:

    quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,

    his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:

    qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,

    their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:

    vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,

    to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,

    his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:

    Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,

    Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,

    id. B. C. 2, 35:

    Caesar receptui suorum timens,

    id. ib. 3, 46:

    certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,

    id. ib. 2, 20:

    omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,

    id. ib. 2, 37: so,

    Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,

    id. ib. 3, 86:

    Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,

    to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:

    naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,

    a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:

    multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,

    id. ib. 1, 19:

    nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,

    his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:

    rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,

    his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:

    subsidio suorum proelium restituere,

    comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:

    feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,

    their young, id. 26, 13, 12:

    abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,

    his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:

    Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,

    their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:

    ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
    (β).
    Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;

    the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,

    id. Or. 3, 2, 8:

    quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,

    Liv. 37, 41, 8:

    auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,

    id. 37, 12:

    quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
    (γ).
    Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
    (δ).
    Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:

    cedo quid hic faciet sua?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
    2.
    sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    nec suom adimerem alteri,

    his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):

    nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),

    id. ib. 1, 2, 119:

    illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:

    populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:

    nec donare illi de suo dicimur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;

    (stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
    (β).
    Trop.:

    meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;

    id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
    (γ).
    Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:

    pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,

    Dig. 41, 10, 1;

    so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,

    ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;

    similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,

    id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    One ' s property:

    Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,

    id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:

    tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,

    id. Att. 14, 14, 6:

    Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:

    ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,

    their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:

    docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):

    hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;

    rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),

    Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
    (β).
    One ' s own affairs:

    aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:

    cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,

    Liv. 10, 20, 8:

    omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,

    id. 22, 41, 5:

    aliena cum suis perdidit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.

    the context),

    Quint. 6, 3, 90.
    B.
    Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
    1.
    Of property in things.
    (α).
    Corporeal:

    scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 11:

    nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),

    Cic. Mil. 32, 87:

    quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 21:

    Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84:

    gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,

    Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;

    eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:

    cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,

    since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:

    referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),

    nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:

    qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:

    quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),

    Ter. And. prol. 14:

    potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,

    his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of a country or people:

    suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32:

    in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,

    Liv. 44, 24, 4:

    crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,

    id. 21, 44, 5.—
    (δ).
    Trop.:

    omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:

    non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;

    so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,

    how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:

    prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,

    Quint. 10, 2, 26:

    quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
    2.
    Of persons.
    (α).
    Under a master ' s or father ' s control:

    ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,

    make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:

    eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
    (β).
    Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):

    ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:

    hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:

    sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,

    to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:

    cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:

    Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,

    devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
    (δ).
    Of power over one's self, etc.:

    nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,

    self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,

    selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:

    (furiosus) qui suus non est,

    Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:

    vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,

    Ov. M. 8, 35. —
    3.
    Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):

    dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
    C.
    Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
    1.
    The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
    a.
    Opposition expressed:

    nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 21:

    sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,

    id. Sest. 18, 40:

    suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,

    Liv. 45, 38, 12:

    damnatione collegae et sua,

    id. 22, 35, 3:

    Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,

    Tac. A. 14, 73:

    velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,

    id. H. 3, 37;

    opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,

    at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:

    (Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
    b.
    Implied:

    voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,

    within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:

    cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;

    ex suo fonte nativa est,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:

    pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
    c.
    In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:

    Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:

    sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:

    jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,

    sortes sua sponte attenuatas,

    id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
    (β).
    Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:

    restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),

    Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:

    et staturas suo loco leges,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:

    aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
    (γ).
    For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
    (δ).
    Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;

    sed habuit suam Venerem,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
    2.
    Of private relations (opp. to public):

    ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:

    deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 20:

    quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,

    i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
    3.
    Of just rights or claims:

    imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,

    due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:

    neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,

    Quint. 11, 1, 41. —

    So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,

    in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:

    Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,

    id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:

    numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,

    by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
    4.
    Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:

    huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,

    a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:

    homini autem suum bonum ratio est,

    his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:

    in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —

    With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,

    that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,

    id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:

    dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,

    in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:

    mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,

    by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
    5.
    According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
    a.
    Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:

    Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,

    after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:

    collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,

    his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
    b.
    Of things, favorable.
    (α).
    Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:

    hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:

    numquam nostris locis laboravimus,

    Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
    (β).
    Of time:

    cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,

    Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
    c.
    Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:

    neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,

    Liv. 22, 39, 21:

    tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,

    id. 4, 58, 2:

    aestuque suo Locros trajecit,

    a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:

    ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 3:

    orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,

    Ov. M. 13, 195:

    aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
    6.
    Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:

    quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:

    geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,

    id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:

    sensus omnis habet suum finem,

    its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:

    ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,

    Liv. 21, 34, 1:

    nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,

    id. 22, 16, 5:

    adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,

    Flor. 2, 6, 26:

    liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,

    Liv. 22, 28, 2:

    equites ovantes sui moris carmine,

    id. 10, 26, 11:

    exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,

    id. 21, 42, 3:

    tripudiantes suo more,

    id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:

    equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,

    that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):

    suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,

    Quint. 12, 10, 2:

    illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,

    Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:

    quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,

    Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
    7.
    Proper, right.
    a.
    Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:

    quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,

    their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:

    flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,

    its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:

    novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,

    Liv. 40, 36, 6:

    cum suo justo equitatu,

    id. 21, 17, 8:

    totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,

    Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:

    tranquilla mente et vultu suo,

    with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:

    media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:

    cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,

    not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —

    So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,

    Verg. G. 2, 82. —
    b.
    Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
    (α).
    The regular time ( = stato tempore):

    signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:

    cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
    (β).
    The right or proper time:

    salictum suo tempore caedito,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,

    the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,

    exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:

    si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,

    Liv. 4, 7, 6:

    Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:

    quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!

    Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:

    de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,

    Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
    (γ).
    Suo loco = at the proper place:

    quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:

    quod reddetur suo loco,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    ut suo loco dicetur,

    Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:

    inscripta quae suis locis reddam,

    id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
    (δ).
    Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:

    in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,

    Cato, R. R. 7:

    siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,

    at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:

    in partes suas digerenda causa,

    Quint. 11, 1, 6:

    confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
    8.
    Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
    a.
    Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —

    Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:

    Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,

    retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:

    urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,

    id. 38, 9, 10. —
    b.
    Of paternal authority.
    (α).
    Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:

    quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,

    Inst. 1, 48:

    sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,

    Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:

    liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 1:

    morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 2:

    patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,

    Dig. 1, 6, 4:

    si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —

    With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,

    Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:

    pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,

    Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:

    homo sui juris,

    ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:

    sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:

    non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,

    id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
    (β).
    Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:

    CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 156:

    (emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,

    ib. 2, 135:

    alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,

    ib. 3, 15:

    datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),

    ib. 3, 41:

    sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,

    Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:

    accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,

    id. ib. 22, 17. —

    Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,

    Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
    D.
    In particular connections.
    1.
    With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
    a.
    Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
    (α).
    A subjectnom.:

    (ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,

    by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?

    by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:

    ruit ipse suis cladibus,

    id. ib. 14, 3, 8:

    si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:

    qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3:

    suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:

    ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,

    id. 40, 5, 1:

    respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,

    id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    A subject-acc.:

    sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,

    Liv. 1, 11, 9:

    (tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,

    id. 2, 44, 2.—
    (γ).
    An object in dat. or acc.:

    sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,

    Liv. 6, 36, 4:

    alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,

    id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):

    aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,

    their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
    b.
    With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;

    post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,

    Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:

    tuo ipsius studio,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9:

    tuam ipsius amicitiam,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
    c.
    Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:

    suamet ipsa scelera,

    Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):

    a suismet ipsis praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
    2.
    With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
    a.
    Quisque and suus in different cases.
    (α).
    Quisque as subjectnom.:

    sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,

    Lucr. 5, 1033:

    suo quisque loco cubet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    suum quisque noscat ingenium,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,

    id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:

    quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,

    id. Mil. 10, 29:

    cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51:

    celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,

    id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):

    nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,

    Lucr. 4, 522:

    ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,

    that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:

    hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,

    id. 6, 15, 3:

    ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,

    id. 1, 24, 2:

    stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,

    id. 44, 38, 11:

    (consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,

    id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:

    in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,

    Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:

    omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,

    Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
    (β).
    With acc. of quisque as subj.:

    fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31:

    recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,

    Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:

    se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,

    id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:

    sua cujusque animantis natura est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:

    sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,

    id. Pis. 20, 46:

    sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:

    suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 30:

    ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:

    ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,

    id. 26, 8, 11:

    animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,

    id. 22, 5, 8:

    tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,

    id. 44, 39, 5:

    suus cuique (stellae) color est,

    Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:

    trahit sua quemque voluptas,

    Verg. E. 2, 65:

    stat sua cuique dies,

    id. A. 10, 467.—
    (δ).
    As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):

    opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,

    Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
    (ε).
    As adjunct of subj.-acc.:

    suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,

    id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
    (ζ).
    As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:

    ut suo quemque appellem nomine,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:

    placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:

    ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119:

    justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,

    id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:

    in tribuendo suum cuique,

    id. Off. 1, 5, 14:

    Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,

    Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:

    certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,

    Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:

    Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,

    Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
    b.
    Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
    (α).
    Attraction of suus:

    ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:

    eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),

    Liv. 45, 29, 10:

    equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),

    id. 3, 22, 6:

    cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,

    id. 25, 17, 5:

    legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),

    Tac. A. 14, 27:

    quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,

    Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):

    sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),

    Col. 3, 1;

    and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
    (β).
    Attraction of quisque:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):

    quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,

    Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:

    cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,

    Varr. L. L. 10, 48:

    in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,

    id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:

    separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),

    Liv. 24, 3, 5:

    ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),

    Suet. Aug. 40;

    and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;

    so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),

    each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    suo quoque loco,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:

    opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,

    Col. 11, 3:

    suo quoque tempore,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 4:

    nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),

    Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:

    ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,

    ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
    c.
    In the order quisque... suus.
    (α).
    In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:

    ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.

    with sibi,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:

    expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 113:

    neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 19, 9:

    gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,

    id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:

    in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
    (β).
    If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:

    in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,

    Liv. 21, 48, 2:

    in patriam quisque suam remissus est,

    Just. 33, 2, 8:

    in vestigio quemque suo vidit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:

    hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,

    id. 33, 45, 6:

    pro facultatibus quisque suis,

    id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:

    respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:

    praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,

    id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:

    tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,

    id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:

    summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
    (γ).
    Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:

    oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,

    Ov. F. 2, 715. —
    (δ).
    When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:

    atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
    d.
    Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:

    suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:

    ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:

    cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1:

    ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,

    id. 21, 29, 5:

    utraque (lex) sua via it,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.

    uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,

    Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
    3.
    With sibi.
    (α).
    Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):

    reddam suum sibi,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:

    idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,

    for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;

    I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.

    the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,

    Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
    (β).
    With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):

    quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:

    eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,

    id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
    4.
    With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:

    quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,

    that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:

    qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,

    id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:

    unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
    5.
    With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,

    id. Sest. 5, 12:

    qua gravitate sua,

    id. ib. 61, 129:

    suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,

    that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:

    in istum civem suum,

    against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:

    cum illo suo pari,

    id. Pis. 8, 18:

    te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?

    id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,

    for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:

    non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,

    by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:

    nullo suo merito,

    from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:

    ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,

    with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
    6.
    With descriptive adjj.
    (α).
    Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):

    suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,

    Cic. Pis. 31, 76:

    causam sui dementissimi consilii,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,

    id. ib. 11, 3, 8:

    suis amplissimis fortunis,

    id. ib. 13, 8, 16:

    suum pristinum morem,

    id. Pis. 12, 27:

    suis lenissimis postulatis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (β).
    Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):

    pro eximiis suis beneficiis,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    propter summam suam humanitatem,

    id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    ex praeteritis suis officiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 60:

    Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,

    id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (γ).
    After adj. and noun:

    veterem amicum suum excepit,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,

    id. Sest. 54, 116.—
    7.
    Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),

    Sall. C. 51, 11; so,

    neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,

    Liv. 29, 9, 9:

    ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),

    Cic. Balb. 14, 32:

    suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),

    Tac. A. 3, 16; so,

    nulla sua invidia,

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
    8.
    Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:

    si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
    9.
    Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
    (α).
    By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:

    quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:

    ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ferri suopte pondere,

    id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:

    suapte natura,

    id. Fat. 18, 42:

    suapte vi et natura,

    id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:

    suopte ingenio,

    Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:

    suapte manu,

    Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:

    locus suapte natura infestus,

    Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,

    suapte natura,

    id. 4, 22, 4:

    flumina suapte natura vasta,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:

    sponte suapte,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
    (β).
    With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):

    suomet ipsi more,

    Sall. J. 31, 6:

    suomet ipsi instrumento,

    Liv. 22, 14, 13:

    suomet ipsi metu,

    Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:

    suamet ipsum pecunia,

    Sall. J. 8, 2:

    suamet ipsae fraude,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9:

    intra suamet ipsum moenia,

    id. 6, 36, 4:

    suismet ipsi praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6:

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    id. 2, 19, 5:

    suosmet ipsi cives,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    suasmet ipse spes,

    Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:

    populum suimet sanguinis mercede,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:

    magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,

    id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suum

  • 8 suus

    sŭus, a, um (old form sos, sa, sum; dat. plur. sis, Enn. ap. Fest. p. 301 Mull.; acc. sas. id. ib. p. 325 ib.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 47; Schol. Pers. 1, 108; sing. sam for suam, Fest. p. 47 Mull.;

    so for suo, C. I. L. 5, 2007. In ante-class. verse su- with the following vowel freq. forms one syllable,

    Plaut. Merc. 1, 1, 48; id. Ps. 1, 3, 5; Ter. And. 1, 1, 68; Lucr. 1, 1022; v. Neue, Formenl. 2, 189 sqq.), pron. poss., 3 d pers. [root SVA-; Sanscr. sva, own; cf. sui; Gr. seWo-, whence sphe, etc., and he; cf. heos], of or belonging to himself, herself, etc.; his own, her own, etc.; his, her, its, their; one ' s; hers, theirs.
    I.
    Ordinary possessive use his, etc. (cf. the similar use of the pers. pron. sui, q. v.).
    A.
    With antecedent in the same sentence.
    1.
    The antecedent a subject-nominative, expressed or understood.
    (α).
    His:

    Caesar copias suas divisit,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 97:

    ille in sua sententia perseverat,

    id. ib. 1, 72:

    tantam habebat suarum rerum fiduciam,

    id. ib. 2, 37:

    cum sceleris sui socios Romae reliquisset,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 1, 3:

    cur ego non ignoscam si anteposuit suam salutem meae?

    id. Pis. 32, 79; id. Phil. 2, 18, 45; id. Mil. 10, 27; id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    Hanno praefecturam ejus (i.e. Muttinis) filio suo (Hannonis) dedit,

    Liv. 26, 40, 7:

    imperat princeps civibus suis,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 16, 2:

    nemo rem suam emit,

    id. Ben. 7, 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Her:

    mea Glycerium suos parentes repperit,

    Ter. And. 5, 6, 5:

    utinam haec ignoraret suum patrem,

    id. Phorm. 5, 6, 34:

    si nunc facere volt era officium suom,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 8, 72:

    ne eadem mulier cum suo conjuge honestissimum adulescentem oppressisse videatur,

    Cic. Cael. 32, 78:

    si omnibus suis copiis excellentem virum res publica armasset,

    id. Phil. 13, 16, 32.—
    (γ).
    Its:

    omne animal, simul et ortum est, et se ipsum et omnes partes suas diligit,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 11, 33:

    cum mea domus ardore suo deflagrationem Italiae toti minaretur,

    id. Planc. 40, 95.—
    (δ).
    Their: (legiones) si consulem suum reliquerunt, vituperandae sunt Cic. Phil. 5, 2, 4:

    mittent aliquem de suo numero,

    id. ib. 11, 10, 25:

    rationem illi sententiae suae non fere reddebant,

    id. Tusc. 1, 17, 38:

    qui agellos suos redimere a piratis solebant,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 37, § 85:

    edicunt ut ad suum vestitum senatores redirent,

    id. Sest. 14, 32:

    suis finibus eos prohibent,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 1: Allobrogibus sese persuasuros existimabant ut per suos (Allobrogum) fines eos (Helvetios) ire paterentur, id. id. 1, 6;

    and distributively: ac naves onerariae LXIII. in portu expugnatae, quaedam cum suis oneribus, frumento, armis, aere, etc.,

    some with their several cargoes, Liv. 26, 47, 9.—
    2.
    With a subject-clause as antecedent:

    id sua sponte apparebat tuta celeribus consiliis praepositurum,

    was selfevident, Liv. 22, 38, 13:

    ad id quod sua sponte satis collectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    id. 3, 62, 1:

    secutum tamen sua sponte est ut vilior ob ea regi Hannibal et suspectior fieret,

    id. 35, 14, 4. —
    3.
    With subject-acc. as antecedent:

    hanc dicam Athenis advenisse cum aliquo amatore suo, Plant. Mil. 2, 2, 86: doceo gratissimum esse in sua tribu Plancium,

    Cic. Planc. 19, 47:

    cupio eum suae causae confidere,

    id. Sest. 64, 135:

    suspicari debuit (Milo), eum (Clodium) ad villam suam (Clodii) deversurum,

    id. Mil. 19, 51: Medeam praedicant in fuga fratris sui membra dissipavisse, id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 22:

    (dixit) Caesarem pro sua dignitate debere et studium et iracundiam suam reipublicae dimittere,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    4.
    With object-acc. as antecedent.
    (α).
    Suus being an adjunct of the subject (generally rendered in Engl. by a pass. constr.):

    hunc pater suus de templo deduxit,

    he was taken from the temple by his father, Cic. Inv. 2, 17, 52:

    hunc sui cives e civitate ejecerunt,

    id. Sest. 68, 142:

    Alexandrum uxor sua... occidit,

    id. Inv. 2, 49, 144:

    illum ulciscentur mores sui,

    id. Att. 9, 12, 2:

    quodsi quem natura sua... forte deficiet,

    id. Or. 1, 14:

    utrumque regem sua multitudo consalutaverat,

    Liv. 1, 7, 1:

    quas (urbes) sua virtus ac dii juvent, magnas sibi opes facere,

    id. 1, 9, 3; 1, 7, 15; 6, 33, 5:

    quos nec sua conscientia impulerit, nec, etc.,

    id. 26, 33, 3; 25, 14, 7:

    consulem C. Marium servus suus interemit,

    Val. Max. 6, 8, 2:

    quis non Vedium Pollionem pejus oderat quam servi sui?

    Sen. Clem. 1, 18, 2:

    sera dies sit qua illum gens sua caelo adserat,

    id. Cons. Poll. 12 (31), 5.—With the antecedent understood from the principal sentence:

    ita forma simili pueri ut mater sua internoscere (sc. eos) non posset,

    Plaut. Men. prol. 19; and with suus as adjunct both of the subject and of the antecedent: jubet salvere suos vir uxorem suam, id. merc. 4, 3, 11. —
    (β).
    With impers. verbs:

    sunt homines, quos libidinis infamiaeque suae neque pudeat neque taedeat,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 12, 35:

    video fore ut inimicos tuos poeniteat intemperantiae suae,

    id. Fam. 3, 10, 1:

    si Caesarem beneficii sui poeniteret,

    id. Lig. 10, 29; so id. Agr. 2, 11, 26:

    jam ne nobilitatis quidem suae plebejos poenitere,

    Liv. 10, 7, 8:

    militem jam minus virtutis poenitere suae,

    id. 22, 12, 10.—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of other members of the sentence:

    ad parentes suos ducas Silenium,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 86. nam is illius filiam conicit in navem clam matrem suam (i.e. filiae), id. Mil. 2, 1, 34:

    eosdem ad quaestoris sui aut imperatoris, aut commilitonum suorum pericula impulistis,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 17, 34:

    totum enim ex sua patria sustulisti,

    id. Verr. 2, 5, 49, § 127; id. Or. 3, 32, 126: quem (Hammonium) tibi etiam suo nomine ( on his own account) commendo... itaque peto a te ut ejus procuratorem et ipsum suo nomine diligas, id. Fam. 13, 21, 2:

    Caesar Fabium in sua remittit hiberna,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 33; id. B. C. 3, 24:

    introire ad Ciceronem, et domi suae imparatum confodere,

    Sall. C. 28, 1:

    suis flammis delete Fidenas,

    i. e. the flames kindled by the Fidenates, Liv. 4, 33, 5:

    suo igni involvit hostes,

    Tac. A. 14, 30:

    quid Caesarem in sua fata inmisit?

    Sen. Ep. 94, 65; id. Q. N. 1, praef. 7; cf.

    with antecedent supplied from preceding sentence: non destiti rogare et petere (sc. Brutum) mea causa, suadere et hortari sua,

    Cic. Att. 6, 2, 7.—
    5.
    With dat. as antecedent.
    (α).
    As adjunct of subject (cf. 4. supra):

    suus rex reginae placet,

    a queen likes her own king, Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 76:

    ei nunc alia ducenda'st domum, sua cognata Lemniensis,

    id. Cist. 1, 1, 101:

    Autronio nonne sodales, non collegae sui... defuerunt?

    Cic. Sull. 2, 7:

    si ceteris facta sua recte prosunt,

    id. Cat. 3, 12, 27:

    cui non magistri sui atque doctores, cui non... locus ipse... in mente versetur?

    id. Planc. 33, 81:

    haec omnia plane... Siculis erepta sunt: primum suae leges, etc.,

    id. Verr. 2, 2, 13, § 33:

    Romanis multitudo sua auxit animum,

    Liv. 21, 50, 4:

    sicuti populo Romano sua fortuna labet,

    id. 42, 50, 7:

    Lanuvinis sacra sua reddita,

    id. 8, 14, 2:

    vilitas sua illis detrahit pretium,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 29, 2:

    nemo est cui felicitas sua satisfaciat,

    id. Ep. 115, 17:

    labor illi suus restitutus est,

    id. Brev. Vit. 20, 3:

    magnitudo sua singulis constat,

    id. Q. N. 1, 1, 10:

    tantum sapienti sua, quantum Dec omnis aetas patet,

    id. Ep. 53, 11. —

    With antecedent supplied from principal sentence: mater quod suasit sua Adulescens mulier fecit, i.e. ei,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 38.—
    (β).
    Of other words:

    regique Thebano regnum stabilivit suum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 40:

    mittam hodie huic suo die natali malam rem magnam,

    id. Ps. 1, 3, 5:

    ego Metello non irascor, neque ei suam vacationem eripio,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 68, § 164:

    desinant insidiari domui suae consuli,

    id. Cat. 1, 13, 32:

    quibus ea res honori fuerit a suis civibus,

    id. Mil. 35, 96: Scipio suas res Syracusanis restituit, Liv. [p. 1824] 29, 1, 17:

    nos non suas (leges Lacedaemoniis arbitror) ademisse, sed nostras leges dedisse,

    id. 39, 37, 6:

    Graccho et Tuditano provinciae Lucani et Galliae cum suis exercitibus prorogatae,

    id. 25, 3, 5.—
    6.
    With gen., abl., or object of a prep. as antecedent:

    nec illius animi aciem praestringit splendor sui nominis,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    nolite a sacris patriis Junonis Sospitae domesticum et suum consulem avellere,

    id. Mur. 41, 90:

    quamvis tu magna mihi scripseris de Bruti adventu ad suas legiones,

    id. Att. 14, 13, 12:

    suae legis ad scriptum ipsam quoque sententiam adjungere,

    the meaning of their law to which they refer, id. Inv. 2, 49, 147:

    cum ambitio alterius suam primum apud eos majestatem solvisset,

    Liv. 22, 42, 12:

    nunc causam instituendorum ludorum ab origine sua repetam,

    Val. Max. 2, 4, 4:

    Jubam in regno suo non locorum notitia adjuvet, non popularium pro rege suo virtus,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 10; id. Ben. 7, 6, 3; id. Clem. 1, 3, 4.—Esp. with cujusque as antecedent:

    in qua deliberatione ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 119 (v. II. D. 2. infra).— Abl.:

    operam dare ut sua lex ipso scripto videatur niti,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 147 (cf. supra):

    (Caesar reperiebat) ad Galbam propter justitiam prudentiamque suam totius belli summam deferri,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 4:

    credere, ad suum concilium a Jove deos advocari,

    Sen. Q. N. 2, 42, 1.—
    7.
    With predic. nom. as antecedent:

    sapientissimi artis suae professores sunt a quibus et propria studia verecunde et aliena callide administrantur,

    Val. Max. 8, 12, 1.—
    8.
    With appositive noun.
    (α).
    With gram. subject as antecedent:

    hoc Anaximandro, populari ac sodali suo, non persuasit,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 37, 118:

    vidit fortissimum virum, inimicissimum suum,

    id. Mil. 9, 25:

    (hic) fuit in Creta contubernalis Saturnini, propinqui sui,

    id. Planc. 11, 27:

    ut non per L. Crassum, adfinem suum... causam illam defenderit,

    id. Balb. 21, 49:

    ne cum hoc T. Broccho, avunculo, ne cum ejus filio, consobrino suo, ne nobiscum vivat,

    id. Lig. 4, 11:

    Caesar mittit ad eum A. Clodium, suum atque illius familiarem,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 57.—
    (β).
    With object as antecedent:

    Dicaearchum cum Aristoxeno, aequali et condiscipulo suo, omittamus,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 18, 41:

    tres fratres optimos, non solum sibi ipsos, neque nobis, necessariis suis, sed etiam rei publicae condonavit,

    id. Lig. 12, 36:

    Varroni, quem, sui generis hominem,... vulgus extrahere ad consulatum nitebatur,

    Liv. 22, 34, 2.—
    (γ).
    With appositive noun as antecedent:

    si P. Scipionem, clarissimum virum, majorumque suorum simillimum res publica tenere potuisset,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 14, 29:

    M. Fabi Ambusti, potentis viri cum inter sui corporis homines, tum ad plebem, etc.,

    Liv. 6, 34, 5:

    C. vero Fabricii, et Q. Aemilii Papi, principum saeculi sui, domibus argentum fuisse confitear oportet,

    Val. Max. 4, 4, 3.—
    9.
    In participial clauses.
    (α).
    The antecedent being the logical subject of the participle, and other than the principal subject:

    credamus igitur Panaetio, a Platone suo dissentienti ( = qui dissentiebat),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 32, 79:

    ea Sex. Roscium, expulsum ex suis bonis, recepit domum,

    id. Rosc. Am. 10, 27:

    diffidentemque rebus suis confirmavit,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 9, 23:

    Dejotarum ad me venientem cum omnibus copiis suis, certiorem feci, etc.,

    id. Fam. 15, 4, 7; id. Cat. 4, 9, 18: si hominis et suis et populi Romani ornamentis amplissimi ( being greatly distinguished) causam repudiassem, id. Mur. 4, 8:

    stupentes tribunos et suam jam vicem magis anxios quam, etc., liberavit consensus populi Romani,

    Liv. 8, 35, 1; 22, 42, 8:

    manet in folio scripta querela suo ( = quam scripsit),

    Ov. F. 5, 224; cf. in abl. absol.:

    et ipsis (hostibus) regressis in castra sua,

    Liv. 22, 60, 9:

    quibus (speculis) si unum ostenderis hominem, populus adparet, unaquaque parte faciem exprimente sua,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 5, 5.—
    (β).
    The logical subject of the participle, being also the principal subject:

    sic a suis legionibus condemnatus irrupit in Galliam,

    Cic. Phil. 10, 10, 21:

    hunc agrum patres nostri, acceptum a majoribus suis ( = quem acceperant), perdiderunt,

    id. Agr. 2, 31, 84:

    ut in suis ordinibus dispositi dispersos adorirentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 92: Appius, odium in se aliorum suo in eos metiens odio, haud ignaro, inquit, imminet fortuna, Liv. 3, 54, 3:

    ipsa capit Condita in pharetra ( = quae condiderat) tela minora sua,

    Ov. F. 2, 326; cf. in abl. absol.:

    Sopater, expositis suis difficultatibus ( = cum exposuisset, etc.): Timarchidem... perducit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 2, 28, § 69:

    Caesar, primum suo deinde omnium ex conspectu remotis equis, etc.,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25:

    Campani, audita sua pariter sociorumque clade, legatos ad Hannibalem miserunt,

    Liv. 25, 15, 1:

    (Appius) deposito suo magistratu... domum est reductus,

    id. 4, 24, 7; 3, 35, 9; 9, 10, 13; 9, 41, 9.—
    (γ).
    The antecedent being the principal subject, not the logical subject of the participle:

    M. Papirius dicitur Gallo, barbam suam (i.e. Papirii) permulcenti,... iram movisse,

    Liv. 5, 41, 9: cum Gracchus, verecundia deserendi socios, implorantis fidem suam populique Romani, substitisset. id. 23, 36, 8; cf. in abl. absol.:

    si sine maximo dedecore, tam impeditis suis rebus, potuisset emori,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 10, 29; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Planc. 21, 51; id. Clu. 14, 42:

    ita (consul) proelio uno accidit Vestinorum res, haudquaquam tamen incruento milite suo (consulis),

    Liv. 8, 29, 12; cf.

    with antecedent to be supplied: Campani, cum, robore juventutis suae acciso, nulla (sc. eis) propinqua spes esset, etc.,

    id. 7, 29, 7.—
    10.
    In gerund. construction. ( a) With subject as antecedent:

    mihi ipsa Roma ad complectendum conservatorem suum progredi visa est,

    Cic. Pis. 22, 52.—
    (β).
    With object, the logical subjects of the gerund as antecedent:

    cur iis persequendi juris sui... adimis potestatem?

    Cic. Div. in Caecil. 6, 21:

    si senatui doloris sui de me declarandi potestas esset erepta,

    id. Sest. 23, 51:

    nec tribunis plebis (spatium datur) sui periculi deprecandi,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5.—
    (γ).
    With antecedent dependent on the gerund:

    eamque rem illi putant a suum cuique tribuendo appellatam,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 6, 19.—
    11.
    As adjunct of a noun dependent on a subjectinf., with its logical subject as antecedent:

    magnum Miloni fuit, conficere illam pestem nulla sua invidia?

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40:

    neque enim fuit Gabinii, remittere tantum de suo nec regis, imponere tantum plus suis,

    his claim, id. Rab. Post. 11, 31:

    Piso, cui fructum pietatis suae neque ex me neque a populo Romano ferre licuit,

    id. Sest. 31, 68:

    ei cujus magis intersit, vel sua, vel rei publicae causa vivere,

    id. Off. 3, 23, 90:

    sapientis est consilium explicare suum de maximis rebus,

    id. Or. 2, 81, 333; id. Mil. 15, 41.—With logical subject understood:

    totam Italiam suis colonis ut complere (sc. eis) liceat, permittitur,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 13, 34:

    maximum (sc. eis) solacium erit, propinquorum eodem monumento declarari, et virtutem suorum, et populi Romani pietatem,

    id. Phil. 14, 13, 35.
    B.
    Without gram. antec., one ' s, one ' s own.
    1.
    Dependent on subject-inff.:

    ejusdem animi est, posteris suis amplitudinem nobis quam non acceperit tradere, et memoriam prope intermortuam generis sui, virtute renovare,

    Cic. Mur. 7, 16:

    siquidem atrocius est, patriae parentem quam suum occidere,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 31:

    miliens perire est melius quam in sua civitate sine armorum praesidio non posse vivere,

    id. ib. 2, 44, 112: quanto est honestius, alienis injuriis quam suis commoveri, one ' s own, id. Verr. 2, 3, 72, § 169:

    contentum suis rebus esse maximae sunt certissimaeque divitiae,

    id. Par. 6, 51:

    ut non liceat sui commodi causa nocere alteri,

    id. Off. 3, 5, 23:

    detrahere de altero sui commodi causa,

    id. ib. 3, 5, 24:

    suis exemplis melius est uti,

    Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2:

    levius est sua decreta tollere quam aliorum,

    Liv. 3, 21. 5; 39, 5, 2;

    29, 37, 11: satius est vitae suae rationes quam frumenti publici nosse,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 3:

    quanto satius est sua mala exstinguere quam aliena posteris tradere?

    id. Q. N. 3, praef. 5:

    cum initia beneficiorum suorum spectare, tum etiam exitus decet,

    id. Ben. 2, 14, 2; 3, 1, 5:

    Romani nominis gloriae, non suae, composuisse illa decuit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 16.—With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent: cum possimus ab Ennio sumere... exemplum, videtur esse arrogantia illa relinquere, et ad sua devenire, to one ' s own = to our own, Auct. Her. 4, 1, 2.—
    2.
    Without a subject-inf.:

    omnia torquenda sunt ad commodum suae causae... sua diligenter narrando,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 21, 30: ut in ceteris habenda ratio non sua (al. sui) solum, sed etiam aliorum, id. Off. 1, 39, 139:

    erat Dareo mite ac tractabile ingenium, nisi suam naturam plerumque fortuna corrumperet (suam not referring to Dareo),

    Curt. 3, 2, 17 MSS. (Foss, mansuetam). — With 1 st pers. plur., as indef. antecedent (cf. 1. supra):

    non erit ista amicitia sed mercatura quaedam utilitatum suarum,

    Cic. N. D. 1, 44, 122; cf.: pro suo possidere, II. A. 2. a. g; and Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73, II. A. 2. b. a; cf. also II. B. 1. a; II. B. 5. c.; II. B. 7. b.; II. C. 8. b. b infra.
    C.
    With antec. in a previous sentence. Here ejus, eorum, earum are used for his, her, their, unless the clause is oblique in regard to the antecedent, i. e. the antecedent is conceived as the author of the statement.
    1.
    In clauses dependent on a verbum sentiendi or dicendi, expressed or understood, referring to the grammatical or logical subject of the verb.
    a.
    In infinitive clauses:

    (Clodius) Caesaris potentiam suam potentiam esse dicebat,

    Cic. Mil. 32, 88:

    (Caelius) a sua (causa) putat ejus (i.e. Ascitii) esse sejunctam,

    id. Cael. 10, 24:

    ipsos certo scio non negare ad haec bona Chrysogonum accessisse impulsu suo (referring to ipsos),

    id. Rosc. Am. 37, 107:

    hostes viderunt,... suorum tormentorum usum spatio propinquitatis interire,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 16:

    docent, sui judicii rem non esse,

    id. ib. 1, 13.—The reference of suus may be ambiguous, esp. if an infinitive is dependent on another:

    hoc Verrem dicere ajebant, te... opera sua consulem factum, i.e. Verris, though grammatically it might refer to the subj. of aiebant,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 10, 29:

    (Ariovistus) dixit neminem secum sine sua pernicie contendisse,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 36; cf. the context with, in all, eleven reflexive pronouns referring to four different antecedents (populus Romanus, Ariovistus, Caesar, nemo); cf.

    also: occurrebat ei, mancam praeturam suam futuram consule Milone,

    Cic. Mil. 9, 25; 32, 88; Liv. 3, 42, 2.—
    b.
    Suus in a clause dependent on inf.:

    scio equidem, ut, qui argentum afferret atque expressam imaginem suam (i.e. militis) huc ad nos, cum eo ajebat velle mitti mulierem,

    Plaut. Ps. 2, 2, 55:

    isti bonorum emptores arbitrantur, vos hic sedere qui excipiatis eos qui de suis (i.e. emptorum) manibus effugerint,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 52, 151:

    Siculi venisse tempus ajebant ut commoda sua defenderem,

    id. Div. in Caecil. 1, 3:

    ut tunc tandem sentiret recuperanda esse quae prius sua culpa amissa forent,

    Liv. 44, 8, 4. —

    Ambiguous: velle Pompejum se Caesari purgatum, ne ea quae reipublicae causa egerit (Pompejus) in suam (i.e. Caesaris) contumeliam vertat (where suam might be referred to Pompejus),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 8.—
    c.
    In oblique clauses introduced by ut or ne, or clauses subordinate to such:

    Cassius constituit ut ludi absente te fierent suo nomine,

    Cic. Att. 15, 11, 2:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam tam nefariam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    id. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Nasidius eos magnopere hortatur ut rursus cum Bruti classe, additis suis (i.e. Nasidii) auxiliis confligant,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 3:

    (regem) denuntiasse sibi ut triduo regni sui decederent finibus,

    Liv. 42, 25, 12:

    Sabinae mulieres, hinc patres, hinc viros orantes, ne parricidio macularent partus suos (i.e. mulierum),

    id. 1, 13, 2:

    Patron praecepit suis ut arma induerent, ad omne imperium suum parati,

    Curt. 5, 11, 1.—With reflex. pron., referring to a different antecedent:

    ad hanc (Laidem) Demosthenes clanculum adit, et ut sibi copiam sui faceret, petit,

    Gell. 1, 8, 5. —
    d.
    In subordinate clauses introduced by quin or quod:

    (Dejotarus) non recusat quin id suum facinus judices,

    Cic. Deiot. 15, 43; so id. ib. 4, 15;

    16, 45: parietes hujus curiae tibi gratias agere gestiunt, quod futura sit illa auctoritas in his majorum suorum et suis sedibus,

    id. Marcell. 3, 10:

    quidni gauderet quod iram suam nemo sentiret?

    Sen. Troad. 3, 13:

    querenti quod uxor sua e fico se suspendisset,

    Quint. 6, 3, 88;

    and with intentional ambiguity: cum Proculejus quereretur de filio quod is mortem suam expectaret,

    id. 9, 3, 68. —
    e.
    In interrogative clauses:

    si, quod officii sui sit, non occurrit animo, nihil umquam omnino aget,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 8, 25:

    ut non auderet iterum dicere quot milia fundus suus abesset ab urbe,

    id. Caecin. 10, [p. 1825] 28:

    donec sciat unisquisque quid sui, quid alieni sit,

    Liv. 6, 27, 8:

    rex ignarus, quae cum Hannibale legatis suis convenisset, quaeque legati ejus ad se allaturi fuissent,

    id. 23, 39, 2:

    postquam animadvertit quantus agminis sui terror esset,

    id. 43, 19, 5. —
    2.
    In a virtually oblique clause.
    a.
    In final clause, introduced by ut, ne, or rel., referring to the subject of the purpose:

    me a portu praemisit domum, ut haec nuntiem uxori suae,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 1, 41:

    quasi Appius ille Caecus viam muniverit, non qua populus uteretur, sed ubi impune sui posteri latrocinarentur, i. e. Appii,

    Cic. Mil. 7, 17:

    quae gens ad Caesarem legatos mise. rat, ut suis omnibus facultatibus uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 80:

    inde castra movent, ne qua vis sociis suis ab Romano exercitu inferri possit,

    Liv. 43, 23, 5:

    (Romani) Albam a fundamentis proruerunt, ne memoria originum suarum exstaret,

    id. 26, 13, 16:

    oppidani nuntios Romam, qui certiorem de suo casu senatum facerent, misere,

    id. 6, 33, 7; cf.:

    tanto intervallo ab hostibus consedit, ut nec adventus suus propinquitate nimia nosci posset, et, etc.,

    Liv. 10, 20, 7:

    Datames locum delegit talem ut non multum obesse multitudo hostium suae paucitati posset,

    Nep. Dat. 7, 3:

    quid si gubernator a diis procellas petat ut gratior ars sua periculo fiat?

    Sen. Ben. 6, 25, 4. —
    b.
    In other dependent clauses represented as conceived by an antecedent in the principal sentence:

    Sulla, si sibi suus pudor ac dignitas non prodesset, nullum auxilium requisivit ( = negavit se defendi velle, si, etc.),

    Cic. Sull. 5, 15:

    Paetus omnes libros quos frater suus reliquisset mihi donavit ( = dixit se donare libros quos, etc.),

    id. Att. 2, 1, 12:

    non enim a te emit, sed, priusquam tu suum sibi venderes, ipse possedit ( = potitus est, ne, etc.),

    id. Phil. 2, 37, 96:

    Africanus, si sua res ageretur, testimonium non diceret,

    id. Rosc. Am. 36, 3:

    ille ipse (Pompejus) proposuit epistulam illam, in qua est Pro tuis rebus gestis amplissimis. Amplioribusne quam suis, quam Africani?

    id. Att. 8, 9, 2:

    spiritus dabat (Manlio) quod... vinculorum suorum invidiam dictator fugisset,

    Liv. 6, 18, 4:

    (Numa) Camenis eum lucum sacravit, quod earum ibi concilia cum conjuge sua Egeria essent,

    id. 1, 21, 3:

    adulescens deos omnis invocare ad gratiam illi pro se referendam, quoniam sibi nequaquam satis facultatis pro suo animo atque illius erga se esset,

    id. 26, 50, 4 (cf. D. 1. a. infra).
    D.
    In the place of ejus.
    1.
    In clauses virtually oblique, but with indicative, being conceived by the antecedent (hence suus, not ejus), but asserted as fact by the author (hence indicative, not subjunctive):

    Cicero tibi mandat ut Aristodemo idem respondeas, quod de fratre suo (Ciceronis) respondisti,

    Cic. Att. 2, 7, 4:

    oriundi ab Sabinis, ne, quia post Tatii mortem ab sua parte non erat regnatum, imperium amitterent, sui corporis creari regem volebant,

    Liv. 1, 17, 2:

    C. Caesar villam pulcherrimam, quia mater sua aliquando in illa custodita erat, diruit,

    Sen. Ira, 3, 21, 5:

    Philemonem, a manu servum, qui necem suam per venenum inimicis promiserat, non gravius quam simplici morte punivit,

    Suet. Caes. 74; cf.:

    quomodo excandescunt si quid e juba sua decisum est,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 12, 3.—
    2.
    To avoid ambiguity:

    petunt rationes illius (Catilinae) ut orbetur consilio res publica, ut minuatur contra suum (i.e. Catilinae) furorem imperatorum copia (instead of ejus, which might be referred to res publica),

    Cic. Mur. 39, 83:

    equites a cornibus positos, cum jam pelleretur media peditum suorum acies, incurrisse ab lateribus ferunt,

    Liv. 1, 37, 3.—
    3.
    Colloquially and in epistolary style suus is used emphatically instead of ejus, with the meaning own, peculiar: deinde ille actutum subferret suus servus poenas Sosia, his own slave (opp. Mercury, who personates Sosias), Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 19: mira erant in civitatibus ipsorum furta Graecorum quae magistratus sui fecerant, their own magistrates ( = ipsorum), Cic. Att. 6, 2, 5:

    in quibus (litteris Bruti) unum alienum summa sua prudentia (est), ut spectem ludos suos,

    his peculiar prudence, id. ib. 15, 26, 1; so,

    quod quidem ille (Nero) decernebat, quorumdam dolo ad omina sui exitus vertebatur,

    Tac. A. 16, 24; cf. II. A. 1. b and g; II. A. 2. a. b; II. B. 3.—
    4.
    Without particular emphasis (mostly ante- and post-class. and poet.):

    tum erit tempestiva cum semen suum maturum erit,

    Cato, R. R. 31:

    vitis si macra erit, sarmenta sua concidito minute,

    id. ib. 37:

    qui sic purgatus erit, diuturna valetudine utatur, neque ullus morbus veniet, nisi sua culpa,

    id. ib. 157:

    Cimon in eandem invidiam incidit quam pater suus,

    Nep. Cim. 3, 1:

    id qua ratione consecutus sit (Lysander) latet. Non enim virtute sui exercitus factum est, etc.,

    id. Lys. 1, 2:

    ipse sub Esquiliis, ubi erat regia sua, Concidit,

    Ov. F. 6, 601:

    quodque suus conjux riguo collegerat horto, Truncat olus foliis,

    id. M. 8, 646; so id. ib. 15, 819.
    II.
    In partic.
    A.
    As substt.
    1.
    sui, suorum, m., his, their (etc.) friends, soldiers, fellow-beings, equals, adherents, followers, partisans, posterity, slaves, family, etc., of persons in any near connection with the antecedent.
    (α).
    (Corresp. to the regular usage, I. A. B. C.) Cupio abducere ut reddam (i.e. eam) suis, to her family, friends, Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 77; cf. id. ib. 1, 2, 66:

    cum animus societatem caritatis coierit cum suis, omnesque natura conjunctos suos duxerit,

    fellow-beings, Cic. Leg. 1, 23, 60:

    mulier ingeniosa praecepit suis omnia Caelio pollicerentur,

    her slaves, id. Cael. 25, 62:

    quo facilius et nostras domos obire, et ipse a suis coli possit,

    his friends, id. ib. 7, 18:

    qua gratiam beneficii vestri cum suorum laude conjungant,

    their family, id. Agr. 2, 1, 1:

    vellem hanc contemptionem pecuniae suis reliquisset,

    to his posterity, id. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    cum divisurum se urbem palam suis polliceretur,

    his partisans, id. ib. 13, 9, 19:

    Caesar, cohortatus suos, proelium commisit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 25; so,

    Curio exercitum reduxit, suis omnibus praeter Fabium incolumibus,

    id. B. C. 2, 35:

    Caesar receptui suorum timens,

    id. ib. 3, 46:

    certior ab suis factus est, praeclusas esse portas,

    id. ib. 2, 20:

    omnium suorum consensu, Curio bellum ducere parabat,

    id. ib. 2, 37: so,

    Pompejus suorum omnium hortatu statuerat proelio decertare,

    id. ib. 3, 86:

    Caesar Brundisium ad suos severius scripsit,

    to his officers, id. ib. 3, 25:

    naviculam conscendit cum paucis suis,

    a few of his followers, id. ib. 3, 104:

    multum cum suis consiliandi causa secreto praeter consuetudinem loqueretur,

    id. ib. 1, 19:

    nupsit Melino, adulescenti inprimis inter suos et honesto et nobili,

    his equals, associates, Cic. Clu. 5, 11:

    rex raptim a suis in equum impositus fugit,

    his suite, Liv. 41, 4, 7:

    subsidio suorum proelium restituere,

    comrades, id. 21, 52, 10:

    feras bestias... ad opem suis ferendam avertas,

    their young, id. 26, 13, 12:

    abstulit sibi in suos potestatem,

    his slaves, Sen. Ira, 3, 12, 6:

    Besso et Nabarzani nuntiaverant sui regem... interemptum esse,

    their fellow - conspirators, Curt. 5, 12, 14. — Very rarely sing.:

    ut bona mens suis omnibus fuerit. Si quem libido abripuit, illorum eum, cum quibus conjuravit, non suum judicet esse,

    Liv. 39, 16, 5.—
    (β).
    Irregular use (acc. to I. D.): sui = ejus amici, etc. (freq.;

    the absolute use of ejus in this sense being inadmissible): quasi vero quisquam dormiat? ne sui quidem hoc velint, non modo ipse (sui = ejus amici, liberi),

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 38, 92:

    is (annus) ejus omnem spem... morte pervertit. Fuit hoc luctuosum suis, acerbum patriae, etc.,

    id. Or. 3, 2, 8:

    quadrigas, quia per suos ( = ipsius milites) agendae erant, in prima acie locaverat rex,

    Liv. 37, 41, 8:

    auctoritatem Pisistrati qui inter suos ( = ejus cives) maxima erat,

    id. 37, 12:

    quo cum multitudine adversariorum sui superarentur, ipse fuit superior, etc.,

    Nep. Hann. 8, 4; v. g.—
    (γ).
    Without antecedent (cf. I. B. supra): quoties necesse est fallere aut falli a suis, by one ' s friends, Sen. Phoen. 493.—
    (δ).
    Sing.: sŭa, suae. f., a sweetheart, mistress (rare): illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit. Cic. Phil. 2, 28. 69:

    cedo quid hic faciet sua?

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 92.—
    2.
    sŭum, i, n., and more freq. sŭa, suorum, n. plur., = one ' s property.
    a.
    Sing.
    (α).
    Lit.:

    nec suom adimerem alteri,

    his property, his own, Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 38 (34):

    nunc si ille salvos revenit, reddam suom sibi (v. D. 3. a. infra),

    id. ib. 1, 2, 119:

    illum studeo quam facillime ad suum pervenire,

    Cic. Fam. 13, 26, 4:

    populi Romani hanc esse consuetudinem ut socios sui nihil deperdere velit,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 43; cf. Cic. Rab. Post. 11, 3, I. A. 11. supra:

    nec donare illi de suo dicimur,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 4, 2; so esp. with quisque; v. infra — Hence, de suo = per se, or sua sponte;

    (stellae) quae per igneos tractus labentia inde splendorem trahant caloremque, non de suo clara,

    Sen. Q. N. 7, 1, 6. —
    (β).
    Trop.:

    meum mihi placebat, illi suum (of a literary essay),

    Cic. Att. 14, 20, 3: suom quemque decet, his own manners, etc., Plaut. Stich. 5, 4, 11; so, expendere oportet quid quisque habeat sui ( what peculiarities) nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant;

    id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 113.—
    (γ).
    Jurid. term: aliquid pro suo possidere, to possess in the belief of one ' s legal right:

    pro suo possessio tale est, cum dominium nobis acquiri putamus. Et ea causa possidemus ex qua acquiritur, et praeterea pro suo,

    Dig. 41, 10, 1;

    so without an antecedent, and referring to a first person: item re donata, pro donato et pro suo possideo,

    ib. 41, 10, 1; v. the whole tit. ib. 42, 10 (Pro suo); cf. ib. 23, 3, 67; cf. C., infra fin.;

    similarly: usucapere pro suo = acquire dominion by a possession pro suo, Fragm. Vat. 111: res pro suo, quod justam causam possidendi habet, usucapit,

    id. ib. 260; Dig. 41, 3, 27. —
    b.
    Plur.
    (α).
    One ' s property:

    Roscius tibi omnia sua praeter animam tradidit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 50, 146:

    qui etiam hostibus externis victis sua saepissime reddiderunt,

    id. Agr. 1, 6, 19:

    tu autem vicinis tuis Massiliensibus sua reddis,

    id. Att. 14, 14, 6:

    Remi legatos miserunt qui dicerent se suaque omnia in fidem atque potestatem populi Romani permittere,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 3, 2; 1, 11, 2; 2, 13, 2:

    ipsi milites alveos informes quibus se suaque transveherent, faciebant,

    their baggage, Liv. 21, 26, 9:

    docere eos qui sua permisere fortunae,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, praef. 7; so without an antecedent, one ' s own property (cf. I. B. 2. supra):

    hanc ob causam maxime ut sua tenerentur res publicae constitutae sunt,

    Cic. Off. 2, 21, 73;

    rarely = eorum res: quod vero etiam sua reddiderint (i.e. Gallis),

    Liv. 39, 55, 3. —
    (β).
    One ' s own affairs:

    aliena ut melius videant et dijudicent Quam sua,

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 96:

    cognoscunt... immobile agmen et sua quemque molientem,

    Liv. 10, 20, 8:

    omnia ei hostium non secus quam sua nota erant,

    id. 22, 41, 5:

    aliena cum suis perdidit,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 16, 3.— Absol., referring to a noun fem.: sua (finxit) C. Cassius ( = suas persuasiones; cf.

    the context),

    Quint. 6, 3, 90.
    B.
    Predicative uses: suum esse, facere, fieri, putare, etc., like a gen. poss., to be, etc., the property, or under the dominion, control, power of the antecedent.
    1.
    Of property in things.
    (α).
    Corporeal:

    scripsit causam dicere Prius aurum quare sit suum,

    Ter. Eun. prol. 11:

    nihil erat cujusquam quod non hoc anno suum fore putabat (Clodius),

    Cic. Mil. 32, 87:

    quia suum cujusque fit, eorum quae natura fuerant communia quod cuique obtigit, id quisque teneat,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 21:

    Juba suam esse praedicans praedam,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84:

    gratum sibi populum facturum, si omnes res Neapolitanorum suas duxissent,

    Liv. 22, 32, 8: libros esse dicimus Ciceronis;

    eosdem Dorus librarius suos vocat,

    Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 1:

    cum enim istarum personarum nihil suum esse possit,

    since these persons can own nothing, Gai. Inst. 2, 96; cf. Dig. 1, 7, 15 pr.—Virtually predicative:

    referas ad eos qui suam rem nullam habent ( = rem quae sua sit),

    nothing of their own, Cic. Phil. 2, 6, 15:

    qui in potestate nostra est, nihil suum habere potest,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 84. — ( b) Of literary works:

    quae convenere in Andriam ex Perinthia Fatetur transtulisse, atque usum pro suis ( = quasi sua essent),

    Ter. And. prol. 14:

    potest autem... quae tum audiet... ingenue pro suis dicere,

    his own thoughts, Quint. 12, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of a country or people:

    suum facere = suae dicionis facere: commemorat ut (Caesar) magnam partem Italiae beneficio atque auctoritate eorum suam fecerit,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 32:

    in quam (Asiam) jam ex parte suam fecerit,

    Liv. 44, 24, 4:

    crudelissima ac superbissima gens sua omnia suique arbitrii facit,

    id. 21, 44, 5.—
    (δ).
    Trop.:

    omnia sua putavit quae vos vestra esse velletis,

    Cic. Phil. 11, 12, 27:

    non meminit, illum exercitum senatus populique Romani esse, non suum,

    id. ib. 13, 6, 4: [p. 1826] probavit, non rempublicam suam esse, sed se reipublicae, Sen. Clem. 1, 19, 8;

    so of incorporeal things: hi si velint scire quam brevis eorum vita sit, cogitent ex quota parte sua sit,

    how much of it is their own, id. Brev. Vit. 19, 3; so, suum facere, to appropriate:

    prudentis est, id quod in quoque optimum est, si possit, suum facere,

    Quint. 10, 2, 26:

    quaeremus quomodo animus (hanc virtutem) usu suam faciat,

    Sen. Clem. 1, 3, 1.—
    2.
    Of persons.
    (α).
    Under a master ' s or father ' s control:

    ut lege caverent, ne quis quem civitatis mutandae causa suum faceret, neve alienaret,

    make any one his slave, Liv. 41, 8, 12: quid eam tum? suamne esse ajebat, his daughter, i.e. in his power? Ter. And. 5, 4, 29:

    eduxit mater pro sua ( = quasi sua esset),

    id. Eun. 1, 2, 76.—
    (β).
    Reflexively = sui juris, independent, one ' s own master or mistress, not subject to another ' s control, under one ' s own control (v. sui juris, infra):

    ancilla, quae mea fuit hodie, sua nunc est,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 3.—
    (γ).
    Of moral power over others: suus = devoted to one:

    hice hoc munere arbitrantur Suam Thaidem esse,

    Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 38:

    eos hic fecit suos Paulo sumptu,

    id. Ad. 5, 4, 21:

    sed istunc exora, ut (mulierem) suam esse adsimulet,

    to be friendly to him, id. Heaut. 2, 3, 117:

    cum Antonio sic agens ut perspiciat, si in eo negotio nobis satisfecerit, totum me futurum suum,

    Cic. Att. 14, 1 a, 2:

    Alpheus... utebatur populo sane suo,

    devoted to him, id. Quint. 7, 29.— Poet.: vota suos habuere deos, the vows (inst. of the persons uttering them) had the gods on their side, Ov. M. 4, 373. —
    (δ).
    Of power over one's self, etc.:

    nam qui sciet ubi quidque positum sit, quaque eo veniat, is poterit eruere, semperque esse in disputando suus,

    self-possessed, Cic. Fin. 4, 4, 10:

    inaestimabile bonum est suum fieri,

    selfcontrol, Sen. Ep. 75, 18:

    (furiosus) qui suus non est,

    Dig. 42, 4, 7, § 9:

    vix sua, vix sanae virgo Niseia compos Mentis erat,

    Ov. M. 8, 35. —
    3.
    Suum est, as impers. predicate: = ejus est, characteristic of, peculiar to one (very rare):

    dixit antea, sed suum illud est, nihil ut affirmet,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 42, 99.
    C.
    Attributive usages, almost always (except in Seneca) with suus before its noun.
    1.
    The property, relations, affairs, etc., of one opposed to those of another, own.
    a.
    Opposition expressed:

    nihil de suo casu, multa de vestro querebatur,

    Cic. Balb. 8, 21:

    sua sibi propiora pericula quam mea loquebantur,

    id. Sest. 18, 40:

    suasque et imperatoris laudes canentes,

    Liv. 45, 38, 12:

    damnatione collegae et sua,

    id. 22, 35, 3:

    Senecae fratris morte pavidum et pro sua incolumitate pavidum,

    Tac. A. 14, 73:

    velut pro Vitellio conquerentes suum dolorem proferebant,

    id. H. 3, 37;

    opp. alienus: ut suo potius tempore mercatorem admitterent, quam celerius alieno,

    at a time convenient to themselves, Varr. R. R. 3, 16, 11. —Without antecedent, opp. externus:

    (Platoni) duo placet esse motus, unum suum, alterum externum, esse autem divinius quod ipsum ex se sua sponte moveatur, etc.,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 12, 32. —
    b.
    Implied:

    voluptatem suis se finibus tenere jubeamus,

    within the limits assigned to it, Cic. Fin. 3, 1, 1:

    cum vobis immortale monumentum suis paene manibus senatus... exstruxerit,

    id. Phil. 14, 12, 33:

    superiores (amnes) in Italia, hic (Rhodanus) trans Alpes, hospitales suas tantum, nec largiores quam intulere aquas vehentes,

    Plin. 2, 103, 106, § 224: colligitur aqua ex imbribus;

    ex suo fonte nativa est,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 3:

    pennas ambo non habuere suas (non suas = alienas),

    Ov. Tr. 3, 4, 24. —
    c.
    In particular phrases. ( a) Sua sponte and suo Marte, of one ' s own accord, by one ' s self, without the suggestion, influence, aid, etc., of others:

    Caesar bellum contra Antonium sua sponte suscepit,

    Cic. Phil. 8, 2, 5:

    sua sponte ad Caesarem in jus adierunt,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 87.—So of things, = per se, by or of itself, for itself, for its own sake:

    jus et omne honestum sua sponte expetendum (cf. in the context: per se igitur jus est expetendum),

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 48: justitium sua sponte inceptum priusquam indiceretur, by itself, i. e. without a decree, Liv. 9, 7, 8; so,

    sortes sua sponte attenuatas,

    id. 22, 1, 11 (cf. id. 22, 38, 13; 35, 14, 4, I. A. 2., supra): rex enim ipse, sua sponte, nullis commentariis Caesaris, simul atque audivit ejus interitum suo Marte res suas recuperavit, Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 95.—
    (β).
    Suus locus, in milit. lang., one ' s own ground, position, or lines:

    restitit suo loco Romana acies (opp. to the advance of the enemy),

    Liv. 22, 16, 2.—So figuratively:

    et staturas suo loco leges,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2:

    aciem instruxit primum suis locis, pauloque a castris Pompeji longius,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 84 (cf.: suo loco, 7. b. g, infra).—
    (γ).
    For suo jure v. 3. infra.—
    (δ).
    Sua Venus = one's own Venus, i. e. good luck (v. Venus): ille non est mihi par virtutibus, nec officiis;

    sed habuit suam Venerem,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 28, 2. —
    2.
    Of private relations (opp. to public):

    ut in suis rebus, ita in re publica luxuriosus nepos,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 18, 48:

    deinde ut communibus pro communibus utatur, privatis ut suis,

    id. Off. 1, 7, 20:

    quod oppidum Labienus sua pecunia exaedificaverat,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 15:

    militibus agros ex suis possessionibus pollicetur,

    i. e. his private property, id. ib. 1, 17; Sen. Ben. 7, 6, 3. —
    3.
    Of just rights or claims:

    imperatori senatuique honos suus redditus,

    due to them, Liv. 3, 10, 3:

    neque inpedimento fuit, quominus religionibus suus tenor suaque observatio redderetur,

    Val. Max. 1, 1, 8:

    quibus omnibus debetur suus decor,

    Quint. 11, 1, 41. —

    So distributively: is mensibus suis dimisit legionem,

    in the month in which each soldier was entitled to his discharge, Liv. 40, 41, 8. — Esp.: suo jure (so, meo, nostro, tuo, etc., jure), by his own right:

    Tullus Hostilius qui suo jure in porta nomen inscripsit,

    Cic. Phil. 13, 12, 26:

    earum rerum hic A. Licinius fructum a me repetere prope suo jure debet,

    id. Arch. 1, 1; id. Marcell. 2, 6; id. Phil. 2, 25, 62; id. Balb. 8, 21:

    numquam illum res publica suo jure esset ulta,

    by its unquestionable right, id. Mil. 33, 88. —
    4.
    Of that to which one is exclusively devoted:

    huic quaestioni suum diem dabimus,

    a day for its exclusive discussion, Sen. Ep. 94, 52:

    homini autem suum bonum ratio est,

    his exclusive good, id. ib. 76, 10:

    in majorem me quaestionem vocas, cui suus locus, suus dies dandus est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 46, 1. —

    With proprius: mentio inlata apud senatum est, rem suo proprio magistratu egere,

    that the business needed a particular officer exclusively for itself, Liv. 4, 8, 4:

    et Hannibalem suo proprio occupandum bello,

    id. 27, 38, 7; cf.:

    dissupasset hostes, ni suo proprio eum proelio equites Volscorum exceptum tenuissent,

    in which they alone fought, id. 3, 70, 4:

    mare habet suas venas quibus impletur,

    by which it alone is fed, Sen. Q. N. 3, 14, 3. —
    5.
    According to one ' s liking, of one ' s own choice.
    a.
    Of persons, devoted to one, friendly, dear:

    Milone occiso (Clodius) habuisset suos consules,

    after his own heart, Cic. Mil. 33, 89:

    collegit ipse se contra suum Clodium,

    his dear Clodius, id. Pis. 12, 27 (cf.: suum facere, habere, II. B. 2. g).—
    b.
    Of things, favorable.
    (α).
    Of place: neque Jugurtham nisi... suo loco pugnam facere, on his own ground, i. e. chosen by him, favorable, Sall. J. 61, 1:

    hic magna auxilia expectabant et suis locis bellum in hiemem ducere cogitabant,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 61; cf.:

    numquam nostris locis laboravimus,

    Liv. 9, 19, 15.—
    (β).
    Of time:

    cum Perseus suo maxime tempore et alieno hostibus incipere bellum posset,

    Liv. 42, 43, 3; v. 7. b, infra. —
    c.
    Of circumstances: sua occasio, a favorable opportunity; sometimes without antecedent:

    neque occasioni tuae desis, neque suam occasionem hosti des,

    Liv. 22, 39, 21:

    tantum abfuit ut ex incommodo alieno sua occasio peteretur,

    id. 4, 58, 2:

    aestuque suo Locros trajecit,

    a favorable tide, id. 23, 41, 11:

    ignoranti quem portum petat nullus suus ventus est,

    Sen. Ep. 71, 3:

    orba suis essent etiamnunc lintea ventis,

    Ov. M. 13, 195:

    aut ille Ventis iturus non suis,

    Hor. Epod. 9, 30. —
    6.
    Of persons or things, peculiar, particular:

    quae est ei (animo) natura? Propria, puto, et sua,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 29, 70:

    omnis enim motus animi suum quendam a natura habet vultum,

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 316:

    geometrae et musici... more quodam loquuntur suo. Ipsae rhetorum artes verbis in docendo quasi privatis utuntur ac suis,

    id. Fin. 3, 1, 4:

    sensus omnis habet suum finem,

    its peculiar limits, Quint. 9, 4, 61: animus cum suum ambitum complevit et finibus se suis cinxit, consummatum est summum bonum, Sen. Vit. Beat. 9, 3: est etiam in nominibus ( nouns) diverso collocatis sua gratia, their peculiar elegance, Quint. 9, 3, 86:

    ibi non bello aperto, sed suis artibus, fraude et insidiis, est paene circumventus,

    Liv. 21, 34, 1:

    nec Hannibalem fefellit, suis se artibus peti,

    id. 22, 16, 5:

    adversus hostem non virtute tantum, sed suis (i. e. hostis) etiam pugnare consiliis oportebat,

    Flor. 2, 6, 26:

    liberam Minucii temeritatem se suo modo expleturum,

    Liv. 22, 28, 2:

    equites ovantes sui moris carmine,

    id. 10, 26, 11:

    exsultans cum sui moris tripudiis,

    id. 21, 42, 3:

    tripudiantes suo more,

    id. 23, 26, 9.—So, suo Marte, referring to the style of fighting peculiar to the different arms:

    equitem suo alienoque Marte pugnare,

    that the cavalry were fighting both in their own style and in that of the other arms, Liv. 3, 62, 9; cf.: suo Marte, 1, c. a, supra.—And distributively ( = suus quisque):

    suos autem haec operum genera ut auctores, sic etiam amatores habent,

    Quint. 12, 10, 2:

    illa vero fatidica fulmina ex alto et ex suis venire sideribus,

    Plin. 2, 43, 43, § 113; cf.:

    quae quidem planiora suis exemplis reddentur,

    Val. Max. 3, 4 prooem.—
    7.
    Proper, right.
    a.
    Referring to one's ordinary or normal condition:

    quod certe non fecisset, si suum numerum naves habuissent,

    their regular complement, Cic. Verr. 2, 5, 51, § 133. — So poet.:

    flecte ratem! numerum non habet illa suum,

    its full number, Ov. H. 10, 36:

    novus exercitus consulibus est decretus: binae legiones cum suo equitatu,

    Liv. 40, 36, 6:

    cum suo justo equitatu,

    id. 21, 17, 8:

    totam (disciplinam) in suum statum redegit,

    Val. Max. 2, 7, 2:

    tranquilla mente et vultu suo,

    with the ordinary expression of his face, Sen. Clem. 2, 6, 2:

    media pars aeris ab his (ignibus) submota, in frigore suo manet. Natura enim aeris gelida est,

    id. Q. N. 2, 10, 4:

    cornuaque in patriis non sua vidit aquis,

    not natural to her, Ov. H. 14, 90. —

    So, non suus, of ingrafted branches and their fruit: miraturque (arbos) novas frondis et non sua poma,

    Verg. G. 2, 82. —
    b.
    Of time, proper, regular, etc. (cf. 5. b, supra).
    (α).
    The regular time ( = stato tempore):

    signum quod semper tempore exoritur suo,

    Plaut. Rud. prol. 4:

    cum et recte et suo tempore pepererit,

    Ter. Hec. 4, 1, 16: aestas suo tempore incanduit...;

    tam solstitium quam aequinoctium suos dies retulit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 16, 3:

    omnes venti vicibus suis spirant majore ex parte,

    Plin. 2, 47, 48, § 128. —
    (β).
    The right or proper time:

    salictum suo tempore caedito,

    Cato, R. R. 33:

    cessit e vita suo magis quam suorum civium tempore,

    the right time for himself, Cic. Brut. 1, 4; so,

    exstingui homini suo tempore optabile est,

    id. Sen. 23, 85:

    Scandilius dicit se suo tempore rediturum,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 60, § 139:

    si Ardeates sua tempora exspectare velint,

    Liv. 4, 7, 6:

    Chrysippus dicit, illum... opperiri debere suum tempus, ad quod velut dato signo prosiliat,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 25, 3:

    quam multi exercitus tempore suo victorem hostem pepulerunt!

    Liv. 44, 39, 4. — Without antecedent: sed suo tempore totius sceleris hujus fons aperietur. Cic. Phil. 14, 6, 15; cf.:

    de ordine laudis, etc., praecipiemus suo tempore,

    Quint. 2, 4, 21. —
    (γ).
    Suo loco = at the proper place:

    quae erant prudentiae propria suo loco dicta sunt,

    Cic. Off. 1, 40, 143:

    quod reddetur suo loco,

    Quint. 11, 1, 16:

    ut suo loco dicetur,

    Plin. 2, 90, 102, § 221:

    inscripta quae suis locis reddam,

    id. 1, prooem. § 27; Sen. Ben. 2, 20, 2; cf. 1, c. b; 4. supra. —
    (δ).
    Suited, appropriate, adapted to one:

    in eodem fundo suum quidquid conseri oportet,

    Cato, R. R. 7:

    siquidem hanc vendidero pretio suo,

    at a suitable price, Plaut. Pers. 4, 4, 30:

    in partes suas digerenda causa,

    Quint. 11, 1, 6:

    confundetur quidquid in suas partes natura digessit,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 29, 8. — Poet.: haec ego dumque queror, lacrimae sua verba sequuntur, Deque meis oculis in tua membra cadunt, appropriate, i. e. tristia, Ov. H. 14, 67.—Without antecedent: suum quidquid genus talearum serito, any fit kind, i. e. suited to the ground, Cato, R. R. 48. —
    8.
    Own, with the notion of independence of, or dependence on others (cf. B. 2. g d).
    a.
    Of political independence: pacem condicionibus his fecerunt ut Capuae suae leges, sui magistratus essent, her own laws, i. e. not subject to Carthage, Liv. 23, 7, 2: liberos [p. 1827] eos ac suis legibus victuros, id. 25, 23, 4. —

    Esp. in the phrases suae potestatis or in sua potestate esse, suo jure uti, sui juris esse: Puteolos, qui nunc in sua potestate sunt, suo jure, libertate aequa utuntur, totos occupabunt,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 31, 86:

    Rhegini potestatis suae ad ultimum remanserunt,

    retained their self-government, Liv. 23, 30, 9:

    urbem ne quam formulae sui juris facerent,

    id. 38, 9, 10. —
    b.
    Of paternal authority.
    (α).
    Free from the power of the paterfamilias; in the phrases sui juris esse, suae potestatis esse, to be independent:

    quaedam personae sui juris sunt, quaedam alieno juri sunt subjectae, Gai,

    Inst. 1, 48:

    sui juris sunt familiarum suarum principes, id est pater familiae, itemque mater familiae,

    Ulp. Fragm. 4, 1:

    liberi parentum potestate liberantur emancipatione. Sed filius quidem ter manumissus sui juris fit, ceteri autem liberi una manumissione sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 1:

    morte patris filius et filia sui juris fiunt,

    id. ib. 10, 2:

    patres familiarum sunt qui sunt suae potestatis,

    Dig. 1, 6, 4:

    si modo defunctus testator suae potestatis mortis tempore fuerit,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 147. —

    With indef. reference: si sui juris sumus,

    Dig. 46, 2, 20; cf.:

    pro suo possideo, 2. a. supra.—Attributively: sui juris arrogatio feminae,

    Cod. Just. 8, 47, 8:

    homo sui juris,

    ib. 10, § 5.— Trop.:

    sapiens numquam semiliber erit: integrae semper libertatis et sui juris,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 5, 3:

    non illarum coitu fieri cometen, sed proprium et sui juris esse,

    id. Q. N. 7, 12, 2: nullique sunt tam feri et sui juris adfectus, ut non disciplina perdomentur, id. Ira, 2, 12, 3. —
    (β).
    Subject to paternal authority, in the phrases suus heres, sui liberi; suus heres, an heir who had been in the paternal power of the deceased:

    CVI SVVS HERES NON SIT, XII. Tab. fr. 5, 4.—In the jurists without antecedent: sui et necessarii heredes sunt velut filius filiave, nepos neptisve ex filia, deinceps ceteri qui modo in potestate morientis fuerunt,

    Gai. Inst. 2, 156:

    (emancipati liberi) non sunt sui heredes,

    ib. 2, 135:

    alia facta est juris interpretatio inter suos heredes,

    ib. 3, 15:

    datur patrono adversus suos heredes bonorum possessio (where patrono is not the antecedent of suos),

    ib. 3, 41:

    sui heredes vel instituendi sunt vel exheredandi,

    Ulp. Fragm. 22, 14:

    accrescunt suis quidem heredibus in partem virilem, extraneis autem in partem dimidiam,

    id. ib. 22, 17. —

    Sui liberi, children in paternal power: de suis et legitimis liberis,

    Cod. Just. 6, 55 inscr.
    D.
    In particular connections.
    1.
    With ipse, his own, etc. (cf. Zumpt, Gram. § 696).
    a.
    Ipse agreeing with the antecedent of suus, the antecedent being,
    (α).
    A subjectnom.:

    (ingenium ejus) valet ipsum suis viribus,

    by its own strength, Cic. Cael. 19, 45:

    legio Martia non ipsa suis decretis hostem judicavit Antonium?

    by its own resolutions, id. Phil. 4, 2, 5:

    ruit ipse suis cladibus,

    id. ib. 14, 3, 8:

    si ex scriptis cognosci ipsi suis potuissent,

    id. de Or. 2, 2, 8:

    qui se ipse sua gravitate et castimonia defenderet,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    quod ipse suae civitatis imperium obtenturus esset,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 3:

    suamet ipsae fraude omnes interierunt,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9; 39, 49, 3:

    ut saeviret ipse in suum sanguinem effecerunt,

    id. 40, 5, 1:

    respicerent suum ipsi exercitum,

    id. 42, 52, 10; 21, 31, 12; 22, 38, 3; 6, 19, 6.—
    (β).
    A subject-acc.:

    sunt qui dicant eam sua ipsam peremptam mercede,

    Liv. 1, 11, 9:

    (tribuniciam potestatem) suis ipsam viribus dissolvi,

    id. 2, 44, 2.—
    (γ).
    An object in dat. or acc.:

    sic ut ipsis consistendi in suis munitionibus locus non esset,

    Caes. B. C. 2, 6:

    tribuni (hostem) intra suamet ipsum moenia compulere,

    Liv. 6, 36, 4:

    alios sua ipsos invidia opportunos interemit,

    id. 1, 54, 8; 22, 14, 13.—Suus as adjunct of subject (rare):

    aliquando sua praesidia in ipsos consurrexerunt,

    their own garrisons revolted against them, Sen. Clem. 1, 26, 1.—
    b.
    With gen. of ipse, strengthening the possessive notion (cf. 4.;

    post-Aug. and very rare, but freq. in modern Lat.): aves (foetus suos) libero caelo suaeque ipsorum fiduciae permittunt,

    Quint. 2, 6, 7 (but tuus ipsius occurs in Cic.:

    tuo ipsius studio,

    Cic. Mur. 4, 9:

    tuam ipsius amicitiam,

    id. Verr. 2, 3, 4, § 7).—
    c.
    Both suus and ipse agreeing with the governing noun (very rare; not in Cic. or Caes.): quae tamen in ipso cursu suo dissipata est (= ipsa in cursu suo), in its very course, Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 3 dub.:

    suamet ipsa scelera,

    Sall. C. 23, 2 (Dietsch ex conj. ipse):

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    Liv. 2, 19, 5 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. ipsi):

    a suismet ipsis praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6 MSS. (Weissenb. ipsi).—
    2.
    With quisque, distributively, each ( every one)... his own; in prose quisque is generally preceded by suus.
    a.
    Quisque and suus in different cases.
    (α).
    Quisque as subjectnom.:

    sentit enim vim quisque suam quoad possit abuti,

    Lucr. 5, 1033:

    suo quisque loco cubet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    suum quisque noscat ingenium,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    ad suam quisque (me disciplinam) rapiet,

    id. Ac. 2, 36, 114:

    quod suos quisque servos in tali re facere voluisset,

    id. Mil. 10, 29:

    cum suo quisque auxilio uteretur,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 51:

    celeriter ad suos quisque ordines redit,

    id. ib. 3, 37.—In apposition with plur. subj. (freq. in Liv.):

    nunc alii sensus quo pacto quisque suam rem Sentiat,

    Lucr. 4, 522:

    ut omnes cives Romani in suis quisque centuriis prima luce adessent,

    that all the Roman citizens should be present, each in his own centuria, Liv. 1, 44, 1:

    hinc senatus, hinc plebs, suum quisque intuentes ducem constiterant,

    id. 6, 15, 3:

    ut (trigemini) pro sua quisque patria dimicent,

    id. 1, 24, 2:

    stabant compositi suis quisque ordinibus,

    id. 44, 38, 11:

    (consules) in suas quisque provincias proficiscuntur,

    id. 25, 12, 2; 25, 26, 13:

    in suo quaeque (stella) motu naturam suam exercent,

    Plin. 2, 39, 39, § 106.—With abl. absol.:

    omnes, velut dis auctoribus in spem suam quisque acceptis, proelium una voce poscunt,

    Liv. 21, 45, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    relictis suis quisque stationibus... concurrerunt,

    id. 32, 24, 4; 4, 44, 10; 39, 49, 3; 2, 38, 6.—
    (β).
    With acc. of quisque as subj.:

    fabrum esse suae quemque fortunae, App. Claud. ap. Ps.-Sall. Ep. ad Caes. Rep. c. l.: sui quemque juris et retinendi et dimittendi esse dominum,

    Cic. Balb. 13, 31:

    recipere se in domos suas quemque jussit,

    Liv. 25, 10, 9; and (ungrammatically) nom., as apposition to a subj.-acc.:

    se non modo suam quisque patriam, sed totam Siciliam relicturos,

    id. 26, 29, 3 MSS. (Weissenb. ex conj. quosque).—
    (γ).
    As adjunct of the subject-nom., with a case of quisque as object, attribut. gen., etc.:

    sua cujusque animantis natura est,

    Cic. Fin. 5, 9, 25:

    sua quemque fraus, suum facinus, suum scelus, etc., de sanitate ac mente deturbat,

    id. Pis. 20, 46:

    sua quemque fraus et suus terror maxime vexat,

    id. Rosc. Am. 24, 67:

    suum cuique incommodum ferendum est,

    id. Off. 3, 6, 30:

    ut solidum suum cuique solvatur,

    id. Rab. Post. 17, 46:

    ne suus cuique domi hostis esset,

    Liv. 3, 16, 3:

    ut sua cuique respublica in manu esset,

    id. 26, 8, 11:

    animus suus cuique ordinem pugnandi dabat,

    id. 22, 5, 8:

    tentorium suum cuique militi domus ac penates sunt,

    id. 44, 39, 5:

    suus cuique (stellae) color est,

    Plin. 2, 18, 16, § 79:

    trahit sua quemque voluptas,

    Verg. E. 2, 65:

    stat sua cuique dies,

    id. A. 10, 467.—
    (δ).
    As predicate-nom. (v. II. B.):

    opinionem, quae sua cuique conjectanti esse potest,

    Liv. 6, 12, 3.—
    (ε).
    As adjunct of subj.-acc.:

    suum cuique honorem et gradum redditum gaudeo,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 47, 136:

    scientiam autem suam cujusque artis esse,

    id. Fin. 5, 9, 26.—
    (ζ).
    As adjunct of an object, with a case of quisque as object or attribut. gen.: suam cuique sponsam, mihi meam: suum cuique amorem, mihi meum, Atil. Fragm. inc. 1: suom cuique per me uti atque frui licet, Cato ap. Gell. 13, 24 (23), 1:

    ut suo quemque appellem nomine,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 2, 52:

    placet Stoicis suo quamque rem nomine appellare,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 22, 1:

    ad suam cujusque naturam consilium est omne revocandum,

    id. Off. 1, 33, 119:

    justitia quae suum cuique distribuit,

    id. N. D. 3, 15, 38:

    in tribuendo suum cuique,

    id. Off. 1, 5, 14:

    Turnus sui cuique periculi recens erat documentum,

    Liv. 1, 52, 4:

    in trimatu suo cuique dimidiam esse mensuram futurae certum esse,

    Plin. 7, 15, 16, § 73:

    certa cuique rerum suarum possessio,

    Vell. 2, 89, 4; cf.: qua re suum unicuique studium suaque omnibus delectatio relinquatur, Ps.-Cic. Cons. 26, 93.—With quemque in apposition with acc. plur.:

    Camillus vidit intentos opifices suo quemque operi,

    Liv. 6, 25, 9; so cujusque in appos. with gen. plur.: trium clarissimorum suae cujusque gentis virorum mors, id. 39, 52, 7; and cuique with dat. plur.: sui cuique mores fingunt fortunam hominibus, Poet. ap. Nep. Att. 11, 6 (where Lachm. ad Lucr. 2, 372, reads quique, ex conj.; cf. b. b, infra).—
    b.
    Attraction of suus and quisque as adjuncts of nouns.
    (α).
    Attraction of suus:

    ut nemo sit nostrum quin in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium requirat acrius (= suum cujusque generis judicium),

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    quas tamen inter omnes (voces) est suo quoque in genere (vox) mediocris ( = inter omnes voces est mediocris vox, sua quoque in genere),

    id. de Or. 3, 57, 216:

    eo concilia suae cujusque regionis indici jussit (= sua cujusque regionis concilia),

    Liv. 45, 29, 10:

    equites suae cuique parti post principia collocat (= equites suos cuique parti),

    id. 3, 22, 6:

    cum motibus armorum et corporum suae cuique genti assuetis,

    id. 25, 17, 5:

    legiones deducebantur cum tribunis et centurionibus et sui cujusque ordinis militibus (= suis cujusque),

    Tac. A. 14, 27:

    quae sui cujusque sunt ingenii,

    Quint. 7, 10, 10 Halm (al. sua):

    sui cujusque ingenii poma vel semina gerunt (= sua cujusque),

    Col. 3, 1;

    and by a double attraction: has (cohortes) subsidiariae ternae et aliae totidem suae cujusque legionis subsequebantur (= has cohortes... totidem cujusque legionis, suam quaeque legionem, subsequebantur),

    Caes. B. C. 1, 83. —
    (β).
    Attraction of quisque:

    tanta ibi copia venustatum in suo quique loco sita,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 6 (al. quaeque):

    quodvis frumentum non tamen omne Quique suo genere inter se simile esse videbis,

    Lucr. 2, 372 Lachm. and Munro ad loc.:

    cum verba debeant sui cujusque generis copulari,

    Varr. L. L. 10, 48:

    in sensibus sui cujusque generis judicium,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 7, 19:

    haec igitur proclivitas ad suum quodque genus aegrotatio dicatur,

    id. Tusc. 4, 12, 28:

    separatim greges sui cujusque generis nocte remeabant (= greges sui quisque generis),

    Liv. 24, 3, 5:

    ut sui cujusque mensis acciperet (frumentum),

    Suet. Aug. 40;

    and quisque both attracted and in its own case: quia cujusque partis naturae et in corpore et in animo sua quaeque vis sit (where either cujusque or quaeque is redundant),

    Cic. Fin. 5, 17, 46; v. Madv. ad loc.; Cato, R. R. 23 fin.;

    so esp. in the phrases suo quoque tempore, anno, die, loco, etc.: pecunia, quae in stipendium Romanis suo quoque anno penderetur, deerat (= suo quaeque anno),

    each instalment in the year when due, Liv. 33, 46, 9 Weissenb. ad loc.:

    suo quoque loco,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 7, 2; 1, 22, 6:

    opera quae suis quibusque temporibus anni vilicum exsequi oporteret,

    Col. 11, 3:

    suo quoque tempore,

    Vitr. 2, 9, 4:

    nisi sua quaque die usurae exsolverentur (= sua quaeque die),

    Dig. 22, 1, 12 init.; 13, 7, 8, § 3:

    ut opera rustica suo quoque tempore faciat,

    ib. 19, 2, 25, § 3 (al. quaeque)—
    c.
    In the order quisque... suus.
    (α).
    In relative clauses, comparative clauses with ut, and interrogative clauses introduced by quid, etc., where quisque immediately follows the relative, etc.:

    ut quisque suom volt esse, ita est,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 45; cf.

    with sibi,

    Cic. Leg. 1, 18, 49; id. Lael. 9, 30:

    expendere oportere quid quisque habeat sui... nec velle experiri quam se aliena deceant. Id enim maxime quemque decet quod est cujusque maxime suum,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 113:

    neque solum quid in senatu quisque civitatis suae dicerent ignorabant, sed, etc.,

    Liv. 32, 19, 9:

    gratius id fore laetiusque quod quisque sua manu ex hoste captum rettulerit,

    id. 5, 20, 8; 6, 25, 10; cf.:

    in quibus cum multa sint quae sua quisque dicere velit, nihil est quod quisque suum possit dicere,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 23, 1.—
    (β).
    If the emphasis is not on suus, but (for quisque, when emphatic, unusquisque is used) on some other word:

    in civitates quemque suas... dimisit,

    Liv. 21, 48, 2:

    in patriam quisque suam remissus est,

    Just. 33, 2, 8:

    in vestigio quemque suo vidit,

    Liv. 28, 22, 15; cf.:

    hospitibus quisque suis scribebant,

    id. 33, 45, 6:

    pro facultatibus quisque suis,

    id. 42, 53, 3; cf.:

    respiciendae sunt cuique facultates suae,

    Sen. Ben. 2, 15, 3:

    praecipitat quisque vitam suam et futuri desiderio laborat,

    id. Brev. Vit. 7, 5; id. Ben. 7, 5, 1:

    tunc praeceps quisque se proripit et penates suos deserit,

    id. Q. N. 6, 1, 5; 5, 18, 8:

    summum quisque causae suae judicem facit,

    Plin. 1, prooem. § 10: aestimatione nocturnae [p. 1828] quietis, dimidio quisque spatio vitae suae vivit, id. 7, 50, 51, § 167.—
    (γ).
    Poets adopt the order quisque suus when the metre requires it, Verg. A. 6, 743:

    oscula quisque suae matri tulerunt,

    Ov. F. 2, 715. —
    (δ).
    When suus and quisque belong to different clauses:

    atque earum quaeque, suum tenens munus... manet in lege naturae,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 13, 38. —
    d.
    Suus uterque, or uterque suus, distributively of two subjects:

    suas uterque legiones reducit in castra,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 40; 2, 28:

    ideo quod uterque suam legem confirmare debebit,

    Cic. Inv. 2, 49, 142:

    cum sui utrosque adhortarentur,

    Liv. 1, 25, 1:

    ad utrumque ducem sui redierunt,

    id. 21, 29, 5:

    utraque (lex) sua via it,

    Sen. Ben. 6, 6, 1; cf.

    uterque, in apposit.: nec ipsi tam inter se acriter contenderunt, quam studia excitaverant uterque sui corporis hominum,

    Liv. 26, 48, 6.—
    3.
    With sibi.
    (α).
    Sibi with pronom. force (cf. sui, IV. C. fin.):

    reddam suum sibi,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 119 ( = ei; but referred to b, infra, by Brix ad loc.); cf.:

    suam rem sibi salvam sistam,

    id. Poen. 5, 2, 123:

    idem lege sibi sua curationem petet,

    for himself, Cic. Agr. 2, 9, 22 (cf. id. Phil. 2, 37, 96;

    I. B. 2. b. supra): ut vindicare sibi suum fulgorem possint,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, 1, 11; cf.

    the formula of divorce: tuas res tibi habeto,

    Dig. 24, 2, 2.—Hence, illam suam suas res sibi habere jussit, Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69.—
    (β).
    With sibi redundant, to strengthen suus (anteand post-class. and colloq.):

    quo pacto serviat suo sibi patri,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 5:

    eum necabam ilico per cerebrum pinna sua sibi, quasi turturem,

    id. Poen. 2, 40; v. sui, IV. C. and the passages there cited.—
    4.
    With gen. agreeing with the subject of suus:

    quas cum solus pertulisset ut sua unius in his gratia esset,

    that the credit of it should belong to him alone, Liv. 2, 8, 3:

    qui de sua unius sententia omnia gerat,

    id. 44, 22, 11; cf.:

    unam Aegyptus in hoc spem habet suam,

    Sen. Q. N. 4, 2, 2.—For suus ipsius, etc., v. D. 1. b. supra.—
    5.
    With demonstr., rel., or indef. pronn. and adjj., of his, hers, etc.:

    postulat ut ad hanc suam praedam adjutores vos profiteamini,

    to this booty of his, Cic. Rosc. Am. 2, 6:

    Sestius cum illo exercitu suo,

    id. Sest. 5, 12:

    qua gravitate sua,

    id. ib. 61, 129:

    suam rem publicam illam defenderunt,

    that republic of theirs, id. ib. 67, 141:

    in istum civem suum,

    against this citizen of theirs, id. Balb. 18, 41:

    cum illo suo pari,

    id. Pis. 8, 18:

    te nulla sua calamitate civitas satiare potest?

    id. Phil. 8, 6, 19:

    dubitatis igitur, quin vos M. Laterensis ad suam spem aliquam delegerit,

    for some hope of his, id. Planc. 16, 39:

    non tam sua ulla spe quam militum impetu tractus,

    by any hope of his, Liv. 25, 21, 5:

    nullo suo merito,

    from no fault of theirs, id. 26, 29, 4:

    ipse arcano cum paucis familiaribus suis colloquitur,

    with a few of his friends, Caes. B. C. 1, 19.—
    6.
    With descriptive adjj.
    (α).
    Standing before the adj. and noun (so most freq.):

    suorum improbissimorum sermonum domicilium,

    Cic. Pis. 31, 76:

    causam sui dementissimi consilii,

    id. Phil. 2, 22, 53:

    suam insatiabilem crudelitatem,

    id. ib. 11, 3, 8:

    suis amplissimis fortunis,

    id. ib. 13, 8, 16:

    suum pristinum morem,

    id. Pis. 12, 27:

    suis lenissimis postulatis,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 5: simili ratione Pompeius in suis veteribus castris consedit (suis emphatic; cf. b, infra), id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (β).
    Between the adj. and noun (less emphatic):

    pro eximiis suis beneficiis,

    Cic. Prov. Cons. 4, 7:

    propter summam suam humanitatem,

    id. Fam. 15, 14, 1:

    ex praeteritis suis officiis,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 60:

    Caesar in veteribus suis castris consedit,

    id. ib. 3, 76.—
    (γ).
    After adj. and noun:

    veterem amicum suum excepit,

    Cic. Rab. Post. 16, 43:

    in illo ardenti tribunatu suo,

    id. Sest. 54, 116.—
    7.
    Objectively for the pers. pron. (rare):

    neque cuiquam mortalium injuriae suae parvae videntur ( = sibi illatae),

    Sall. C. 51, 11; so,

    neglectam ab Scipione et nimis leviter latam suam injuriam ratus,

    Liv. 29, 9, 9:

    ipsae enim leges te a cognitione sua judicio publico reppulerunt ( = a se cognoscendo),

    Cic. Balb. 14, 32:

    suam invidiam tali morte quaesitam ( = quaesitum esse ab eo ut homines se inviderent),

    Tac. A. 3, 16; so,

    nulla sua invidia,

    Cic. Mil. 15, 40.—
    8.
    Abl. fem. sua, with refert or interest, for gen. of the pers. pron.: neminem esse qui quomodo se habeat nihil sua censeat interesse, Cic. Fin. 5, 10, 30:

    si scit sua nihil interesse utrum anima per os, an per jugulum exeat,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 33; v. intersum, III.—
    9.
    Strengthened by the suffix - pte or -met.
    (α).
    By - pte (not used with ipse) affixed to the forms sua, suo, and (ante-class.) suum:

    quom illa osculata esset suumpte amicum,

    Plaut. Mil. 2, 4, 38:

    ut terrena suopte nutu et suo pondere in terram ferantur,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    ferri suopte pondere,

    id. N. D. 1, 25, 69:

    suapte natura,

    id. Fat. 18, 42:

    suapte vi et natura,

    id. ib. 19, 43; id. Fin. 1, 16, 54; 5, 22, 61:

    suopte ingenio,

    Liv. 25, 18; so id. 1, 25, 1; 1, 18, 4:

    suapte manu,

    Cic. Or. 3, 3, 10:

    locus suapte natura infestus,

    Liv. 44, 6, 9; so,

    suapte natura,

    id. 4, 22, 4:

    flumina suapte natura vasta,

    Sen. Q. N. 3, 27, 8; so id. Ben. 4, 17, 2:

    sponte suapte,

    Varr. L. L. 6, 7, § 70.—
    (β).
    With - met, almost always followed by ipse (in all forms of suus except suus, suum, suae, and suorum):

    suomet ipsi more,

    Sall. J. 31, 6:

    suomet ipsi instrumento,

    Liv. 22, 14, 13:

    suomet ipsi metu,

    Tac. H. 3, 16 fin.:

    suamet ipsum pecunia,

    Sall. J. 8, 2:

    suamet ipsae fraude,

    Liv. 8, 18, 9:

    intra suamet ipsum moenia,

    id. 6, 36, 4:

    suismet ipsi praesidiis,

    id. 8, 25, 6:

    suismet ipsis corporibus,

    id. 2, 19, 5:

    suosmet ipsi cives,

    id. 2, 9, 5:

    suasmet ipse spes,

    Tac. A. 3, 66 fin. —Without ipse:

    populum suimet sanguinis mercede,

    Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 41, 25 Dietsch:

    magna pars suismet aut proxumorum telis obtruncabantur,

    id. ib. 2, 52 ib.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > suus

  • 9 ὄνομα

    ὄνομα, ατος, τό (Hom.+).
    proper name of an entity, name
    gener. τῶν ἀποστόλων τὰ ὀνόματα ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2; cp. Rv 21:14. τῶν παρθένων τὰ ὀν. Hs 9, 15, 1. τὸ ὄνομα τοῦ πατρός Lk 1:59. ὄν. μοι, sc. ἐστίν, my name is (Od. 9, 366) Mk 5:9b. τί ὄν. σοι; what is your name? vs. 9a; w. copula Lk 8:30.—The expressions ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν., οὗ τὸ ὄν., καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (αὐτῆς), ὄν. αὐτῷ (parenthetic) are almost always without the copula (B-D-F §128, 3; Rob. 395): ᾧ (ᾗ) ὄν. (Sb 7573, 13 [116 A.D.]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac.; Just., A I, 53, 8 ᾧ ὄν. Λώτ) Lk 1:26, 27a; 2:25; 8:41; 24:13, 18 v.l.; Ac 13:6.—οὗ τὸ ὄν. (without a verb as BGU 344, 1) Mk 14:32. Cp. ὧν τὰ ὀνόματα ἐν βίβλῳ ζωῆς Phil 4:3 (ὧν τὰ ὀν. is a formula [Dssm., LO 95=LAE 121]. S. esp. BGU 432 II, 3 ὧν τὰ ὀν. τῷ βιβλιδίῳ δεδήλωται).—καὶ τὸ ὄν. αὐτῆς Lk 1:5b. καὶ τὸ ὄν. τῆς παρθένου Μαριάμ vs. 27b.—ὄν. αὐτῷ (Demosth. 32, 11 Ἀριστοφῶν ὄνομʼ αὐτῷ; Dionys. Hal. 8, 89, 4; Aelian, NA 8, 2 γυνὴ … Ἡρακληὶς ὄν. αὐτῇ; LXX) J 1:6; 3:1. ὁ καθήμενος ἐπάνω αὐτοῦ (i.e. τοῦ ἵππου), ὄν. αὐτῷ (ὁ) θάνατος Rv 6:8; cp. 9:11a.—W. the copula ἦν δὲ ὄν. τῷ δούλῳ Μάλχος J 18:10 (POxy 465, 12 ὁ δὲ κραταιὸς αὐτοῦ, ὄν. αὐτῷ ἐστιν Νεβύ, μηνύει; Jos., Ant. 19, 332). ἄγγελος …, οὗ τὸ ὄν. ἐστιν Θεγρί Hv 4, 2, 4.—The dat. is quite freq. ὀνόματι named, by name (X., Hell. 1, 6, 29 Σάμιος ὀνόματι Ἱππεύς; Tob 6:11 BA; 4 Macc 5:4; Just., D. 85, 6; 115, 3; B-D-F §160; 197; Rob. 487) ἄνθρωπον ὀν. Σίμωνα Mt 27:32; cp. Mk 5:22; Lk 1:5a; 5:27; 10:38; 16:20; 23:50; 24:18; Ac 5:1, 34; 8:9; 9:10–12, 33, 36; 10:1; 11:28; 12:13; 16:1, 14; 17:34; 18:2, 7, 24; 19:24; 20:9; 21:10; 27:1; 28:7; MPol 4. Also the acc. τοὔνομα (on the crasis s. B-D-F §18; Mlt-H. 63; FPreisigke, Griech. Urkunden des ägypt. Mus. zu Kairo [1911] 2, 6 γυνὴ Ταμοῦνις τοὔνομα; Diod S 2, 45, 4 πόλιν τοὔνομα Θ.; Lucian, Dial. Deor. 3; Philo, Leg. All. 1, 68; Jos., Ant. 7, 344, Vi. 382) named, by name (the acc. as X. et al., also 2 Macc 12:13; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 5 Jac. υἱὸν ὄ. Δάν.—B-D-F §160; Rob. 487) Mt 27:57. (Cp. ὄν. gener. as ‘mode of expression’ εἰ καὶ διάφορα ὀνόματα ἐστιν, ἀλλʼ … οἰκείαν … δέχεται τὴν νόησιν although there are various ways of expressing it, it nevertheless has a definite sense Did., Gen. 86, 22 [of various metaphors and images for the soul].)
    used w. verbs
    α. as their obj.: ὄν. ἔχειν Did., Gen. 29, 6 bear the name or as name, be named ὄν. ἔχει Ἀπολλύων Rv 9:11b (in this case the name Ἀ. stands independently in the nom.; B-D-F §143; Rob. 458). καλεῖν τὸ ὄν. τινος w. the name foll. in the acc. (after the Hb.; B-D-F §157, 2; Rob. 459) καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν you are to name him Jesus Mt 1:21; Lk 1:31.—Mt 1:25. καλέσεις τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰωάννην Lk 1:13. καλέσουσιν τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἐμμανουήλ Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14). διδόναι GJs 6:2. Pass. w. the name in the nom. (cp. GrBar 6:10 Φοῖνιξ καλεῖται τὸ ὄν. μου) ἐκλήθη τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦς Lk 2:21; cp. Rv 19:13. Also τὸ ὄν. τοῦ ἀστέρος λέγεται ὁ ῎ Αψινθος Rv 8:11.—ἐπιθεῖναι ὄν. τινι w. acc. of the name Mk 3:16f; cp. 12:8f; κληρονομεῖν ὄν. receive a name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2. κληροῦσθαι τὸ αὐτὸ ὄν. obtain the same name (s. κληρόω 2) MPol 6:2.—τὰ ὀν. ὑμῶν ἐγγέγραπται ἐν τοῖς οὐρανοῖς Lk 10:20.—Rv 13:8; 17:8. ἐξαλείψω τὸ ὄν. αὐτῶν 1 Cl 53:3 (Dt 9:14); Rv 3:5a (perh. to be placed in 4 below); s. ἐξαλείφω.
    β. in another way (εἰ δέ τις ὀνόματι καλέσει but if anyone is so named Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 2): ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τῷ ὀνόματι τούτῳ who is so named Lk 1:61. ἀνὴρ ὀνόματι καλούμενος Ζακχαῖος a man whose name was Zacchaeus 19:2. καλεῖν τι (i.e. παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματί τινος name someone after someone 1:59. Cp. IMg 10:1. This leads to
    used w. prepositions: ἐξ ὀνόματος (Ctesias, Ind. p. 105 M.: Diod S 13, 15, 1; 37, 15, 2; Appian, Mithrid. 59, §243, Bell. Civ. 3, 21 §77; 4, 73 §310; PGM 4, 2973; Jos., Ant. 2, 275) by name, individually, one by one (so that no one is lost in the crowd) ἐξ ὀν. πάντας ζήτει IPol 4:2. ἀσπάζομαι πάντας ἐξ ὀνόματος 8:2. πάντες ἐξ ὀν. συνέρχεσθε (parallel to κατʼ ἄνδρα) IEph 20:2.—κατʼ ὄν. by name, individually (Diod S 16, 44, 2; Gen 25:13; EpArist 247; Jos., Bell. 7, 14) J 10:3 (New Docs 3, 77f; animals called individually by name: Ps.-Aristot., Mirabil. 118.—HAlmqvist, Plut. u. das NT ’46, 74). Esp. in greetings (BGU 27, 18 [II A.D.] ἀσπάζομαι πάντας τοὺς φιλοῦντάς σε κατʼ ὄν.; POxy 1070, 46; pap in Dssm., LO 160/1, ln. 14f [LAE 193, ln. 15, note 21]; New Docs 3, 77f) 3J 15; ISm 13:2b. ῥάβδους ἐπιγεγραμμένας ἑκάστης φυλῆς κατʼ ὄν. staffs, each one inscribed with the name of a tribe 1 Cl 43:2b.
    used in combination with God and Jesus. On the significance of the Divine Name in history of religions s. FGiesebrecht, Die atl. Schätzung des Gottesnamens 1901; Bousset, Rel.3 309ff; ADieterich, Eine Mithrasliturgie 1903, 110ff; FConybeare, JQR 8, 1896; 9, 1897, esp. 9, 581ff; JBoehmer, Das bibl. ‘im Namen’ 1898, BFCT V 6, 1901, 49ff, Studierstube 2, 1904, 324ff; 388ff; 452ff; 516ff; 580ff; BJacob, Im Namen Gottes 1903;WHeitmüller, ‘Im Namen Jesu’ 1903; WBrandt, TT 25, 1891, 565ff; 26, 1892, 193ff; 38, 1904, 355ff; RHirzel, Der Name: ASG 36, 2, 1918; Schürer III4 409–11; HObbink, De magische betekenis van den naam inzonderheid in het oude Egypte 1925; OGrether, Name u. Wort Gottes im AT ’34; HHuffman, Name: 1148–52.—The belief in the efficacy of the name is extremely old; its origin goes back to the most ancient times and the most primitive forms of intellectual and religious life. It has exhibited an extraordinary vitality. The period of our lit. also sees—within as well as without the new community of believers—in the name someth. real, a piece of the very nature of the personality whom it designates, expressing the person’s qualities and powers. Accordingly, names, esp. holy names, are revered and used in customary practices and ritual (σέβεσθαι θεῶν ὀνόματα Theoph. Ant., 1, 9 [p. 76, 7]), including magic. In Israelite tradition the greatest reverence was paid to the holy name of God and to its numerous paraphrases or substitutes; the names of angels and patriarchs occupied a secondary place. The syncretistic practices of the period revered the names of gods, daemons, and heroes, or even magic words that made no sense at all, but had a mysterious sound. The Judeo-Christians revere and use the name of God and, of course, the name of Jesus. On magic in Jewish circles, s. Schürer III 342–79; for the NT period in general s. MSmith, Clement of Alexandria and a Secret Gospel of Mark ’73, 195–230.—The names of God and Jesus
    α. in combination w. attributes: διαφορώτερον ὄν. a more excellent name Hb 1:4=1 Cl 36:2 (διάφορος 2). ἅγιον τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ Lk 1:49 (cp. Ps 110:9; Lev 18:21; 22:2; PGM 3, 570; 627; 4, 1005; 3071; 5, 77; 13, 561 μέγα κ. ἅγιον). τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ 1 Cl 64; τὸ μέγα καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hv 4, 1, 3; 4, 2, 4 (on ἔνδοξον ὄν., cp. EPeterson, Εἷ θεός 1926, 282.—ὄν. μέγα κ. ἅγ. κ. ἔνδ.: PGM 13, 183f; 504f). τὸ μέγα καὶ θαυμαστὸν καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. Hs 9, 18, 5; τὸ πανάγιον καὶ ἔνδοξον ὄν. 1 Cl 58:1a; τοῦ παντοκράτορος καὶ ἐνδόξου ὄν. Hv 3, 3, 5; τὸ πανάρετον ὄν. 1 Cl 45:7; τῷ παντοκράτορι καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι 60:4; τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. 58:1b. τὸ ὄν. μου θαυμαστὸν ἐν τοῖς ἔθνεσι D 14:3 (cp. Mal 1:14). The words ὄν. θεοπρεπέστατον IMg 1:2 are difficult to interpret (s. Hdb. ad loc.; θεοπρεπής b).
    β. in combination w. verbs: ἁγιάζειν τὸ ὄν. Mt 6:9 (AFridrichsen, Helligt vorde dit naun: DTT 8, 1917, 1–16). Lk 11:2; D 8:2 (ἁγιάζω 3). βλασφημεῖν (q.v. bγ) τὸ ὄν. Rv 13:6; 16:9; pass. βλασφημεῖται τὸ ὄν. (Is 52:5) Ro 2:24; 2 Cl 13:1f, 4; ITr 8:2. βλασφημίας ἐπιφέρεσθαι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου bring blasphemy upon the name of the Lord 1 Cl 47:7. πφοσέθηκαν κατὰ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου βλασφημίαν Hs 6, 2, 3; βεβηλοῦν τὸ ὄν. 8, 6, 2 (s. βεβηλόω). ἀπαγγελῶ τὸ ὄν. τ. ἀδελφοῖς μου Hb 2:12 (cp. Ps 21:23). ὅπως διαγγελῇ τὸ ὄν. μου ἐν πάσῃ τῇ γῇ Ro 9:17 (Ex 9:16). δοξάζειν τὸ ὄν. (σου, τοῦ κυρίου, τοῦ θεοῦ etc.) Rv 15:4; 1 Cl 43:6; IPhld 10:1; Hv 2, 1, 2; 3, 4, 3; 4, 1, 3; Hs 9, 18, 5 (s. δοξάζω 1; cp. GJs 7:2; 12:1[w. ref. to name of Mary]). ὅπως ἐνδοξασθῇ τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου ἡμῶν Ἰησοῦ 2 Th 1:12. ἐλπίζειν τῷ ὀν. Mt 12:21 (vv.ll. ἐν or ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.; the pass. on which it is based, Is 42:4, has ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν.). ἐπικαλεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου (as PsSol 6:1) or αὐτοῦ, σου etc. (w. ref. to God or Christ) call on the name of the Lord Ac 2:21 (Jo 3:5); 9:14, 21; 22:16; Ro 10:13 (Jo 3:5); 1 Cor 1:2. ψυχὴ ἐπικεκλημένη τὸ μεγαλοπρεπὲς καὶ ἅγιον ὄν. αὐτοῦ a person who calls upon his exalted and holy name 1 Cl 64.—Pass. πάντα τὰ ἔθνη ἐφʼ οὓς ἐπικέκληται τὸ ὄν. μου ἐπʼ αὐτούς Ac 15:17 (Am 9:12). τὸ καλὸν ὄν. τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς Js 2:7 (on καλὸν ὄν. cp. Sb 343, 9 and the Pompeian graffito in Dssm., LO 237 [LAE 276]). πάντες οἱ ἐπικαλούμενοι τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ all those who are called by (the Lord’s) name Hs 9, 14, 3; cp. οἱ κεκλημένοι τῷ ὀν. κυρίου those who are called by the name of the Lord 8, 1, 1. ἐπαισχύνεσθαι τὸ ὄν. κυρίου τὸ ἐπικληθὲν ἐπʼ αὐτούς be ashamed of the name that is named over them 8, 6, 4. ὁμολογεῖν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ praise his name Hb 13:15 (cp. PsSol 15:2 ἐξομολογήσασθαι τῷ ὀνόματι σου). ὀνομάζειν τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 2 Ti 2:19 (Is 26:13). ψάλλειν τῷ ὀν. σου Ro 15:9 (Ps 17:50). οὐ μὴ λάβῃς ἐπὶ ματαίῳ τὸ ὄν. κυρίου 19:5 (Ex 20:7; Dt 5:11).—Although in the preceding examples the name is oft. practically inseparable fr. the being that bears it, this is perh. even more true of the foll. cases, in which the name appears almost as the representation of the Godhead, as a tangible manifestation of the divine nature (Quint. Smyrn. 9, 465 Polidarius, when healing, calls on οὔνομα πατρὸς ἑοῖο ‘the name of his father’ [Asclepius]; τοσοῦτον … δύναται τὸ ὄ. τοῦ Ἰησοῦ κατὰ τῶν δαιμόνων Orig., C. Cels. 1, 56, 11; Dt 18:7; 3 Km 8:16; Ps 68:37; Zech 13:2 ἐξολεθρεύσω τὰ ὀν. τῶν εἰδώλων; Zeph 1:4; PsSol 7:6; Just., D. 121, 3 ὑποτάσσεσθαι αὐτοῦ ὀν.): the ‘name’ of God is ἀρχέγονον πάσης κτίσεως 1 Cl 59:3. Sim. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ μέγα ἐστὶ καὶ τὸν κόσμον ὅλον βαστάζει Hs 9, 14, 5. λατρεύειν τῷ παναρέτῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ worship the most excellent name (of the Most High) 1 Cl 45:7. ὑπακούειν τῷ παναγίῳ καὶ ἐνδόξῳ ὀν. αὐτοῦ be obedient to his most holy and glorious name 58:1a. ὑπήκοον γενέσθαι τῷ παντοκρατορικῷ καὶ παναρέτῳ ὀν. 60:4. κηρύσσειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ Hs 9, 16, 5. ἐπιγινώσκειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ 9, 16, 7. φοβεῖσθαι τὸ ὄν. σου Rv 11:18. φανεροῦν τινι τὸ ὄν. σου J 17:6. γνωρίζειν τινὶ τὸ ὄν. σου vs. 26. πιστεύειν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ believe in the name of (God’s) son 1J 3:23. Also πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. (s. γב below and s. πιστεύω 2aβ).—Of the name borne by followers of Jesus Christ (cp. Theoph. Ant. 1, 1 [p. 58, 13]): κρατεῖς τὸ ὄν. μου you cling to my name Rv 2:13. The same mng. also holds for the expressions: λαμβάνειν τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ Hs 9, 12, 4; 8; 9, 13, 2a; 7. τοῦ βαστάσαι τὸ ὄν. μου ἐνώπιον ἐθνῶν to bear my name before (the) Gentiles Ac 9:15. τὸ ὄν. ἡδέως βαστάζειν bear the name gladly Hs 8, 10, 3; cp. 9, 28, 5b. τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ φορεῖν 9, 13, 3; 9, 14, 5f; 9, 15, 2; cp. 9, 13, 2b. Christians receive this name at their baptism: πρὶν φορέσαι τὸν ἄνθρωπον τὸ ὄν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ νεκρός ἐστιν before a person bears the name of God’s Son (which is given the candidate at baptism), he is dead 9, 16, 3. Of dissemblers and false teachers ὄν. μὲν ἔχουσιν, ἀπὸ δὲ τῆς πίστεως κενοί εἰσιν they have the (Christian) name, but are devoid of faith 9, 19, 2. Of Christians in appearance only ἐν ὑποκρίσει φέροντες τὸ ὄν. τοῦ κυρίου who bear the Lord’s name in pretense Pol 6:3. δόλῳ πονηρῷ τὸ ὄν. περιφέρειν carry the name about in wicked deceit (evidently of wandering preachers) IEph 7:1. τὸ ὄν. ἐπαισχύνονται τοῦ κυρίου αὐτῶν they are ashamed of their Lord’s name Hs 9, 21, 3. More fully: ἐπαισχύνονται τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ φορεῖν 9, 14, 6.
    γ. used w. prepositions
    א. w. διά and the gen. διὰ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου πιστεύειν PtK 3 p. 15 ln. 12; σωθῆναι διὰ τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ἐνδόξου ὀν. be saved through the great and glorious name Hv 4, 2, 4. εἰς τὴν βασιλείαν τοῦ θεοῦ εἰσελθεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ (τοῦ θεοῦ) Hs 9, 12, 5. ἄφεσιν ἁμαρτιῶν λαβεῖν διὰ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ Ac 10:43 (cp. Just., D. 11, 4 al.). σημεῖα … γίνεσθαι διὰ τοῦ ὀν. … Ἰησοῦ by the power of the name 4:30. Differently παρακαλεῖν τινα διὰ τοῦ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου appeal to someone by the name (= while calling on the name) of the Lord 1 Cor 1:10.—W. διά and the acc. μισούμενοι … διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου hated on account of my name (i.e., because you bear it) Mt 10:22; 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17 (Just., A I, 4, 2 al.). ποιεῖν τι εἴς τινα διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου J 15:21. ἀφέωνται ὑμῖν αἱ ἁμαρτίαι διὰ τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ your sins are forgiven on account of (Jesus’) name 1J 2:12. βαστάζειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. μου bear (hardship) for my name’s sake Rv 2:3 (s. βαστάζω 2bβ). πάσχειν διὰ τὸ ὄν. (also w. a gen. like αὐτοῦ) Pol 8:2; Hv 3, 2, 1b; Hs 9, 28, 3.
    ב. w. εἰς: somet. evidently as rendering of rabb. לְשֵׁם with regard to, in thinking of δέχεσθαί τινα εἰς ὄν. Ἰ. Χρ. receive someone in deference to Jesus Christ IRo 9:3. δύο ἢ τρεῖς συνηγμένοι εἰς τὸ ἐμὸν ὄν. two or three gathered and thinking of me, i.e., so that I am the reason for their assembling Mt 18:20; but here the other mng. (s. ג below) has had some influence: ‘while naming’ or ‘calling on my name’. τῆς ἀγάπης ἧς ἐνεδείξασθε εἰς τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ (i.e. θεοῦ) Hb 6:10 is either the love that you have shown with regard to him, i.e. for his sake, or we have here the frequently attested formula of Hellenistic legal and commercial language (s. Mayser II/2 p. 415; Dssm. B 143ff, NB 25, LO 97f [BS 146f; 197; LAE 121]; Heitmüller, op. cit. 100ff; FPreisigke, Girowesen im griech. Ägypt. 1910, 149ff. On the LXX s. Heitmüller 110f; JPsichari, Essai sur le Grec de la Septante 1908, 202f): εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος to the name=to the account (over which the name stands). Then the deeds of love, although shown to humans, are dedicated to God.—The concept of dedication is also highly significant, in all probability, for the understanding of the expr. βαπτίζειν εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τινος. Through baptism εἰς (τὸ) ὄν. τ. those who are baptized become the possession of and come under the dedicated protection of the one whose name they bear. An additional factor, to a degree, may be the sense of εἰς τὸ ὄν.=‘with mention of the name’ (cp. Herodian 2, 2, 10; 2, 13, 2 ὀμνύναι εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος; Cyranides p. 57, 1 εἰς ὄν. τινος; 60, 18=εἰς τὸ ὄν. τ.; 62, 13. Another ex. in Heitmüller 107): Mt 28:19; Ac 8:16; 19:5; D 7:1, (3); 9:5; Hv 3, 7, 3; cp. 1 Cor 1:13, 15. S. βαπτίζω 2c and Silva New, Beginn. I/5, ’33, 121–40.—πιστεύειν εἰς τὸ ὄν. τινος believe in the name of someone i.e. have confidence that the person’s name (rather in the sense of a title, cp. Phil 2:9) is rightfully borne and encodes what the person really is J 1:12; 2:23; 3:18; 1J 5:13.
    ג. with ἐν: ἐν ὀνόματι of God or Jesus means in the great majority of cases with mention of the name, while naming or calling on the name (PsSol 11:8; JosAs 9:1; Just., D. 35, 2 al.; no corresponding use has been found in gener. Gk. lit.; but cp. ἐν ὀν. τοῦ μεγάλου καὶ ὑψίστου θεοῦ Hippol., Ref. 9, 15, 6.—Heitmüller p. 13ff, esp. 44; 49). In many pass. it seems to be a formula. ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Mk 9:38; 16:17; Lk 9:49. τὰ δαιμόνια ὑποτάσσεται ἡμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. σου the demons are subject to us at the mention of your name 10:17. ποιεῖν τι ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι Ac 4:7; cp. Col 3:17. Perh. J 10:25 (but s. below). ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ … οὗτος παρέστηκεν ὑγιής Ac 4:10. ὄν. … ἐν ᾧ δεῖ σωθῆναι ἡμᾶς vs. 12. παραγγέλλω σοι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. 16:18; cp. 2 Th 3:6; IPol 5:1. σοὶ λέγω ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ac 14:10 D. Peter, in performing a healing, says ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. περιπάτει 3:6 (s. Heitmüller 60). The elders are to anoint the sick w. oil ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου while calling on the name of the Lord Js 5:14.—Of prophets λαλεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. κυρίου 5:10. παρρησιάζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ speak out boldly in proclaiming the name of Jesus Ac 9:27f. βαπτίζεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. be baptized or have oneself baptized while naming the name of Jesus Christ Ac 2:38 v.l.; 10:48. At a baptism ἐν ὀν. χριστοῦ Ἰησοῦ AcPl Ha 3, 32. αἰτεῖν τὸν πατέρα ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (=Ἰησοῦ) ask the Father, using my name J 15:16; cp. 14:13, 14; 16:24, 26. W. the latter pass. belongs vs. 23 (ὁ πατὴρ) δώσει ὑμῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου (the Father) will give you, when you mention my name. τὸ πνεῦμα ὸ̔ πέμψει ὁ πατὴρ ἐν τῷ ὀν. μου the Spirit, whom the Father will send when my name is used 14:26. To thank God ἐν ὀν. Ἰησοῦ Χρ. while naming the name of Jesus Christ Eph 5:20. ἵνα ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰησοῦ πᾶν γόνυ κάμψῃ that when the name of Jesus is mentioned every knee should bow Phil 2:10. χαίρετε, υἱοί, ἐν ὀν. κυρίου greetings, my sons, as we call on the Lord’s name 1:1. ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου whoever comes, naming the Lord’s name (in order thereby to give evidence of being a Christian) D 12:1. ἀσπάζεσθαι ἐν ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. greet, while naming the name of J. Chr. w. acc. of pers. or thing greeted IRo ins; ISm 12:2. Receive a congregation ἐν ὀν. θεοῦ IEph 1:3. συναχθῆναι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. meet and call on the name of the Lord Jesus=as a Christian congregation 1 Cor 5:4. μόνον ἐν τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. only (it is to be) while calling on the name of J. Chr. ISm 4:2.—Not far removed fr. these are the places where we render ἐν τῷ ὀν. with through or by the name (s. ἐν 4c); the effect brought about by the name is caused by its utterance ἀπελούσασθε, ἡγιάσθητε, ἐδικαιώθητε ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ κυρίου Ἰ. Χρ. 1 Cor 6:11. ζωὴν ἔχειν ἐν τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ (=Ἰησοῦ) J 20:31. τηρεῖν τινα ἐν τῷ ὀν. (θεοῦ) 17:11f.—ἐν τῷ ὀν. at the command (of), commissioned by ἔργα ποιεῖν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός J 10:25 (but s. above). ἔρχεσθαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. τοῦ πατρός 5:43a; in contrast ἔρχ. ἐν τῷ ὀν. τῷ ἰδίῳ vs. 43b. εὐλογημένος ὁ ἐρχόμενος ἐν ὀν. κυρίου 12:13 (Ps 117:26). The Ps-passage prob. has the same sense (despite Heitmüller 53f) in Mt 21:9; 23:39; Mk 11:9; Lk 13:35; 19:38.—OMerlier, Ὄνομα et ἐν ὀνόματι dans le quatr. Év.: RevÉtGr 47, ’34, 180–204; RBratcher, BT 14, ’63, 72–80.
    ד. w. ἕνεκα (and the other forms of this word; s. ἕνεκα 1): of persecutions for one’s Christian faith ἀπάγεσθαι ἐπὶ βασιλεῖς ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. μου Lk 21:12. πάσχειν or ὑποφέρειν εἵνεκα τοῦ ὀνόματος Hv 3, 1, 9; 3, 2, 1; Hs 9, 28, 5. ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. (τοῦ) κυρίου v 3, 5, 2; Hs 9, 28, 6. ἀφιέναι οἰκίας … ἕνεκεν τοῦ ἐμοῦ ὀν. for my name’s sake Mt 19:29. ἔκτισας τὰ πάντα ἕνεκεν τοῦ ὀν. σου you created all things for your name’s sake, i.e. that God’s name might be praised for the benefits which the works of creation bring to humankind D 10:3.
    ה. w. ἐπί and the dat.: ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τινος when someone’s name is mentioned or called upon, or mentioning someone’s name (LXX; En 10:2; Just., D. 39, 6; Ath. 23, 1; s. Heitmüller 19ff; 43ff; s. also 47ff; 52ff; 87ff) in the NT only of the name of Jesus, and only in the synoptics and Ac. ἐλεύσονται ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου they will come using my name Mt 24:5; Mk 13:6; Lk 21:8. κηρύσσειν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. αὐτοῦ μετάνοιαν 24:47. λαλεῖν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ to speak using this name Ac 4:17; 5:40. διδάσκειν 4:18; 5:28. ποιεῖν δύναμιν ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου Mk 9:39. ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. σου ἐκβάλλειν δαιμόνια Lk 9:49 v.l. ἐπὶ τῷ σῷ ὀν. τὰς θεραπείας ἐπετέλουν GJs 20:2 (codd.). Of the (spiritual) temple of God: οἰκοδομηθήσεται ναὸς θεοῦ ἐνδόξως ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. κυρίου the temple of God will be gloriously built with the use of the Lord’s name 16:6f, 8 (quot. of uncertain orig.). βαπτίζεσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. Ἰ. Χρ. Ac 2:38. Baptism is also referred to in καλεῖσθαι ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. τοῦ υἱοῦ τοῦ θεοῦ receive a name when the name of God’s son is named Hs 9, 17, 4. The words δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου can also be classed here receive (a child) when my name is confessed, when I am called upon Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (s. Heitmüller 64); but s. also 3 below.—ἐπί w. acc.: πεποιθέναι ἐπὶ τὸ ὁσιώτατον τῆς μεγαλωσύνης αὐτοῦ ὄν. have confidence in (the Lord’s) most sacred and majestic name 1 Cl 58:1b; ἐλπίζειν ἐπὶ τὸ ὄν. hope in the name (of the Lord) 16:8b.
    ו. w. περί and the gen.: εὐαγγελίζεσθαι περὶ τοῦ ὀν. Ἰ. Χ. bring the good news about the name of J. Chr. Ac 8:12.—(W. acc.: ἔχομεν δέος τὸ ὄ. τοῦ θεοῦ Orig., C. Cels. 4, 48, 34).
    ז. w. πρός and acc.: πρὸς τὸ ὄν. Ἰησοῦ … πολλὰ ἐναντία πρᾶξαι do many things in opposing the name of Jesus Ac 26:9.
    ח. w. ὑπέρ and gen.: ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. (Ἰησοῦ) ἀτιμασθῆναι Ac 5:41. πάσχειν 9:16; Hs 9, 28, 2. Cp. Ac 15:26; 21:13. The activity of the apostles takes place ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀν. αὐτοῦ to the honor of (Jesus’) name Ro 1:5. Cp. 3J 7. Of thankful praying at the Lord’s Supper εὐχαριστοῦμεν σοι … ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἁγίου ὀν. σου, οὗ κατεσκήνωσας ἐν ταῖς καρδίαις ἡμῶν we thank you … for your holy name, which you caused to dwell in our hearts D 10:2.
    δ. ὄν. w. ref. to God or Christ not infreq. stands quite alone, simply the Name: Ac 5:41; Phil 2:9 (cp. Diod S 3, 61, 6); 3J 7; 2 Cl 13:1, 4; IEph 3:1; 7:1; IPhld 10:1; Hv 3, 2, 1; Hs 8, 10, 3; 9, 13, 2; 9, 28, 3; 5.
    a person (Phalaris, Ep. 128; POxy 1188, 8 [13 A.D.]; BGU 113, 11; Jos., Ant. 14, 22; other exx. in Dssm., NB 24f [BS 196f]; LXX) τὸ ποθητόν μοι ὄν. my dear friend: Alce ISm 13:2; IPol 8:3; Crocus IRo 10:1. Pl. (PThéad 41, 10; PSI 27, 22; Num 1:18 al.) people Ac 1:15; Rv 3:4. ὀνόματα ἀνθρώπων 11:13 (cp. Ael. Aristid. 50, 72 K.=26 p. 523 D.: ὀνόματα δέκα ἀνδρῶν). This is prob. the place for περὶ λόγου καὶ ὀνομάτων καὶ νόμου about teaching and persons and (the) law Ac 18:15.
    the classification under which one belongs, noted by a name or category, title, category (cp. Cass. Dio 38, 44; 42, 24 καὶ ὅτι πολλῷ πλείω ἔν τε τῷ σχήματι καὶ ἐν τῷ ὀνόματι τῷ τῆς στρατηγίας ὢν καταπράξειν ἤλπιζε=he hoped to effect much more by taking advantage of his praetorial apparel and title; ins: Sb 7541, 5 [II A.D.] Νύμφη ὄνομʼ ἐστί σοι; POxy 37 I, 17 [49 A.D.] βούλεται ὀνόματι ἐλευθέρου τὸ σωμάτιον ἀπενέγκασθαι=she claims to have carried off the infant on the basis of its being free-born; Jos., Ant. 12, 154 φερνῆς ὀνόματι; 11, 40; Just., A II, 6, 4 καὶ ἀνθρώπου καὶ σωτῆρος ὄνομα. Other exx. in Heitmüller 50); the possibility of understanding ὄν. as category made it easier for Greeks to take over rabb. לְשֵׁם (s. 1dγב above) in the sense with regard to a particular characteristic, then simply with regard to, for the sake of ὁ δεχόμενος προφήτην εἰς ὄν. προφήτου whoever receives a prophet within the category ‘prophet’, i.e. because he is a prophet, as a prophet Mt 10:41a; cp. vss. 41b, 42.—ὸ̔ς ἂν ποτίσῃ ὑμᾶς ἐν ὀνόματι, ὄτι Χριστοῦ ἐστε whoever gives you a drink under the category that you belong to Christ, i.e. in your capacity as a follower of Christ Mk 9:41. εἰ ὀνειδίζεσθε ἐν ὀν. Χριστοῦ if you are reviled for the sake of Christ 1 Pt 4:14. δοξαζέτω τὸν θεὸν ἐν τῷ ὀν. τούτῳ let the person praise God in this capacity (=ὡς Χριστιανός) vs. 16. δέδεμαι ἐν τῷ ὀν. I am imprisoned for the sake of the Name IEph 3:1.—δέχεσθαι (παιδίον) ἐπὶ τῷ ὀν. μου for my (name’s) sake Mt 18:5; Mk 9:37; Lk 9:48 (cp. Heitmüller 113. But s. 1dγה above).
    recognition accorded a person on the basis of performance, (well-known) name, reputation, fame (Hom. et al.; 1 Ch 14:17; 1 Macc 8:12) φανερὸν ἐγένετο τὸ ὄν. αὐτοῦ his fame was widespread Mk 6:14. ὄν. ἔχειν (Pla., Apol. 38c, Ep. 2, 312c) w. ὅτι foll. have the reputation of Rv 3:1 perh. also 3:5 (s. 1bα; JFuller, JETS 26, ’83, 297–306).
    name in terms of office held, office (POxy 58, 6) στασιαζουσῶν τ. φυλῶν, ὁποία αὐτῶν εἴη τῷ ἐνδόξῳ ὀνόματι κεκοσμημένη when the tribes were quarreling as to which one of them was to be adorned with that glorious office 1 Cl 43:2. τὸ ὄν. τῆς ἐπισκοπῆς the office of supervision 44:1.—B. 1263f. OEANE IV 91–96 on Mesopotamian practices. Schmidt, Syn. I 113–24. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὄνομα

  • 10 este

    adj.
    east, eastern.
    m.
    east.
    viento del este east wind
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid
    los países del este the countries of Eastern Europe
    * * *
    adjetivo (pl estos,-as)
    1 this (plural) these
    ————————
    1 east, eastern
    2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly
    1 east
    2 (viento) east wind
    * * *
    1. = esta, adj. 2. adj.
    east, eastern
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    I
    1.
    ADJ INV [zona, área] east

    la costa estethe east o eastern coast

    íbamos en dirección estewe were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction

    2. SM
    1) (Geog) East, east

    la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east

    2) (Pol)
    3) (tb: zona este) east
    4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly wind
    II
    este, -a
    ADJ DEM
    1) [indicando proximidad]
    a) [sing] this

    ¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?

    ¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?

    b)

    estos/estas — these

    estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors

    2) * [con valor enfático]

    ¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *

    ¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *

    III
    este, -a
    PRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a
    1) [sing] this one

    ¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!

    pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?

    2)

    estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter

    3) [locuciones]

    en esta[en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)

    en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...

    4) esp LAm [como muletilla]

    este... — er..., um...

    In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

    en la parte este del paísin the eastern part o the east of the country

    el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) east, East
    c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East
    III
    esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)
    a) this; (pl) these

    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    b) ( como muletilla) well, er
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

    en la parte este del paísin the eastern part o the east of the country

    el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) east, East
    c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East
    III
    esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)
    a) this; (pl) these

    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    b) ( como muletilla) well, er
    * * *
    el este
    = east, the

    Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.

    este1
    1 = east.

    Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.

    * Alemania del Este = East Germany.
    * al este de = east of.
    * bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * del este = eastern.
    * del este asiático = East Asian.
    * derecho hacia el este = due east.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * este, el = east, the.
    * Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.
    * exactamente al este = due east.
    * habitante del este = Easterner.
    * hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.
    * país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.
    * sudeste = southeast [south east].
    * sureste = southeast [south east].

    este2
    = present, such, this.

    Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.

    Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.
    Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * a este respecto = in this respect.
    * a este ritmo = at this rate.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * con este fin = to that effect.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * de esta forma = in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de nuevo en este caso = here again.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * dicho esto = that said.
    * directamente hacia el este = due east.
    * durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this stage, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos tiempos = in this day and age.
    * entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.
    * esta = this.
    * esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.
    * esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.
    * esta mañana = early today.
    * esta mañana temprano = early this morning.
    * esta noche = tonight, tonite.
    * esta vez = this time around/round, this time.
    * éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * éste no es el caso en = not so in.
    * este tipo de = such.
    * este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * esto es así = this is the case.
    * esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.
    * esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.
    * esto no vale = this just won't do.
    * estos = these.
    * estos días = these days.
    * haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.
    * letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * partiendo de esto = on that basis.
    * pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.
    * todo esto = the whole thing.

    * * *
    [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› eastern
    en la parte este del país in the eastern part of the country
    iban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly direction
    vientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the east
    el ala/litoral este the east wing/coast
    la cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountain
    (parte, sector): el este the east
    en el este del país in the east of the country
    está al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá
    el Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the East
    vientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the east
    la calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-west
    dar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the east
    vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterly
    más al este further east
    las ventanas dan al este the windows face east
    3
    el Este ( Pol) the East
    los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries
    4
    (pl estos, estas)
    1 this; (pl) these
    este chico this boy
    esta gente these people
    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me
    2 (como muletilla) well, er
    ¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …
    * * *

     

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    esté es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    E.    
    estar    
    este    
    éste
    E. (
    Este) E, East

    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    éste v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región eastern;
    iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
    el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    a) (parte, sector):


    al éste de Lima to the east of Lima


    las ventanas dan al éste the windows face east
    c)

    el Este (Hist, Pol) the East;

    los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
    este 2,
    esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)

    a) this;

    (pl) these;

    estos dólares these dollars;
    usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    éste,
    ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;


    (pl) these;
    éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
    un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
    éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
    prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
    sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval
    ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;

    residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
    este,-a adj dem
    1 this
    este barco, this ship
    esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
    estos hombres, these men
    estas mujeres, these women
    este sustantivo masculino
    1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
    al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
    (en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
    (dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
    2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
    éste,-a pron dem m,f
    1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)

    ' éste' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - abultar
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acariciar
    - acontecer
    - actualización
    - adelantarse
    - adelanto
    - afrutada
    - afrutado
    - ahora
    - ahorrar
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - ama
    - amo
    - andar
    - aparte
    - aplanar
    - aplatanada
    - aplatanado
    - arrastre
    - arreglo
    - así
    - asistencia
    - aterrizar
    - atravesarse
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastar
    - bastante
    - bendición
    - bien
    - cabezón
    - cabezona
    - cabida
    - caché
    - cachet
    - caer
    - calificar
    - capacidad
    - carbonizar
    - cariño
    - catalogar
    - caza
    - ceñirse
    - chapada
    English:
    acoustic
    - advanced
    - afford
    - afraid
    - aggressive
    - agony
    - agree
    - alleviate
    - ambience
    - amenities
    - anniversary
    - antidote
    - anywhere
    - architecture
    - arithmetic
    - attain
    - attribute
    - be
    - belong
    - blank
    - boggle
    - bore
    - breeze
    - broadsheet
    - bulky
    - bundle
    - buy
    - call
    - call at
    - can
    - capture
    - cash
    - chapter
    - characteristic
    - close-fitting
    - cold
    - come across
    - come in
    - come under
    - compact
    - complete
    - conception
    - concoction
    - consistent
    - convert
    - cramped
    - deadly
    - define
    - demand
    - deny
    * * *
    adj inv
    [posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;
    la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;
    la costa este the east coast;
    tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;
    partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;
    nm
    1. [zona] east;
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;
    la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;
    viento del este east o easterly wind;
    habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    2. [punto cardinal] east;
    el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east
    3. [bloque geopolítico]
    el Este the East;
    los países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe
    4. [viento] easterly, east wind
    este2, -a (pl estos, -as) adj demostrativo
    1. [en general] this;
    [plural] these;
    esta camisa this shirt;
    este año this year;
    esta mañana this morning;
    esta noche tonight
    2. Fam Pey [singular] that;
    [plural] those;
    no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;
    el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working
    3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;
    y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;
    es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;
    este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?
    este3, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.
    1. [en general] this one;
    [plural] these (ones);
    dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;
    aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;
    esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;
    cualquier día de estos one of these days;
    Fam
    esta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;
    en estas just then;
    en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;
    en una de estas one of these days;
    en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;
    Fam
    por estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;
    ¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God
    2. [recién mencionado] the latter;
    entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coat
    3. Fam [despectivo]
    este es el que me pegó this is the one who hit me;
    estos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything
    4. Formal [en correspondencia]
    espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well
    * * *
    1 m east
    2, esta, estos, estas det singular this; plural these;
    a todas estas in the meanwhile
    * * *
    éste, ésta pron, mpl éstos
    1) : this one, these ones pl
    2) : the latter
    este, esta adj, mpl estos : this, these
    este adj
    : eastern, east
    este nm
    1) oriente: east
    2) : east wind
    3)
    el Este : the East, the Orient
    * * *
    este1 adj this
    este2 n east

    Spanish-English dictionary > este

  • 11 éste

    adj.
    east, eastern.
    m.
    east.
    viento del este east wind
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid
    los países del este the countries of Eastern Europe
    * * *
    adjetivo (pl estos,-as)
    1 this (plural) these
    ————————
    1 east, eastern
    2 (dirección) easterly; (viento) east, easterly
    1 east
    2 (viento) east wind
    * * *
    1. = esta, adj. 2. adj.
    east, eastern
    3. noun m.
    * * *
    I
    1.
    ADJ INV [zona, área] east

    la costa estethe east o eastern coast

    íbamos en dirección estewe were going east o eastward(s), we were going in an eastward o an easterly direction

    2. SM
    1) (Geog) East, east

    la casa está orientada hacia el Este — the house is east-facing, the house faces East o east

    2) (Pol)
    3) (tb: zona este) east
    4) (Meteo) (tb: viento del este) east wind, easterly wind
    II
    este, -a
    ADJ DEM
    1) [indicando proximidad]
    a) [sing] this

    ¿qué habéis hecho este fin de semana? — what did you do at the weekend?, what did you do this weekend?

    ¿dónde vais a ir este fin de semana? — [dicho un viernes] where are you going this weekend?; [dicho un lunes] where are you going next weekend?

    b)

    estos/estas — these

    estas tijeras — these scissors, this pair of scissors

    2) * [con valor enfático]

    ¡a ver qué quiere ahora el tío este! — what does that guy want now! *

    ¡este Pedro es un desastre! — that Pedro is a complete disaster! *

    III
    este, -a
    PRON DEM =éste PRON DEM éste, -a
    1) [sing] this one

    ¡este me quiere engañar! — this guy's out to cheat me!

    pero ¿dónde está este? — where on earth is he?

    2)

    estos/estas — these; [en texto] the latter

    3) [locuciones]

    en esta[en cartas] in this town (from where I'm writing)

    en estas, en estas se acerca y dice... — just then he went up and said...

    4) esp LAm [como muletilla]

    este... — er..., um...

    In the past the standard spelling for these demonstrative pronouns was with an accent (éste, ésta, éstos and éstas). Nowadays the Real Academia Española advises that the accented forms are only required where there might otherwise be confusion with the adjective.
    * * *
    ésta pronombre demostrativo (pl éstos, éstas)
    [According to the Real Academia Española the written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective]
    a) this one; (pl) these

    Alfonso y Andrés, éste de pie, aquél sentado — (liter)... Alfonso and Andrés, the former sitting down and the latter standing

    [sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval] qué niña ésta! — (fam) honestly, this child!

    b) ésta (frml) (en cartas, documentos) the city in which the letter is written
    * * *
    I
    adjetivo invariable < región> eastern

    en la parte este del paísin the eastern part o the east of the country

    el ala/la costa este — the east wing/coast

    II
    a) (parte, sector)
    b) ( punto cardinal) east, East
    c) el Este (Hist, Pol) the East
    III
    esta adjetivo demostrativo (pl estos, estas)
    a) this; (pl) these

    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó — (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    b) ( como muletilla) well, er
    * * *
    el este
    = east, the

    Ex: Standing in the early morning on the balcony of her apartment, she was smote as she always was by the grandeur of the sky turning to scarlet as the rim of darkness in the east released the sun for its sluggish trek through the heavens.

    este1
    1 = east.

    Ex: The plan of the temple is round instead of rectangular, and unlike the rest, faces north instead of east.

    * Alemania del Este = East Germany.
    * al este de = east of.
    * bloque del este, el = Eastern bloc, the.
    * de Europa del Este = Eastern European.
    * del este = eastern.
    * del este asiático = East Asian.
    * derecho hacia el este = due east.
    * en dirección este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * este, el = east, the.
    * Europa Central del Este = East Central Europe.
    * exactamente al este = due east.
    * habitante del este = Easterner.
    * hacia el este = eastward(s), eastbound.
    * la Europa del Este = Eastern Europe.
    * país de Europa del Este = Eastern European country.
    * sudeste = southeast [south east].
    * sureste = southeast [south east].

    este2
    = present, such, this.

    Ex: We are going to use the data elements defined in the present document as a base from which to begin.

    Ex: Preferential relationships generally indicate preferred terms or descriptors and distinguish such terms from non-descriptors or non-preferred terms.
    Ex: In this chapter a review of the development of cataloguing codes is given in order to explain and place in context the nature of modern cataloguing codes.
    * a este fin = to this end.
    * a este paso = at this rate.
    * a este respecto = in this respect.
    * a este ritmo = at this rate.
    * al hacer esto = by so doing, in so doing, in doing so.
    * a partir de esto = on this basis.
    * como esto = like this.
    * como ocurre en estos casos = as is the way with these things.
    * con este fin = to that effect.
    * con esto = by so doing, in so doing, in this, by doing so, by this, in doing so.
    * de esta forma = in this way.
    * de esta manera = in this manner, in this way.
    * de este modo = by this means, in so doing, this way, thus, in doing so.
    * de esto, de lo otro y de lo de más allá = about this and that and everything else.
    * de esto y de lo otro = about this and that.
    * de nuevo en este caso = here again.
    * desde esta misma perspectiva = along the same lines.
    * dicho esto = that said.
    * directamente hacia el este = due east.
    * durante este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en el momento de escribir estas líneas = at the time of writing.
    * en este caso = in this case.
    * en este contexto = against this background.
    * en este documento = herein.
    * en este mismo sentido = along the same lines.
    * en este momento = at this stage, right now.
    * en este período = in the course of events, during the course of events.
    * en este sentido = along these lines, in this connection, in this direction, in this sense, on this score, to that effect.
    * en estos casos = in these cases.
    * en estos tiempos = in this day and age.
    * entre éstos se incluyen = amongst these are numbered.
    * esta = this.
    * esta es la oportunidad de + Nombre = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ésta es la razón por la que = this is why.
    * esta es + Pronombre + oportunidad = here's + Nombre/Pronombre + chance.
    * ¡esta es tu oportunidad! = here's your chance!.
    * esta mañana = early today.
    * esta mañana temprano = early this morning.
    * esta noche = tonight, tonite.
    * esta vez = this time around/round, this time.
    * éste es también el caso de = the same is true (for/of/with).
    * éste no es el caso en = not so in.
    * este tipo de = such.
    * este tipo de cosas = this sort of thing.
    * esto es así = this is the case.
    * esto no ocurre en el caso de = the same is not true (for/of/with).
    * esto no quiere decir que = this is not to say that.
    * esto no se debe hacer así = this just won't do.
    * esto no vale = this just won't do.
    * estos = these.
    * estos días = these days.
    * haciendo esto = by so doing, by doing so.
    * letra cuya impresión en papel no está completa = broken letter.
    * para esto = therefor.
    * para hacer esto = in this.
    * para que este sea el caso = for this to be the case.
    * para que esto sea así = for this to be the case.
    * partiendo de esto = on that basis.
    * pensando en esto = with this/that in mind.
    * por esta razón = for this reason.
    * por este motivo = for this reason.
    * por esto = thus, accordingly, therefore.
    * presentado desde esta perspectiva = cast in this light.
    * teniendo esto como telón de fondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto como trasfondo = against this background.
    * teniendo esto presente = with this/that in mind.
    * todo esto = the whole thing.

    * * *
    [ Vocabulary notes (Spanish) ] ‹región› eastern
    en la parte este del país in the eastern part of the country
    iban en dirección este they were heading east o eastward(s), they were heading in an easterly direction
    vientos moderados del sector este moderate easterly winds o winds from the east
    el ala/litoral este the east wing/coast
    la cara este de la montaña the east o eastern face of the mountain
    (parte, sector): el este the east
    en el este del país in the east of the country
    está al este de Bogotá it lies to the east of Bogotá, it is (to the) east of Bogotá
    el Sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east o the East
    vientos flojos del Este light easterly winds, light winds from the east
    la calle va de Este a Oeste the street runs east-west
    dar tres pasos hacia el Este take three paces east o eastward(s) o to the east
    vientos moderados del sector sur rotando al este moderate winds from the south becoming o veering easterly
    más al este further east
    las ventanas dan al este the windows face east
    3
    el Este ( Pol) the East
    los países del Este the Eastern Bloc countries
    4
    (pl estos, estas)
    1 this; (pl) these
    este chico this boy
    esta gente these people
    [usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun] la estúpida esta no me avisó ( fam); this idiot here didn't tell me
    2 (como muletilla) well, er
    ¿fuiste tú o no? — este … was it you or not? — well …
    * * *

     

    Del verbo estar: ( conjugate estar)

    esté es:

    1ª persona singular (yo) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) presente subjuntivo

    3ª persona singular (él/ella/usted) imperativo

    Multiple Entries:
    E.    
    estar    
    este    
    éste
    E. (
    Este) E, East

    estar 1 ( conjugate estar) cópula
    1

    Estar denotes a changed condition or state as opposed to identity or nature, which is normally expressed by ser. Estar is also used when the emphasis is on the speaker's perception of things, of their appearance, taste, etc. The examples given below should be contrasted with those to be found in ser 1 cópula 1 to be;

    estás más gordo you've put on weight;
    estoy cansada I'm tired;
    está muy simpático conmigo he's being o he's been so nice to me (recently);
    ¡todo está tan caro! things are o have become so expensive!
    b) ( con

    bien, mal, mejor, peor): están todos bien, gracias they're all fine, thanks;

    ¡qué bien estás en esta foto! you look great in this photo!;
    está mal que no se lo perdones it's wrong of you not to forgive him;
    ver tb bien, mal, mejor, peor
    2 ( hablando de estado civil) to be;

    3 ( seguido de participios)

    estaban abrazados they had their arms around each other;
    ver tb v aux 2
    4 ( seguido de preposición) to be;
    (para más ejemplos ver tb la preposición o el nombre correspondiente);

    ¿a cómo está la uva? how much are the grapes?;
    está con el sarampión she has (the) measles;
    estoy de cocinera I'm doing the cooking;
    estamos sin electricidad the electricity is off at the moment;
    está sin pintar it hasn't been painted yet
    verbo intransitivo
    1 ( en un lugar) to be;
    ¿dónde está Chiapas? where's Chiapas?;

    está a 20 kilómetros de aquí it's 20 kilometers from here;
    ¿sabes dónde está Pedro? do you know where Pedro is?;
    ¿está Rodrigo? is Rodrigo in?;
    solo ésteé unos días I'll only be staying a few days;
    ¿cuánto tiempo ésteás en Londres? how long are you going to be in London (for)?
    2 ( en el tiempo):
    ¿a qué (día) estamos? what day is it today?;

    ¿a cuánto estamos hoy? what's the date today?;
    estamos a 28 de mayo it's May 28th (AmE) o (BrE) the 28th of May;
    estamos en primavera it's spring
    3
    a) (tener como función, cometido):


    estamos para ayudarlos we're here to help them


    4 (estar listo, terminado):

    lo atas con un nudo y ya está you tie a knot in it and that's it o there you are;
    enseguida estoy I'll be right with you
    5 (Esp) ( quedar) (+ me/te/le etc) (+ compl):

    la 46 te está mejor the 46 fits you better
    éste v aux
    1 ( con gerundio):

    estoy viendo que va a ser imposible I'm beginning to see that it's going to be impossible
    2 ( con participio):

    ya está hecho un hombrecito he's a proper young man now;
    ver tb estar cópula 3
    estarse verbo pronominal ( enf) ( permanecer) to stay;
    ¿no te puedes éste quieto? can't you stay o keep still?;

    estese tranquilo don't worry
    estar 2 sustantivo masculino (esp AmL) living room
    este 1 adjetivo invariable ‹ región eastern;
    iban en dirección éste they were heading east o eastward(s);
    el ala/la costa éste the east wing/coast
    ■ sustantivo masculino
    a) (parte, sector):


    al éste de Lima to the east of Lima


    las ventanas dan al éste the windows face east
    c)

    el Este (Hist, Pol) the East;

    los países del Eéste the Eastern Bloc countries
    este 2,
    esta adj dem (pl estos, estas)

    a) this;

    (pl) these;

    estos dólares these dollars;
    usually indicates a pejorative or emphatic tone when placed after the noun la estúpida esta no me avisó (fam) this idiot here didn't tell me

    éste,
    ésta pron dem (pl éstos, éstas) The written accent may be omitted when there is no risk of confusion with the adjective this one;


    (pl) these;
    éste or este es el mío this (one) is mine;
    un día de éstos or estos one of these days;
    éste or este es el que yo quería this is the one I wanted;
    prefiero éstos or estos I prefer these (ones);
    sometimes indicates irritation, emphasis or disapproval
    ¡qué niña esta! (fam) honestly, this child!;

    residente en ésta or esta resident in Seville (o Lima etc)
    estar verbo intransitivo
    1 (existir, hallarse) to be: está al norte, it is to the north
    ¿estarás en casa?, will you be at home?
    no está en ningún lado, it isn't anywhere
    estamos aquí para servirle, we are at your service
    su pedido aún no está, your order isn't ready yet
    2 (permanecer) to stay: estos días estoy en casa de mis padres, these days I'm staying at my parents' place
    estoy en la oficina de ocho a dos, I'm at the office from eight to two
    quiero que estés aquí un minuto, ahora vuelvo, stay here, I'll be right back
    3 (tener una situación actual determinada: con adjetivo o participio) estaba blanco como la cera, he had turned as white as a sheet
    está dormido, he's asleep
    está teñida de rubio, her hair's dyed blonde
    (con gerundio) está estudiando, he is studying
    estaba preparando la comida, I was cooking
    (con adverbio) estoy tan lejos, I'm so far away
    está muy mal, (enfermo) he is very ill
    4 (quedar, sentar) el jersey me está pequeño, the sweater is too small for me
    5 (para indicar precio, grados, fecha) (+ a: fecha) to be: ¿a qué día estamos?, what's the date?
    estamos a 1 de Julio, it is the first of July
    (: precio) to be at: ¿a cómo/cuánto están las manzanas?, how much are the apples?
    están a setenta pesetas el kilo, they're seventy pesetas a kilo
    (: grados) en Madrid estamos a cuarenta grados, it's forty degrees in Madrid
    ♦ Locuciones: ¿estamos?, agreed?
    estar a disposición de, to be at the disposal of
    estar a la que salta, to be ready to take advantage of an opportunity
    estar a las duras y a las maduras, to take the bad with the good
    estar al caer, to be just round the corner
    estar en baja, to be waning
    estar en todo, to be on top of everything
    estaría bueno, whatever next
    ESTAR CON: (de acuerdo con) estoy con María, I agree with Mary
    ESTAR DE: estoy de broma, I'm joking
    está de camarero, he's working as a waiter
    estaba de Dios que las cosas sucedieran así, it was God's will that things turned out this way, está de vacaciones, he's on holiday
    me voy a marchar porque está claro que aquí estoy de más, I'm going to go because it's obvious that I'm in the way
    ESTAR ENCIMA: su madre siempre está encima de él, his mother is always on top of him
    ESTAR PARA: no estamos para bromas, we are in no mood for jokes
    esa ropa está para planchar, these clothes are ready to be ironed
    cuando estaba para salir, me llamaron, when I was just about to leave, they called me
    ESTAR POR: la casa está por construir, the house has still to be built
    estuve por decirle lo que pensaba, I was tempted to tell him what I thought
    estoy por la igualdad de derechos, I'm for equal rights
    ESTAR QUE: está que no puede con su alma, he is exhausted
    familiar está que trina, he's hopping mad
    ESTAR TRAS: está tras el ascenso, he is after promotion
    estoy tras una blusa blanca, I'm looking for a white blouse
    El uso del verbo to stay como traducción de estar en un lugar es incorrecto, a menos que quieras expresar lo contrario de irse o marcharse (no me voy a la playa, estaré en casa todo el verano, I'm not going to the beach, I'm staying at home all summer) o te refieras a alojarse: Estoy en el Palace. I'm staying at the Palace.
    este,-a adj dem
    1 this
    este barco, this ship
    esta casa, this house 2 estos,-as, these
    estos hombres, these men
    estas mujeres, these women
    este sustantivo masculino
    1 (punto cardinal) East: nos dirigíamos al este, we were going east
    al este del Edén, to the east of Eden
    (en aposición) (zona, parte) eastern: son del este de Europa, they're from Eastern Europe
    (dirección, rumbo) easterly: el viento soplaba del este, there was an easterly wind
    2 (bloque de países europeos) el Este, the East
    éste,-a pron dem m,f
    1 this one: éste/ésta es más bonito/a, this one is prettier 2 éstos,-as, these (ones)

    ' éste' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    abrir
    - abrigada
    - abrigado
    - abultar
    - acabada
    - acabado
    - acariciar
    - acontecer
    - actualización
    - adelantarse
    - adelanto
    - afrutada
    - afrutado
    - ahora
    - ahorrar
    - alguna
    - alguno
    - ama
    - amo
    - andar
    - aparte
    - aplanar
    - aplatanada
    - aplatanado
    - arrastre
    - arreglo
    - así
    - asistencia
    - aterrizar
    - atravesarse
    - baja
    - bajo
    - bastar
    - bastante
    - bendición
    - bien
    - cabezón
    - cabezona
    - cabida
    - caché
    - cachet
    - caer
    - calificar
    - capacidad
    - carbonizar
    - cariño
    - catalogar
    - caza
    - ceñirse
    - chapada
    English:
    acoustic
    - advanced
    - afford
    - afraid
    - aggressive
    - agony
    - agree
    - alleviate
    - ambience
    - amenities
    - anniversary
    - antidote
    - anywhere
    - architecture
    - arithmetic
    - attain
    - attribute
    - be
    - belong
    - blank
    - boggle
    - bore
    - breeze
    - broadsheet
    - bulky
    - bundle
    - buy
    - call
    - call at
    - can
    - capture
    - cash
    - chapter
    - characteristic
    - close-fitting
    - cold
    - come across
    - come in
    - come under
    - compact
    - complete
    - conception
    - concoction
    - consistent
    - convert
    - cramped
    - deadly
    - define
    - demand
    - deny
    * * *
    adj inv
    [posición, parte] east, eastern; [dirección] easterly; [viento] east, easterly;
    la cara este del pico the east face of the mountain;
    la costa este the east coast;
    tiempo soleado en la mitad este del país sunny weather in the eastern half of the country;
    partieron con rumbo este they set off in an easterly direction;
    nm
    1. [zona] east;
    está al este de Madrid it's (to the) east of Madrid;
    la fachada da al este the front of the building faces east;
    viento del este east o easterly wind;
    habrá lluvias en el este (del país) there will be rain in the east (of the country);
    ir hacia el este to go east(wards)
    2. [punto cardinal] east;
    el sol sale por el Este the sun rises in the east
    3. [bloque geopolítico]
    el Este the East;
    los países del Este the countries of Eastern Europe
    4. [viento] easterly, east wind
    este2, -a (pl estos, -as) adj demostrativo
    1. [en general] this;
    [plural] these;
    esta camisa this shirt;
    este año this year;
    esta mañana this morning;
    esta noche tonight
    2. Fam Pey [singular] that;
    [plural] those;
    no soporto a la niña esta I can't stand that girl;
    el teléfono este no funciona this telephone's not working
    3. Méx, RP [como muletilla] well, er, um;
    y entonces, este, le propuse… and then, um, I suggested…;
    es un, este, cómo se dice, un lexicógrafo he's a, oh, what do you call it, a lexicographer;
    este, ¿me prestás plata? er, can you lend me some money?
    este3, -a (pl estos, -as) pron demostrativo Note that este and its various forms can be written with an accent ( éste, ésta etc) when there is a risk of confusion with the adjective.
    1. [en general] this one;
    [plural] these (ones);
    dame otro boli, este no funciona give me another pen, this one doesn't work;
    aquellos cuadros no están mal, aunque estos me gustan más those paintings aren't bad, but I like these (ones) better;
    esta ha sido la semana más feliz de mi vida this has been the happiest week of my life;
    cualquier día de estos one of these days;
    Fam
    esta es la mía/tuya/ etc[m5]. this is the chance I've/you've/ etc been waiting for, this is my/your/ etc big chance;
    en estas just then;
    en estas sonó el teléfono just then o at that very moment, the phone rang;
    en una de estas one of these days;
    en una de estas te pillará la policía one of these days the police will catch you;
    Fam
    por estas [lo juro] I swear, honest to God;
    ¿seguro que no me estás mintiendo? – ¡por estas! are you sure you're not lying to me? – I swear o honest to God
    2. [recién mencionado] the latter;
    entraron Juan y Pedro, este con un abrigo verde Juan and Pedro came in, the latter wearing a green coat
    3. Fam [despectivo]
    este es el que me pegó this is the one who hit me;
    estos son los culpables de todo lo ocurrido it's this lot o bunch who are to blame for everything
    4. Formal [en correspondencia]
    espero que al recibo de esta te encuentres bien I hope this letter finds you well
    * * *
    1 m east
    2, esta, estos, estas det singular this; plural these;
    a todas estas in the meanwhile
    * * *
    éste, ésta pron, mpl éstos
    1) : this one, these ones pl
    2) : the latter
    este, esta adj, mpl estos : this, these
    este adj
    : eastern, east
    este nm
    1) oriente: east
    2) : east wind
    3)
    el Este : the East, the Orient
    * * *
    este1 adj this
    este2 n east

    Spanish-English dictionary > éste

  • 12 ad

    ad, prep. with acc. (from the fourth century after Christ written also at; Etrusc. suf. -a; Osc. az; Umbr. and Old Lat. ar, as [p. 27] in Eug. Tab., in S. C. de Bacch., as arveho for adveho; arfuerunt, arfuisse, for adfuerunt, etc.; arbiter for adbiter; so, ar me advenias, Plant. Truc. 2, 2, 17; cf. Prisc. 559 P.; Vel. Long. 2232 P.; Fabretti, Glos. Ital. col. 5) [cf. Sanscr. adhi; Goth. and Eng. at; Celt. pref. ar, as armor, i.e. ad mare; Rom. a].
    I.
    As antith. to ab (as in to ex), in a progressive order of relation, ad denotes, first, the direction toward an object; then the reaching of or attaining to it; and finally, the being at or near it.
    A.
    In space.
    1.
    Direction toward, to, toward, and first,
    a.
    Horizontally:

    fugere ad puppim colles campique videntur,

    the hills and fields appear to fly toward the ship, Lucr. 4, 390: meridie umbrae cadunt ad septentrionem, ortu vero ad occasum, to or toward the north and west, Plin. 2, 13, and so often of the geog. position of a place in reference to the points of compass, with the verbs jacere, vergere, spectare, etc.:

    Asia jacet ad meridiem et austrum, Europa ad septentriones et aquiionem,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 31 Mull.;

    and in Plin. very freq.: Creta ad austrum... ad septentrionem versa, 4, 20: ad Atticam vergente, 4, 21 al.—Also trop.: animus alius ad alia vitia propensior,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 37, 81.—
    b.
    In a direction upwards (esp. in the poets, very freq.): manusque sursum ad caelum sustulit, Naev. ap. Non. 116, 30 (B. Pun. p. 13, ed. Vahl.): manus ad caeli templa tendebam lacrimans, Enn. ap. Cic. Div. 1, 20, 40 (Ann. v. 50 ed. Vahl.); cf.:

    duplices tendens ad sidera palmas,

    Verg. A. 1, 93: molem ex profundo saxeam ad caelum vomit, Att. ap. Prisc. 1325 P.: clamor ad caelum volvendus, Enn. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 104 Mull. (Ann. v. 520 ed. Vahl.) (cf. with this: tollitur in caelum clamor, Enn. ap. Macr. S. 6, 1, or Ann. v. 422):

    ad caelumque ferat flammai fulgura rursum, of Aetna,

    Lucr. 1, 725; cf. id. 2, 191; 2, 325: sidera sola micant;

    ad quae sua bracchia tendens, etc.,

    Ov. M. 7, 188:

    altitudo pertingit ad caelum,

    Vulg. Dan. 4, 17.—
    c.
    Also in the direction downwards (for the usu. in):

    tardiore semper ad terras omnium quae geruntur in caelo effectu cadente quam visu,

    Plin. 2, 97, 99, § 216.
    2.
    The point or goal at which any thing arrives.
    a.
    Without reference to the space traversed in passing, to, toward (the most common use of this prep.): cum stupro redire ad suos popularis, Naev. ap. Fest. p. 317 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 14 ed. Vahl.):

    ut ex tam alto dignitatis gradu ad superos videatur potius quam ad inferos pervenisse,

    Cic. Lael. 3, 12: ad terras decidat aether, Lucan. 2, 58. —Hence,
    (α).
    With verbs which designate going, coming, moving, bearing, bringing near, adapting, taking, receiving, calling, exciting, admonishing, etc., when the verb is compounded with ad the prep. is not always repeated, but the constr. with the dat. or acc. employed; cf. Rudd. II. pp. 154, 175 n. (In the ante-class. per., and even in Cic., ad is generally repeated with most verbs, as, ad eos accedit, Cic. Sex. Rosc. 8:

    ad Sullam adire,

    id. ib. 25:

    ad se adferre,

    id. Verr. 4, 50:

    reticulum ad naris sibi admovebat,

    id. ib. 5, 27:

    ad laborem adhortantur,

    id. de Sen. 14:

    T. Vectium ad se arcessit,

    id. Verr. 5, 114; but the poets of the Aug. per., and the historians, esp. Tac., prefer the dative; also, when the compound verb contains merely the idea of approach, the constr. with ad and the acc. is employed; but when it designates increase, that with the dat. is more usual: accedit ad urbem, he approaches the city; but, accedit provinciae, it is added to the province.)—
    (β).
    Ad me, te, se, for domum meam, tuam, suam (in Plaut. and Ter. very freq.):

    oratus sum venire ad te huc,

    Plaut. Mil. 5, 1, 12: spectatores plaudite atque ite ad vos comissatum, id. Stich. fin.:

    eamus ad me,

    Ter. Eun. 3, 5, 64:

    ancillas traduce huc ad vos,

    id. Heaut. 4, 4, 22:

    transeundumst tibi ad Menedemum,

    id. 4, 4, 17: intro nos vocat ad sese, tenet intus apud se, Lucil. ap. Charis. p. 86 P.:

    te oro, ut ad me Vibonem statim venias,

    Cic. Att. 3, 3; 16, 10 al.—
    (γ).
    Ad, with the name of a deity in the gen., is elliptical for ad templum or aedem (cf.:

    Thespiadas, quae ad aedem Felicitatis sunt,

    Cic. Verr. 4, 4; id. Phil. 2, 35:

    in aedem Veneris,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 120;

    in aedem Concordiae,

    Cic. Cat. 3, 9, 21;

    2, 6, 12): ad Dianae,

    to the temple of, Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 43:

    ad Opis,

    Cic. Att. 8, 1, 14:

    ad Castoris,

    id. Quint. 17:

    ad Juturnae,

    id. Clu. 101:

    ad Vestae,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 35 al.: cf. Rudd. II. p. 41, n. 4, and p. 334.—
    (δ).
    With verbs which denote a giving, sending, informing, submitting, etc., it is used for the simple dat. (Rudd. II. p. 175): litteras dare ad aliquem, to send or write one a letter; and: litteras dare alicui, to give a letter to one; hence Cic. never says, like Caesar and Sall., alicui scribere, which strictly means, to write for one (as a receipt, etc.), but always mittere, scribere, perscribere ad aliquem:

    postea ad pistores dabo,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 119:

    praecipe quae ad patrem vis nuntiari,

    id. Capt. 2, 2, 109:

    in servitutem pauperem ad divitem dare,

    Ter. Ph. 4, 3, 48:

    nam ad me Publ. Valerius scripsit,

    Cic. Fam. 14, 2 med.:

    de meis rebus ad Lollium perscripsi,

    id. ib. 5, 3:

    velim domum ad te scribas, ut mihi tui libri pateant,

    id. Att. 4, 14; cf. id. ib. 4, 16:

    ad primam (sc. epistulam) tibi hoc scribo,

    in answer to your first, id. ib. 3, 15, 2:

    ad Q. Fulvium Cons. Hirpini et Lucani dediderunt sese,

    Liv. 27, 15, 1; cf. id. 28, 22, 5.—Hence the phrase: mittere or scribere librum ad aliquem, to dedicate a book to one (Greek, prosphônein):

    has res ad te scriptas, Luci, misimus, Aeli,

    Lucil. Sat. 1, ap. Auct. Her. 4, 12:

    quae institueram, ad te mittam,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 3, 5: ego interea admonitu tuo perfeci sane argutulos libros ad Varronem;

    and soon after: mihi explices velim, maneasne in sententia, ut mittam ad eum quae scripsi,

    Cic. Att. 13, 18; cf. ib. 16; Plin. 1, 19.—So in titles of books: M. Tullii Ciceronis ad Marcum Brutum Orator; M. T. Cic. ad Q. Fratrem Dialogi tres de Oratore, etc.—In the titles of odes and epigrams ad aliquem signifies to, addressed to.
    (ε).
    With names of towns after verbs of motion, ad is used in answer to the question Whither? instead of the simple acc.; but commonly with this difference, that ad denotes to the vicinity of, the neighborhood of:

    miles ad Capuam profectus sum, quintoque anno post ad Tarentum,

    Cic. de Sen. 4, 10; id. Fam. 3, 81:

    ad Veios,

    Liv. 5, 19; 14, 18; cf. Caes. B. G. 1, 7; id. B. C. 3, 40 al.—Ad is regularly used when the proper name has an appellative in apposition to it:

    ad Cirtam oppidum iter constituunt,

    Sall. J. 81, 2; so Curt. 3, 1, 22; 4, 9, 9;

    or when it is joined with usque,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 34, § 87; id. Deiot, 7, 19.— (When an adjective is added, the simple acc. is used poet., as well as with ad:

    magnum iter ad doctas proficisci cogor Athenas,

    Prop. 3, 21, 1; the simple acc., Ov. H. 2, 83: doctas jam nunc eat, inquit, Athenas).—
    (ζ).
    With verbs which imply a hostile movement toward, or protection in respect to any thing, against = adversus:

    nonne ad senem aliquam fabricam fingit?

    Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 34:

    Lernaeas pugnet ad hydras,

    Prop. 3, 19, 9: neque quo pacto fallam, nec quem dolum ad eum aut machinam commoliar, old poet in Cic. N. D. 3, 29, 73:

    Belgarum copias ad se venire vidit,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5; 7, 70:

    ipse ad hostem vehitur,

    Nep. Dat. 4, 5; id. Dion. 5, 4: Romulus ad regem impetus facit (a phrase in which in is commonly found), Liv. 1, 5, 7, and 44, 3, 10:

    aliquem ad hostem ducere,

    Tac. A. 2, 52:

    clipeos ad tela protecti obiciunt,

    Verg. A. 2, 443:

    munio me ad haec tempora,

    Cic. Fam. 9, 18:

    ad hos omnes casus provisa erant praesidia,

    Caes. B. G. 7, 65; 7, 41;

    so with nouns: medicamentum ad aquam intercutem,

    Cic. Off. 3, 24:

    remedium ad tertianam,

    Petr. Sat. 18:

    munimen ad imbris,

    Verg. G. 2, 352:

    farina cum melle ad tussim siccam efficasissima est,

    Plin. 20, 22, 89, § 243:

    ad muliebre ingenium efficaces preces,

    Liv. 1, 9; 1, 19 (in these two passages ad may have the force of apud, Hand).—
    (η).
    The repetition of ad to denote the direction to a place and to a person present in it is rare:

    nunc tu abi ad forum ad herum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 100; cf.:

    vocatis classico ad concilium militibus ad tribunos,

    Liv. 5 47.—(The distinction between ad and in is given by Diom. 409 P., thus: in forum ire est in ipsum forum intrare; ad forum autem ire, in locum foro proximum; ut in tribunal et ad tribunal venire non unum est; quia ad tribunal venit litigator, in tribunal vero praetor aut judex; cf. also Sen. Ep. 73, 14, deus ad homines venit, immo, quod propius est, in homines venit.)—
    b.
    The terminus, with ref. to the space traversed, to, even to, with or without usque, Quint. 10, 7, 16: ingurgitavit usque ad imum gutturem, Naev. ap. Non. 207, 20 (Rib. Com. Rel. p. 30): dictator pervehitur usque ad oppidum, Naev. ap. Varr. L. L. 5, § 153 Mull. (B. Pun. p. 16 ed. Vahl.):

    via pejor ad usque Baii moenia,

    Hor. S. 1, 5, 96; 1, 1, 97:

    rigidum permanat frigus ad ossa,

    Lucr. 1, 355; 1, 969:

    cum sudor ad imos Manaret talos,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 10:

    ut quantum posset, agmen ad mare extenderet,

    Curt. 3, 9, 10:

    laeva pars ad pectus est nuda,

    id. 6, 5, 27 al. —Hence the Plinian expression, petere aliquid (usque) ad aliquem, to seek something everywhere, even with one:

    ut ad Aethiopas usque peteretur,

    Plin. 36, 6, 9, § 51 (where Jan now reads ab Aethiopia); so,

    vestis ad Seras peti,

    id. 12, 1, 1.— Trop.:

    si quid poscam, usque ad ravim poscam,

    Plaut. Aul. 2, 5, 10:

    deverberasse usque ad necem,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 2, 13;

    without usque: hic ad incitas redactus,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 136; 4, 2, 52; id. Poen. 4, 2, 85; illud ad incitas cum redit atque internecionem, Lucil. ap. Non. 123, 20:

    virgis ad necem caedi,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 3, 29, § 70; so Hor. S. 1, 2, 42; Liv. 24, 38, 9; Tac. A. 11, 37; Suet. Ner. 26; id. Dom. 8 al.
    3.
    Nearness or proximity in gen. = apud, near to, by, at, close by (in anteclass. per. very freq.; not rare later, esp. in the historians): pendent peniculamenta unum ad quemque pedum, trains are suspended at each foot, Enn. ap. Non. 149, 33 (Ann. v. 363 ed. Vahl.):

    ut in servitute hic ad suum maneat patrem,

    Plaut. Capt. prol. 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 3, 98;

    3, 5, 41: sol quasi flagitator astat usque ad ostium,

    stands like a creditor continually at the door, id. Most. 3, 2, 81 (cf. with same force, Att. ap. Non. 522, 25;

    apud ipsum astas): ad foris adsistere,

    Cic. Verr. 1, 66; id. Arch. 24:

    astiterunt ad januam,

    Vulg. Act. 10, 17:

    non adest ad exercitum,

    Plaut. Am. 1, 3, 6; cf. ib. prol. 133:

    aderant ad spectaculum istud,

    Vulg. Luc. 23, 48: has (testas) e fenestris in caput Deiciunt, qui prope ad ostium adspiraverunt, Lucil. ap. Non. 288, 31:

    et nec opinanti Mors ad caput adstitit,

    Lucr. 3, 959:

    quod Romanis ad manum domi supplementum esset,

    at hand, Liv. 9, 19, 6:

    haec arma habere ad manum,

    Quint. 12, 5, 1:

    dominum esse ad villam,

    Cic. Sull. 20; so id. Verr. 2, 21:

    errantem ad flumina,

    Verg. E. 6, 64; Tib. 1, 10, 38; Plin. 7, 2, § 12; Vitr. 7, 14; 7, 12; and ellipt. (cf. supra, 2. g):

    pecunia utinam ad Opis maneret!

    Cic. Phil. 1, 17.—Even of persons:

    qui primum pilum ad Caesarem duxerat (for apud),

    Caes. B. G. 6, 38; so id. ib. 1, 31; 3, 9; 5, 53; 7, 5; id. B. C. 3, 60:

    ad inferos poenas parricidii luent,

    among, Cic. Phil. 14, 13:

    neque segnius ad hostes bellum apparatur,

    Liv. 7, 7, 4: pugna ad Trebiam, ad Trasimenum, ad Cannas, etc., for which Liv. also uses the gen.:

    si Trasimeni quam Trebiae, si Cannarum quam Trasimeni pugna nobilior esset, 23, 43, 4.—Sometimes used to form the name of a place, although written separately, e. g. ad Murcim,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 154:

    villa ad Gallinas, a villa on the Flaminian Way,

    Plin. 15, 30, 40, § 37: ad urbem esse (of generals), to remain outside the city (Rome) until permission was given for a triumph:

    “Esse ad urbem dicebantur, qui cum potestate provinciali aut nuper e provincia revertissent, aut nondum in provinciam profecti essent... solebant autem, qui ob res in provincia gestas triumphum peterent, extra urbem exspectare, donec, lege lata, triumphantes urbem introire possent,”

    Manut. ad Cic. Fam. 3, 8.—So sometimes with names of towns and verbs of rest:

    pons, qui erat ad Genavam,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 7:

    ad Tibur mortem patri minatus est,

    Cic. Phil. 6, 4, 10:

    conchas ad Caietam legunt,

    id. Or. 2, 6:

    ad forum esse,

    to be at the market, Plaut. Ps. 4, 7, 136; id. Most. 3, 2, 158; cf. Ter. Ph. 4, 2, 8; id. And. 1, 5, 19.—Hence, adverb., ad dextram (sc. manum, partem), ad laevam, ad sinistram, to the right, to the left, or on the right, on the left:

    ad dextram,

    Att. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 225; Plaut. Poen. 3, 4, 1; Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 44; Cic. Univ. 13; Caes. B. C. 1, 69:

    ad laevam,

    Enn. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 51; Att. ib. p. 217: ad sinistram, Ter. [p. 28] Ad. 4, 2, 43 al.:

    ad dextram... ad laevam,

    Liv. 40, 6;

    and with an ordinal number: cum plebes ad tertium milliarium consedisset,

    at the third milestone, Cic. Brut. 14, 54, esp. freq. with lapis:

    sepultus ad quintum lapidem,

    Nep. Att. 22, 4; so Liv. 3, 69 al.; Tac. H. 3, 18; 4, 60 (with apud, Ann. 1, 45; 3, 45; 15, 60) al.; cf. Rudd. II. p. 287.
    B.
    In time, analogous to the relations given in A.
    1.
    Direction toward, i. e. approach to a definite point of time, about, toward:

    domum reductus ad vesperum,

    toward evening, Cic. Lael. 3, 12:

    cum ad hiemem me ex Cilicia recepissem,

    toward winter, id. Fam. 3, 7.—
    2.
    The limit or boundary to which a space of time extends, with and without usque, till, until, to, even to, up to:

    ego ad illud frugi usque et probus fui,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 53:

    philosophia jacuit usque ad hanc aetatem,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 3, 5; id. de Sen. 14:

    quid si hic manebo potius ad meridiem,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 55; so id. Men. 5, 7, 33; id. Ps. 1, 5, 116; id. As. 2, 1, 5:

    ad multam noctem,

    Cic. de Sen. 14:

    Sophocles ad summam senectutem tragoedias fecit,

    id. ib. 2; cf. id. Rep. 1, 1:

    Alexandream se proficisci velle dixit (Aratus) remque integram ad reditum suum jussit esse,

    id. Off. 2, 23, 82:

    bestiae ex se natos amant ad quoddam tempus,

    id. Lael. 8; so id. de Sen. 6; id. Somn. Sc. 1 al. —And with ab or ab-usque, to desig. the whole period of time passed away:

    ab hora octava ad vesperum secreto collocuti sumus,

    Cic. Att. 7, 8:

    usque ab aurora ad hoc diei,

    Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 8.—
    3.
    Coincidence with a point of time, at, on, in, by:

    praesto fuit ad horam destinatam,

    at the appointed hour, Cic. Tusc. 5, 22:

    admonuit ut pecuniam ad diem solverent,

    on the day of payment, id. Att. 16, 16 A:

    nostra ad diem dictam fient,

    id. Fam. 16, 10, 4; cf. id. Verr. 2, 2, 5: ad lucem denique arte et graviter dormitare coepisse, at (not toward) daybreak, id. Div. 1, 28, 59; so id. Att. 1, 3, 2; 1, 4, 3; id. Fin. 2, 31, 103; id. Brut. 97, 313:

    ad id tempus,

    Caes. B. C. 1, 24; Sall. J. 70, 5; Tac. A. 15, 60; Suet. Aug. 87; Domit. 17, 21 al.
    C.
    The relations of number.
    1.
    An approximation to a sum designated, near, near to, almost, about, toward (cf. Gr. epi, pros with acc. and the Fr. pres de, a peu pres, presque) = circiter (Hand, Turs. I. p. 102):

    ad quadraginta eam posse emi minas,

    Plaut. Ep. 2, 2, 111:

    nummorum Philippum ad tria milia,

    id. Trin. 1, 2, 115; sometimes with quasi added:

    quasi ad quadraginta minas,

    as it were about, id. Most. 3, 1, 95; so Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 93:

    sane frequentes fuimus omnino ad ducentos,

    Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 1:

    cum annos ad quadraginta natus esset,

    id. Clu. 40, 110:

    ad hominum milia decem,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 4:

    oppida numero ad duodecim, vicos ad quadringentos,

    id. ib. 1, 5.—In the histt. and post-Aug. authors ad is added adverbially in this sense (contrary to Gr. usage, by which amphi, peri, and eis with numerals retain their power as prepositions): ad binum milium numero utrinque sauciis factis, Sisenn. ap. Non. 80, 4:

    occisis ad hominum milibus quattuor,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 33:

    ad duorum milium numero ceciderunt,

    id. B. C. 3, 53:

    ad duo milia et trecenti occisi,

    Liv. 10, 17, 8; so id. 27, 12, 16; Suet. Caes. 20; cf. Rudd. II. p. 334.—
    2.
    The terminus, the limit, to, unto, even to, a designated number (rare):

    ranam luridam conicere in aquam usque quo ad tertiam partem decoxeris,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 2, 26; cf. App. Herb. 41:

    aedem Junonis ad partem dimidiam detegit,

    even to the half, Liv. 42, 3, 2:

    miles (viaticum) ad assem perdiderat,

    to a farthing, to the last farthing, Hor. Ep. 2, 2, 27; Plin. Ep. 1, 15:

    quid ad denarium solveretur,

    Cic. Quint. 4.—The phrase omnes ad unum or ad unum omnes, or simply ad unum, means lit. all to one, i. e. all together, all without exception; Gr. hoi kath hena pantes (therefore the gender of unum is changed according to that of omnes): praetor omnes extra castra, ut stercus, foras ejecit ad unum, Lucil. ap. Non. 394, 22:

    de amicitia omnes ad unum idem sentiunt,

    Cic. Lael. 23:

    ad unum omnes cum ipso duce occisi sunt,

    Curt. 4, 1, 22 al.:

    naves Rhodias afflixit ita, ut ad unam omnes constratae eliderentur,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 27; onerariae omnes ad unam a nobis sunt exceptae, Cic. Fam. 12, 14 (cf. in Gr. hoi kath hena; in Hebr., Exod. 14, 28).— Ad unum without omnes:

    ego eam sententiam dixi, cui sunt assensi ad unum,

    Cic. Fam. 10, 16:

    Juppiter omnipotens si nondum exosus ad unum Trojanos,

    Verg. A. 5, 687.
    D.
    In the manifold relations of one object to another.
    1.
    That in respect of or in regard to which a thing avails, happens, or is true or important, with regard to, in respect of, in relation to, as to, to, in.
    a.
    With verbs:

    ad omnia alia aetate sapimus rectius,

    in respect to all other things we grow wiser by age, Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 45:

    numquam ita quisquam bene ad vitam fuat,

    id. ib. 5, 4, 1:

    nil ibi libatum de toto corpore (mortui) cernas ad speciem, nil ad pondus,

    that nothing is lost in form or weight, Lucr. 3, 214; cf. id. 5, 570; Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 21, § 58; id. Mur. 13, 29: illi regi Cyro subest, ad immutandi animi licentiam, crudelissimus ille Phalaris, in that Cyrus, in regard to the liberty of changing his disposition (i. e. not in reality, but inasmuch as he is at liberty to lay aside his good character, and assume that of a tyrant), there is concealed another cruel Phalaris, Cic. Rep. 1, 28:

    nil est ad nos,

    is nothing to us, concerns us not, Lucr. 3, 830; 3, 845:

    nil ad me attinet,

    Ter. Ad. 1, 2, 54:

    nihil ad rem pertinet,

    Cic. Caecin. 58;

    and in the same sense elliptically: nihil ad Epicurum,

    id. Fin. 1, 2, 5; id. Pis. 68:

    Quid ad praetorem?

    id. Verr. 1, 116 (this usage is not to be confounded with that under 4.).—
    b.
    With adjectives:

    ad has res perspicax,

    Ter. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    virum ad cetera egregium,

    Liv. 37, 7, 15:

    auxiliaribus ad pugnam non multum Crassus confidebat,

    Caes. B. G. 3, 25:

    ejus frater aliquantum ad rem est avidior,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 51; cf. id. And. 1, 2, 21; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 129:

    ut sit potior, qui prior ad dandum est,

    id. Phorm. 3, 2, 48:

    difficilis (res) ad credendum,

    Lucr. 2, 1027:

    ad rationem sollertiamque praestantior,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 62; so id. Leg. 2, 13, 33; id. Fin. 2, 20, 63; id. Rosc. Am. 30, 85; id. Font. 15; id. Cat. 1, 5, 12; id. de Or. 1, 25, 113; 1, 32, 146; 2, 49, 200; id. Fam. 3, 1, 1; Liv. 9, 16, 13; Tac. A. 12, 54 al.—
    c.
    With nouns:

    prius quam tuum, ut sese habeat, animum ad nuptias perspexerit,

    before he knew your feeling in regard to the marriage, Ter. And. 2, 3, 4 (cf. Gr. hopôs echei tis pros ti):

    mentis ad omnia caecitas,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 5, 11:

    magna vis est fortunae in utramque partem vel ad secundas res vel ad adversas,

    id. Off. 2, 6; so id. Par. 1:

    ad cetera paene gemelli,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 10, 3.—So with acc. of gerund instead of the gen. from the same vb.:

    facultas ad scribendum, instead of scribendi,

    Cic. Font. 6;

    facultas ad agendum,

    id. de Imp. Pomp. 1, 2: cf. Rudd. II. p. 245.—
    d.
    In gramm.: nomina ad aliquid dicta, nouns used in relation to something, i. e. which derive their significance from their relation to another object: quae non possunt intellegi sola, ut pater, mater;

    jungunt enim sibi et illa propter quae intelleguntur,

    Charis. 129 P.; cf. Prisc. 580 ib.—
    2.
    With words denoting measure, weight, manner, model, rule, etc., both prop. and fig., according to, agreeably to, after (Gr. kata, pros):

    columnas ad perpendiculum exigere,

    Cic. Mur. 77:

    taleis ferreis ad certum pondus examinatis,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 12: facta sunt ad certam formam. Lucr. 2, 379:

    ad amussim non est numerus,

    Varr. 2, 1, 26:

    ad imaginem facere,

    Vulg. Gen. 1, 26:

    ad cursus lunae describit annum,

    Liv. 1, 19:

    omnia ad diem facta sunt,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 5:

    Id ad similitudinem panis efficiebant,

    id. B. C. 3, 48; Vulg. Gen. 1, 26; id. Jac. 3, 9:

    ad aequos flexus,

    at equal angles, Lucr. 4, 323: quasi ad tornum levantur, to or by the lathe, id. 4, 361:

    turres ad altitudiem valli,

    Caes. B. G. 5, 42; Liv. 39, 6:

    ad eandem crassitudinem structi,

    id. 44, 11:

    ad speciem cancellorum scenicorum,

    with the appearance of, like, Varr. R. R. 3, 5, 8:

    stagnum maris instar, circumseptum aedificiis ad urbium speciem,

    Suet. Ner. 31:

    lascivum pecus ludens ad cantum,

    Liv. Andron. Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 1:

    canere ad tibiam,

    Cic. Tusc. 4, 2: canere ad tibicinem, id. ib. 1, 2 (cf.:

    in numerum ludere,

    Verg. E. 6, 28; id. G. 4, 175):

    quod ad Aristophanis lucernam lucubravi,

    Varr. L. L. 5, § 9 Mull.: carmen castigare ad unguem, to perfection (v. unguis), Hor. A. P. 294:

    ad unguem factus homo,

    a perfect gentleman, id. S. 1, 5, 32 (cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 86):

    ad istorum normam sapientes,

    Cic. Lael. 5, 18; id. Mur. 3:

    Cyrus non ad historiae fidem scriptus, sed ad effigiem justi imperii,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 8:

    exercemur in venando ad similitudinem bellicae disciplinae,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 161: so,

    ad simulacrum,

    Liv. 40, 6:

    ad Punica ingenia,

    id. 21, 22:

    ad L. Crassi eloquentiam,

    Cic. Var. Fragm. 8:

    omnia fient ad verum,

    Juv. 6, 324:

    quid aut ad naturam aut contra sit,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 9, 30:

    ad hunc modum institutus est,

    id. Tusc. 2, 3; Caes. B. G. 2, 31; 3, 13:

    ad eundem istunc modum,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 70:

    quem ad modum, q. v.: ad istam faciem est morbus, qui me macerat,

    of that kind, Plaut. Cist. 1, 1, 73; id. Merc. 2, 3, 90; cf.

    91: cujus ad arbitrium copia materiai cogitur,

    Lucr. 2, 281:

    ad eorum arbitrium et nutum totos se fingunt,

    to their will and pleasure, Cic. Or. 8, 24; id. Quint. 71:

    ad P. Lentuli auctoritatem Roma contendit,

    id. Rab. Post. 21:

    aliae sunt legati partes, aliae imperatoris: alter omnia agere ad praescriptum, alter libere ad summam rerum consulere debet,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 51:

    rebus ad voluntatem nostram fluentibus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 26:

    rem ad illorum libidinem judicarunt,

    id. Font. 36:

    ad vulgi opinionem,

    id. Off. 3, 21.—So in later Lat. with instar:

    ad instar castrorum,

    Just. 36, 3, 2:

    scoparum,

    App. M. 9, p. 232:

    speculi,

    id. ib. 2, p. 118: ad hoc instar mundi, id. de Mundo, p. 72.—Sometimes, but very rarely, ad is used absol. in this sense (so also very rarely kata with acc., Xen. Hell. 2, 3; Luc. Dial. Deor. 8): convertier ad nos, as we (are turned), Lucr. 4, 317:

    ad navis feratur,

    like ships, id. 4, 897 Munro. —With noun:

    ad specus angustiac vallium,

    like caves, Caes. B. C. 3, 49.—Hence,
    3.
    With an object which is the cause or reason, in conformity to which, from which, or for which, any thing is or is done.
    a.
    The moving cause, according to, at, on, in consequence of:

    cetera pars animae paret et ad numen mentis momenque movetur,

    Lucr. 3, 144:

    ad horum preces in Boeotiam duxit,

    on their entreaty, Liv. 42, 67, 12: ad ea Caesar veniam ipsique et conjugi et fratribus tribuit, in consequence of or upon this, he, etc., Tac. Ann. 12, 37.—
    b.
    The final cause, or the object, end, or aim, for the attainment of which any thing,
    (α).
    is done,
    (β).
    is designed, or,
    (γ).
    is fitted or adapted (very freq.), to, for, in order to.
    (α).
    Seque ad ludos jam inde abhinc exerceant, Pac. ap. Charis. p. 175 P. (Rib. Trag. Rel. p. 80):

    venimus coctum ad nuptias,

    in order to cook for the wedding, Plaut. Aul. 3, 2, 15:

    omnis ad perniciem instructa domus,

    id. Bacch. 3, 1, 6; cf. Ter. Heaut. 3, 1, 41; Liv. 1, 54:

    cum fingis falsas causas ad discordiam,

    in order to produce dissension, Ter. Hec. 4, 4, 71:

    quantam fenestram ad nequitiam patefeceris,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 72:

    utrum ille, qui postulat legatum ad tantum bellum, quem velit, idoneus non est, qui impetret, cum ceteri ad expilandos socios diripiendasque provincias, quos voluerunt, legatos eduxerint,

    Cic. de Imp. Pomp. 19, 57:

    ego vitam quoad putabo tua interesse, aut ad spem servandam esse, retinebo,

    for hope, id. Q. Fr. 1, 4; id. Fam. 5, 17:

    haec juventutem, ubi familiares opes defecerant, ad facinora incendebant,

    Sall. C. 13, 4:

    ad speciem atque ad usurpationem vetustatis,

    Cic. Agr. 2, 12, 31; Suet. Caes. 67:

    paucis ad speciem tabernaculis relictis,

    for appearance, Caes. B. C. 2, 35; so id. ib. 2, 41; id. B. G. 1, 51.—
    (β).
    Aut equos alere aut canes ad venandum. Ter. And. 1, 1, 30:

    ingenio egregie ad miseriam natus sum,

    id. Heaut. 3, 1, 11;

    (in the same sense: in rem,

    Hor. C. 1, 27, 1, and the dat., Ter. Ad. 4, 2, 6):

    ad cursum equum, ad arandum bovem, ad indagandum canem,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 13, 40:

    ad frena leones,

    Verg. A. 10, 253:

    delecto ad naves milite,

    marines, Liv. 22, 19 Weissenb.:

    servos ad remum,

    rowers, id. 34, 6; and:

    servos ad militiam emendos,

    id. 22, 61, 2:

    comparasti ad lecticam homines,

    Cat. 10, 16:

    Lygdamus ad cyathos,

    Prop. 4, 8, 37; cf.:

    puer ad cyathum statuetur,

    Hor. C. 1, 29, 8.—
    (γ).
    Quae oportet Signa esse [p. 29] ad salutem, omnia huic osse video, everything indicative of prosperity I see in him, Ter. And. 3, 2, 2:

    haec sunt ad virtutem omnia,

    id. Heaut. 1, 2, 33:

    causa ad objurgandum,

    id. And. 1, 1, 123:

    argumentum ad scribendum,

    Cic. Att. 9, 7 (in both examples instead of the gen. of gerund., cf. Rudd. II. p. 245):

    vinum murteum est ad alvum crudam,

    Cato R. R. 125:

    nulla res tantum ad dicendum proficit, quantum scriptio,

    Cic. Brut. 24:

    reliquis rebus, quae sunt ad incendia,

    Caes. B. C. 3, 101 al. —So with the adjectives idoneus, utilis, aptus, instead of the dat.:

    homines ad hanc rem idoneos,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 2, 6:

    calcei habiles et apti ad pedem,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 54, 231:

    orator aptus tamen ad dicendum,

    id. Tusc. 1, 3, 5:

    sus est ad vescendum hominibus apta,

    id. N. D. 2, 64, 160:

    homo ad nullam rem utilis,

    id. Off. 3, 6:

    ad segetes ingeniosus ager,

    Ov. F. 4, 684.—(Upon the connection of ad with the gerund. v. Zumpt, § 666; Rudd. II. p. 261.)—
    4.
    Comparison (since that with which a thing is compared is considered as an object to which the thing compared is brought near for the sake of comparison), to, compared to or with, in comparison with:

    ad sapientiam hujus ille (Thales) nimius nugator fuit,

    Plaut. Capt. 2, 2, 25; id. Trin. 3, 2, 100:

    ne comparandus hic quidem ad illum'st,

    Ter. Eun. 4, 4, 14; 2, 3, 69:

    terra ad universi caeli complexum,

    compared with the whole extent of the heavens, Cic. Tusc. 1, 17, 40:

    homini non ad cetera Punica ingenia callido,

    Liv. 22, 22, 15:

    at nihil ad nostram hanc,

    nothing in comparison with, Ter. Eun. 2, 3, 70; so Cic. Deiot. 8, 24; and id. de Or. 2, 6, 25.
    E.
    Adverbial phrases with ad.
    1.
    Ad omnia, withal, to crown all:

    ingentem vim peditum equitumque venire: ex India elephantos: ad omnia tantum advehi auri, etc.,

    Liv. 35, 32, 4.—
    2.
    Ad hoc and ad haec (in the historians, esp. from the time of Livy, and in authors after the Aug. per.), = praeterea, insuper, moreover, besides, in addition, epi toutois:

    nam quicumque impudicus, adulter, ganeo, etc.: praeterea omnes undique parricidae, etc.: ad hoc, quos manus atque lingua perjurio aut sanguine civili alebat: postremo omnes, quos, etc.,

    Sall. C. 14, 2 and 3:

    his opinionibus inflato animo, ad hoc vitio quoque ingenii vehemens,

    Liv. 6, 11, 6; 42, 1, 1; Tac. H. 1, 6; Suet. Aug. 22 al.—
    3.
    Ad id quod, beside that (very rare):

    ad id quod sua sponte satis conlectum animorum erat, indignitate etiam Romani accendebantur,

    Liv. 3, 62, 1; so 44, 37, 12.—
    4.
    Ad tempus.
    a.
    At a definite, fixed time, Cic. Att. 13, 45; Liv. 38, 25, 3.—
    b.
    At a fit, appropriate time, Cic. Verr. 2, 1, 54, § 141; Liv. 1, 7, 13.—
    c.
    For some time, for a short time, Cic. Off. 1, 8, 27; id. Lael. 15, 53; Liv. 21, 25, 14.—
    d.
    According to circumstances, Cic. Planc. 30, 74; id. Cael. 6, 13; Planc. ap. Cic. Fam. 10, 9.—
    5.
    Ad praesens (for the most part only in post-Aug. writers).
    a.
    For the moment, for a short time, Cic. Fam. 12, 8; Plin. 8, 22, 34; Tac. A. 4, 21.—
    b.
    At present, now, Tac. A. 16, 5; id. H. 1, 44.—So, ad praesentiam, Tac. A. 11, 8.—
    6.
    Ad locum, on the spot:

    ut ad locum miles esset paratus,

    Liv. 27, 27, 2.—
    7.
    Ad verbum, word for word, literally, Cic. Fin. 1, 2, 4; id. de Or. 1, 34, 157; id. Ac. 2, 44, 135 al.—
    8.
    Ad summam.
    a.
    On the whole, generally, in general, Cic. Fam. 14, 14, 3; id. Att. 14, 1; Suet. Aug. 71.—
    b.
    In a word, in short, Cic. Off. 1, 41, 149; Hor. Ep. 1, 1, 106. —
    9.
    Ad extremum, ad ultimum, ad postremum.
    a.
    At the end, finally, at last.
    (α).
    Of place, at the extremity, extreme point, top, etc.:

    missile telum hastili abiegno et cetera tereti, praeterquam ad extremum, unde ferrum exstabat,

    Liv. 21, 8, 10.—
    (β).
    Of time = telos de, at last, finally:

    ibi ad postremum cedit miles,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 52; so id. Poen. 4, 2, 22; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 89; id. Phil. 13, 20, 45; Caes. B. G. 7, 53; Liv. 30, 15, 4 al.— Hence,
    (γ).
    of order, finally, lastly, = denique: inventa componere; tum ornare oratione; post memoria sepire;

    ad extremum agere cum dignitate,

    Cic. de Or. 1, 31, 142.—
    b.
    In Liv., to the last degree, quite: improbus homo, sed non ad extremum perditus, 23, 2, 3; cf.:

    consilii scelerati, sed non ad ultimum dementis,

    id. 28, 28, 8.—
    10.
    Quem ad finem? To what limit? How far? Cic. Cat. 1, 1; id. Verr. 5, 75.—
    11.
    Quem ad modum, v. sub h. v.
    a.
    Ad (v. ab, ex, in, etc.) is not repeated like some other prepositions with interrog. and relative pronouns, after nouns or demonstrative pronouns:

    traducis cogitationes meas ad voluptates. Quas? corporis credo,

    Cic. Tusc. 3, 17, 37 (ubi v. Kuhner).—
    b.
    Ad is sometimes placed after its substantive:

    quam ad,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 39:

    senatus, quos ad soleret, referendum censuit,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 4:

    ripam ad Araxis,

    Tac. Ann. 12, 51;

    or between subst. and adj.: augendam ad invidiam,

    id. ib. 12, 8.—
    c.
    The compound adque for et ad (like exque, eque, and, poet., aque) is denied by Moser, Cic. Rep. 2, 15, p. 248, and he reads instead of ad humanitatem adque mansuetudinem of the MSS., hum. atque mans. But adque, in acc. with later usage, is restored by Hand in App. M. 10, p. 247, adque haec omnia oboediebam for atque; and in Plaut. Capt. 2, 3, 9, utroque vorsum rectum'st ingenium meum, ad se adque illum, is now read, ad te atque ad illum (Fleck., Brix).
    II.
    In composition.
    A.
    Form. According to the usual orthography, the d of the ad remains unchanged before vowels, and before b, d, h, m, v: adbibo, adduco, adhibeo, admoveo, advenio; it is assimilated to c, f, g, l, n, p, r, s, t: accipio, affigo, aggero, allabor, annumero, appello, arripio, assumo, attineo; before g and s it sometimes disappears: agnosco, aspicio, asto: and before qu it passes into c: acquiro, acquiesco.—But later philologists, supported by old inscriptions and good MSS., have mostly adopted the following forms: ad before j, h, b, d, f, m, n, q, v; ac before c, sometimes, but less well, before q; ag and also ad before g; a before gn, sp, sc, st; ad and also al before l; ad rather than an before n; ap and sometimes ad before p; ad and also ar before r; ad and also as before s; at and sometimes ad before t. In this work the old orthography has commonly been retained for the sake of convenient reference, but the better form in any case is indicated.—
    B.
    Signif. In English up often denotes approach, and in many instances will give the force of ad as a prefix both in its local and in its figurative sense.
    1.
    Local.
    a.
    To, toward: affero, accurro, accipio ( to one's self).—
    b.
    At, by: astare, adesse.—
    c.
    On, upon, against: accumbo, attero.—
    d.
    Up (cf. de- = down, as in deicio, decido): attollo, ascendo, adsurgo.—
    2.
    Fig.
    a.
    To: adjudico, adsentior.—
    b.
    At or on: admiror, adludo.—
    c.
    Denoting conformity to, or comparison with: affiguro, adaequo.—
    d.
    Denoting addition, increase (cf. ab, de, and ex as prefixes to denote privation): addoceo, adposco.—
    e.
    Hence, denoting intensity: adamo, adimpleo, aduro, and perhaps agnosco.—
    f.
    Denoting the coming to an act or state, and hence commencement: addubito, addormio, adquiesco, adlubesco, advesperascit. See more upon this word in Hand, Turs. I. pp. 74-134.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > ad

  • 13 אבד

    אָבַד(b. h.; √אב, v. אבב) to be pressed, go around in despair (v. Prov. 31:6; Deut. 26:6) to be given up, whence 1) to be lost, perish; to be beyond recognition. Sifré Deut. 301 (ref. to Deut. 26:5) לא ירד … אלא לאובד (read לוֹבֵד or לֶאֱבוֹד; Yalk. Deut. a. l. לאבדם prob. לאַבְרָּן; Ms. Zer. Abr. 3 לֵיאָבֵר) Jacob went to Aram with no hope but to perish (be a slave). Ohol. XVII, 3 a field שא׳ בו קבר in which there is a grave that cannot be located. Keth. XIII, 7 אָבְדָה דרךוכ׳ the path to his field cannot be traced. Gen. R. s. 91 אבידה א׳ לנו we have lost something; a. fr. 2) to lose. Ib. ואנו שאָבַדְנוּר׳ ס׳ and we who have lost (mourn for) R. S.; a. fr.Part. pass. אָבוּד lost, irretrievable, perishing, decayed. Keth.108a על הא׳ on a contribution to the Temple which has been lost on the road. Y.Shebi.IX, 38d top מאיליהן הן אֲבוּדִין they perish of themselves (they decay naturally); a. fr. Nif. נֶאֱבַד to be lost, perish. Keth.104a; a. fr. Sifré Deut. 301 לֵיאָבֵד, v. supra. Pi. אִיבֵּד 1) to waste, lose, forfeit, destroy. Ned.33b אי׳ את מעותיו he wasted his money, (cannot reclaim it). Keth.XIII, 6 אי׳ את זכותו he forfeited his claim. Ab. Zar.55a אנו נְאַבֵּדוכ׳ shall we give up our honest dealing? Ib. IV, 7 יְאַבֵּד עולמו shall He destroy His world? Ḥag.3a ובקשתם לאַבְּדָהּ ממני and you wanted to deprive me of it? Ib. 4a זה המְאַבֵּדוכ׳ one who destroys what is given to him.א׳ עצמו לדעת to commit suicide wilfully. Gen. R. s. 82; a. fr. 2) to drop from memory, to forget. Aboth V, 12; a. e.

    Jewish literature > אבד

  • 14 אָבַד

    אָבַד(b. h.; √אב, v. אבב) to be pressed, go around in despair (v. Prov. 31:6; Deut. 26:6) to be given up, whence 1) to be lost, perish; to be beyond recognition. Sifré Deut. 301 (ref. to Deut. 26:5) לא ירד … אלא לאובד (read לוֹבֵד or לֶאֱבוֹד; Yalk. Deut. a. l. לאבדם prob. לאַבְרָּן; Ms. Zer. Abr. 3 לֵיאָבֵר) Jacob went to Aram with no hope but to perish (be a slave). Ohol. XVII, 3 a field שא׳ בו קבר in which there is a grave that cannot be located. Keth. XIII, 7 אָבְדָה דרךוכ׳ the path to his field cannot be traced. Gen. R. s. 91 אבידה א׳ לנו we have lost something; a. fr. 2) to lose. Ib. ואנו שאָבַדְנוּר׳ ס׳ and we who have lost (mourn for) R. S.; a. fr.Part. pass. אָבוּד lost, irretrievable, perishing, decayed. Keth.108a על הא׳ on a contribution to the Temple which has been lost on the road. Y.Shebi.IX, 38d top מאיליהן הן אֲבוּדִין they perish of themselves (they decay naturally); a. fr. Nif. נֶאֱבַד to be lost, perish. Keth.104a; a. fr. Sifré Deut. 301 לֵיאָבֵד, v. supra. Pi. אִיבֵּד 1) to waste, lose, forfeit, destroy. Ned.33b אי׳ את מעותיו he wasted his money, (cannot reclaim it). Keth.XIII, 6 אי׳ את זכותו he forfeited his claim. Ab. Zar.55a אנו נְאַבֵּדוכ׳ shall we give up our honest dealing? Ib. IV, 7 יְאַבֵּד עולמו shall He destroy His world? Ḥag.3a ובקשתם לאַבְּדָהּ ממני and you wanted to deprive me of it? Ib. 4a זה המְאַבֵּדוכ׳ one who destroys what is given to him.א׳ עצמו לדעת to commit suicide wilfully. Gen. R. s. 82; a. fr. 2) to drop from memory, to forget. Aboth V, 12; a. e.

    Jewish literature > אָבַד

  • 15 altura

    f.
    1 height.
    2 height.
    pon los dos altavoces a la misma altura put both speakers level with each other
    el tráfico está congestionado a la altura del ayuntamiento there's a traffic jam in the area of the town hall
    3 height.
    Viella está a 1.000 m de altura Viella is 1,000 m above sea level
    ganar o tomar altura to climb (avión)
    se esperan nevadas en alturas superiores a los 800 metros snow is forecast on high ground above 800 meters
    4 loftiness, elevation.
    * * *
    1 (gen) height
    2 (altitud) altitude
    3 (nivel) level, par; (punto) point
    ¿a qué altura de la calle vives? how far up the street do you live?
    hay un buzón en la calle Mayor, a la altura de la zapatería there's a post box in the High Street, near the shoe shop
    4 figurado (mérito, valía, calidad) merit, worth; (dignidad) dignity, excellence
    1 RELIGIÓN heavens
    \
    a estas alturas by now, at this stage
    estar a la altura de to measure up to, match up to, be on a par with
    estar a la altura de las circunstancias figurado to be worthy of the occasion, rise to the occasion
    quedar a la altura del betún familiar to make a very poor showing, look bad
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) [de edificio, techo, persona] height

    se necesita tener una altura superior a 1,80 — you have to be over 1.80 metres tall

    hubo olas de hasta tres metros de altura — there were waves up to three metres high, there were waves of up to three metres in height

    a la altura de algo, la ventana quedaba a la altura de mi cabeza — the window was level with my head

    altura de caída[de cascada] fall

    2) [en el aire] height, altitude

    el avión subió a una altura de 10.000 pies — the plane rose to a height o an altitude of 10,000 feet

    nos encontramos a 3.000 metros de altura sobre el nivel del mar — we are 3,000 metres above sea level

    ganar o tomar altura — to climb, gain height

    el globo empezó a perder altura — the balloon began to lose height

    mal
    3) (=nivel)

    no encuentra ningún rival a su altura — she can't find a rival to match her, she can't find a rival in her league

    estar a la altura de — [+ persona] to be in the same league as, be on a par with; [+ tarea] to be up to, be equal to

    no estamos a la altura de los trabajadores japoneses — we are not in the same league as Japanese workers, we are not on a par with Japanese workers

    la novela no estaba a la altura del concurso — the novel was not up to the standard set by the competition, the novel did not measure up to the competition standards

    - dejar o poner a algn a la altura del betún o de un felpudo o del unto

    si no los invitamos quedaremos a la altura del betún — if we don't invite them, it'll look really bad

    4) (Geog)

    a la altura de — on the same latitude as

    a la altura del km 8 — at the 8th km, at the 8th km point

    ¿a qué altura de la calle quiere que pare? — how far along the street do you want me to stop?

    5) (Náut)

    remolcador de altura — deep-sea tug, ocean-going tug

    6) (Dep) (=salto) high jump; (=distancia del suelo) height

    acaban de superar la altura de 1,90 — they have managed to beat the height of 1.90

    7) (Mús) pitch
    8) [de ideas, sentimientos] sublimity, loftiness
    9) pl alturas
    a) (=lugar elevado) (Geog) heights; (Rel) heaven sing

    ¡Gloria a Dios en las alturas! — Glory to God in Heaven!

    estar en las alturas — (Rel) to be on high

    b) [de organización] upper echelons
    c)

    a estas alturas — [de edad] at my/your/his etc age; [de tiempo] at this stage

    a estas alturas no me preocupan las arrugas — at my age, wrinkles don't worry me

    ¿todavía no confías en mí a estas alturas? — you still don't trust me after all this time?

    a estas alturas no podemos volvernos atrás — having come this far we can't go back now, we can't go back at this stage

    d) (=pisos) storey, story (EEUU)
    * * *
    1) (de persona, edificio, techo) height
    2) ( indicando posición) height

    a la altura del betún or (RPl) felpudo or (Chi) del unto (fam): nos dejaste a la altura del betún you made us look really bad; quedó a la altura del betún he looked really stupid; estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/alguien: para ponernos a la altura de la competencia to put ourselves on a par with our competitors; estar a la altura de las circunstancias to rise to the occasion; no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor; no estuvo a la altura de lo que esperaban — he didn't live up to their expectations

    3)
    a) (Aviac, Geog) ( altitud) altitude

    perder alturato lose height o (frml) altitude

    a 2.240 metros de altura — at an altitude of 2,240 meters

    sobrepasar los 4.000 metros de altura — to rise to (a height of) over 4,000 meters

    b)

    de altura<pesquero/flota> deep-sea (before n); < remolcador> oceangoing (before n)

    ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? — how far up Serrano do you live?

    b) ( latitud)

    en el Adriático, a la altura de Florencia — on the Adriatic, on the same latitude o (colloq) as far up/down as Florence

    a estas/esas alturas: a estas alturas me vienes con eso! you wait till now to bring this to me!; a estas alturas del año this late on in the year; a esas alturas ya había perdido las esperanzas by that stage he had already lost all hope; a estas alturas del partido — (fam) by now, at this stage of the game (colloq)

    6) (Mús) pitch
    7) alturas femenino plural
    a) ( cimas) heights (pl)
    b) (Relig)
    * * *
    = height, altitude.
    Ex. For a monograph the height of the book is normally given, in centimetres.
    Ex. The museum restored many of its flood-damaged books by a process involving freezing, exposure to a vacuum equivalent to an altitude of 200,000 ft.
    ----
    * a estas alturas = by now.
    * a la altura de = of the stature of, equal to.
    * a la altura de la cintura = waist high, waist deep.
    * a la altura de la rodilla = knee-high.
    * a la altura de los hombros = shoulder-high.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * altura del tipo movible = height-to-paper, type height.
    * altura tipográfica = height-to-paper [heights-to-paper, -pl.].
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to snuff, come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * gran altura = high altitude.
    * no estar a la altura de las expectativas = fall below + expectations.
    * no estar a la altura de lo que se espera = fall below + expectations, be below par, be under par.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * salto de altura = vertical jump, high jumping, high jump.
    * * *
    1) (de persona, edificio, techo) height
    2) ( indicando posición) height

    a la altura del betún or (RPl) felpudo or (Chi) del unto (fam): nos dejaste a la altura del betún you made us look really bad; quedó a la altura del betún he looked really stupid; estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/alguien: para ponernos a la altura de la competencia to put ourselves on a par with our competitors; estar a la altura de las circunstancias to rise to the occasion; no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor; no estuvo a la altura de lo que esperaban — he didn't live up to their expectations

    3)
    a) (Aviac, Geog) ( altitud) altitude

    perder alturato lose height o (frml) altitude

    a 2.240 metros de altura — at an altitude of 2,240 meters

    sobrepasar los 4.000 metros de altura — to rise to (a height of) over 4,000 meters

    b)

    de altura<pesquero/flota> deep-sea (before n); < remolcador> oceangoing (before n)

    ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? — how far up Serrano do you live?

    b) ( latitud)

    en el Adriático, a la altura de Florencia — on the Adriatic, on the same latitude o (colloq) as far up/down as Florence

    a estas/esas alturas: a estas alturas me vienes con eso! you wait till now to bring this to me!; a estas alturas del año this late on in the year; a esas alturas ya había perdido las esperanzas by that stage he had already lost all hope; a estas alturas del partido — (fam) by now, at this stage of the game (colloq)

    6) (Mús) pitch
    7) alturas femenino plural
    a) ( cimas) heights (pl)
    b) (Relig)
    * * *
    = height, altitude.

    Ex: For a monograph the height of the book is normally given, in centimetres.

    Ex: The museum restored many of its flood-damaged books by a process involving freezing, exposure to a vacuum equivalent to an altitude of 200,000 ft.
    * a estas alturas = by now.
    * a la altura de = of the stature of, equal to.
    * a la altura de la cintura = waist high, waist deep.
    * a la altura de la rodilla = knee-high.
    * a la altura de los hombros = shoulder-high.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * altura del tipo movible = height-to-paper, type height.
    * altura tipográfica = height-to-paper [heights-to-paper, -pl.].
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to snuff, come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * gran altura = high altitude.
    * no estar a la altura de las expectativas = fall below + expectations.
    * no estar a la altura de lo que se espera = fall below + expectations, be below par, be under par.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * salto de altura = vertical jump, high jumping, high jump.

    * * *
    A
    1 (de una persona, un edificio) height; (de una figura geométrica) height
    la altura mínima exigida es de 1,60m the minimum height requirement is 1.60m
    el muro tiene un metro de altura the wall is one meter high
    el faro mide 35 metros de altura the lighthouse is 35 meters high o tall
    un edificio de altura a tall building
    2 (de un techo) height
    pon los dos cuadros a la misma altura put the two pictures level with each other o at the same height
    el tableado nace a la altura de las caderas the pleats begin at the hips, it's pleated from the hips
    quiero pintar la pared hasta esta altura I want to paint the wall up to here
    tiene una cicatriz a la altura de la sien he has a scar on his temple
    cayó de or desde una altura de 20 metros he fell from a height of 20 meters
    a la altura del betún or ( RPl) de un felpudo or ( Chi) del unto ( fam): nos dejaste a la altura del betún you made us look really bad
    no contestó ni una pregunta, quedó a la altura de un felpudo he couldn't answer a single question, he looked really stupid
    estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/algn: lo que permitirá ponernos a la altura de los países más avanzados which will enable us to put ourselves on a par with the most developed countries
    supo estar a la altura de las circunstancias he managed to rise to the occasion
    no estuvo a la altura de lo que se esperaba he didn't live up to their expectations
    no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor
    si le contestas con palabrotas te estás poniendo a su altura by swearing at her you're just lowering yourself o sinking to her level
    C
    1 ( Aviac, Geog) (altitud) altitude
    volamos a una altura de 10.000 metros we are flying at an altitude of 10,000 meters
    el avión empezó a perder altura the plane started to lose height o ( frml) altitude
    fue construida en una meseta a 2.240 metros de altura it was built on a plateau at an altitude of 2,240 meters
    montañas que sobrepasan los 4.000 metros de altura mountains that rise to (a height of) over 4,000 meters
    2
    de altura ‹pesquero/flota› deep-sea ( before n)
    remolcador de altura oceangoing tug
    D
    (dignidad): se lo dijo con mucha altura she told him in a very dignified manner
    reaccionó con mucha altura he reacted with great dignity
    1
    (en una calle): ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? how far up o along Serrano do you live?
    cuando la procesión llegó a la altura del Ayuntamiento when the procession reached City Hall
    viven a la altura de la Plaza de Colón they live up by Plaza de Colón
    2
    (latitud): situada en el Adriático, a la altura de Florencia situated on the Adriatic, on the same latitude as Florence o ( colloq) as far up/down as Florence
    F
    (en sentido temporal): a estas/esas alturas: a estas alturas ya deberías haber aprendido cómo se hace you should have learned how to do it by now
    ¡a estas alturas me vienes con esas preguntas! it's a bit late to be asking questions like that now!
    a estas alturas ya nadie se escandaliza por esas cosas nobody is shocked by that kind of thing anymore
    a estas alturas ya deben haber llegado they should have arrived by now o by this time
    a estas alturas del año this late on in the year, so late on in the year
    a estas alturas de la campaña electoral ya no pueden dar marcha atrás sobre eso they can't go back on that at this (late) stage of the election campaign
    a esas alturas ya había perdido las esperanzas by that stage he had already lost all hope
    a estas alturas del partido ( fam); by now, at this stage of the game ( colloq)
    G ( Mús) (de un sonido) pitch; (de la voz) pitch
    H ( Esp period) (piso) story*
    1 (cimas) heights (pl)
    2 ( Relig):
    las alturas the highest
    gloria a Dios en las alturas glory to God in the highest o on high
    * * *

     

    altura sustantivo femenino
    1 (de persona, edificio, techo) height;

    2 ( indicando posición) height;

    a la altura de los ojos at eye level;
    estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/algn: para ponernos a la altura de la competencia to put ourselves on a par with our competitors;
    estar a la altura de las circunstancias to rise to the occasion;
    no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor
    3
    a) (Aviac, Geog) ( altitud) altitude;

    a 2.240 metros de altura at an altitude of 2,240 meters

    b)

    de alturapesquero/flota deep-sea ( before n);


    remolcador oceangoing ( before n)
    4 ( en sentido horizontal):
    ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? how far up Serrano do you live?;

    cuando llegamos a la altura de la plaza when we reached the square
    5 ( en sentido temporal):

    ¡a estas alturas me vienes con eso! you wait till now to bring this to me!;
    a estas alturas del año this late on in the year;
    a esas alturas ya no me importaba by that stage I didn't mind
    6 (Mús) pitch
    altura sustantivo femenino
    1 height
    de nueve metros de altura, nine metres high
    2 (nivel) level
    a la misma altura, on the same level
    Geography on the same latitude: Helena vive a la altura del hospital, Helena lives by the hospital
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado no está a la altura de su rival, he doesn't measure up to his rival
    figurado se supo poner a la altura de las circunstancias, she was able to meet the challenge
    a estas alturas ya deberías conocerlo, you should know him by now
    ' altura' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alta
    - alto
    - betún
    - estatura
    - estirón
    - grandeza
    - salto
    - sobrepasar
    - superar
    - talla
    - alcanzar
    - asorocharse
    - caer
    - descender
    - descenso
    - elevar
    - grande
    - listón
    - mal
    - máximo
    - mayor
    - nivel
    - tomar
    English:
    dizzy
    - equal
    - eye-level
    - height
    - high
    - ht
    - inadequate
    - level
    - live up to
    - low
    - match
    - measure up
    - name
    - off-shore fishing
    - patch
    - rise
    - storey
    - tall
    - up to
    - deep
    - elevation
    - head
    - justice
    - league
    - live
    - measure
    - par
    - second
    - third
    - up
    * * *
    altura nf
    1. [de persona, cosa] height;
    mide o [m5] tiene 2 metros de altura [persona] he's 2 metres tall;
    [cosa] it's 2 metres high
    2. [posición] height;
    pon los dos altavoces a la misma altura put both speakers level with each other;
    la serpiente le mordió a la altura del tobillo the snake bit him on the ankle;
    el tráfico está congestionado a la altura del ayuntamiento there's a traffic jam in the area of the town hall;
    ¿a qué altura está la oficina de turismo? how far along the road is the tourist information office?;
    está a la altura de la estación it's next to the station
    3. [altitud] height;
    Viella está a 1.000 metros de altura Viella is 1,000 metres above sea level;
    ganar o [m5] tomar altura [avión] to climb;
    perder altura [avión] to lose height;
    volar a gran altura to fly at altitude;
    volaremos a 2.000 metros de altura we'll be flying at an altitude of 2,000 metres;
    se esperan nevadas en alturas superiores a los 800 metros snow is forecast on high ground above 800 metres;
    Fig
    las alturas [el cielo] Heaven;
    Gloria a Dios en las alturas glory to God in the highest
    4. [latitud] latitude
    5. Fig [nivel]
    a la altura de on a par with;
    intentan ponerse a la altura de los líderes del mercado they're trying to catch up with the market leaders;
    la moda inglesa nunca se pondrá a la altura de la italiana English fashion will never reach the standard of Italian fashion;
    su última novela no está a la altura de sus anteriores her latest novel isn't up to the standard of her previous ones;
    la película no estuvo a la altura de sus expectativas the film didn't come up to o fell short of her expectations;
    comprarlo no estaba a la altura de mis posibilidades it wasn't within my means to buy it;
    no está a la altura del puesto he's not up to the job;
    al devolverle el insulto, se puso a su altura by insulting him back, she showed herself to be no better than him;
    estar a la altura de las circunstancias to be worthy of the occasion, to be equal to the challenge;
    ninguno de los dos equipos estuvo a la altura de las circunstancias neither of the teams was able to rise to the occasion;
    Fam
    a la altura del betún o RP [m5]del felpudo: nos dejó a la altura del betún o RP [m5] del felpudo it left us looking really bad;
    hemos quedado a la altura del betún o RP [m5]del felpudo, teníamos que haberle comprado un regalo it looks really bad that we didn't buy him a present;
    Fam
    a la altura de los zapatos: como tenista, no le llega a la altura de los zapatos he's nowhere near as good a tennis player as her
    a gran altura: jugaron a gran altura y ganaron el título they played magnificently and won the title;
    rayar a gran altura to excel, to shine
    6. Fig [de persona] stature;
    [de sentimientos, espíritu] loftiness;
    un escritor de gran altura moral a writer with lofty morals
    7. [tiempo]
    a estas alturas this far on;
    a estas alturas ya tendrían que saber lo que me gusta by now, they ought to know what I like;
    a estas alturas ya no se puede cambiar nada it's too late to change anything now;
    a estas alturas ya debías saber que eso no se hace you should know better than that by now;
    a estas alturas del año ya es muy tarde para ponerse a estudiar it's a bit late in the year to start studying;
    si a estas alturas no te has decidido… if you haven't decided by now…;
    no me digas que a estas alturas todavía tienes dudas sobre tu boda don't tell me you still have doubts about getting married even at this late stage
    8. [cumbre] summit, top;
    las grandes alturas alpinas the great peaks of the Alps
    9. Esp [piso] floor;
    una casa de dos alturas a two-storey house
    10. [salto de altura] high jump
    11. Mús pitch
    12. Náut
    de altura [buque] ocean-going;
    flota de altura deep-sea fleet;
    navegación de altura ocean navigation;
    pesca de altura deep-sea fishing
    13. Geom [de triángulo] height
    * * *
    f
    1 height;
    de diez metros de altura 10 meters in height, 10 meters high;
    a la altura de on a par with;
    a estas alturas by this time, by now
    2 MÚS pitch
    3 AVIA altitude;
    tomar altura gain altitude
    4 GEOG latitude
    * * *
    altura nf
    1) : height
    2) : altitude
    3) : loftiness, nobleness
    4)
    a la altura de : near, up by
    en la avenida San Antonio a la altura de la Calle Tres: on San Antonio Avenue up near Third Street
    5)
    a estas alturas : at this point, at this stage of the game
    * * *
    1. (medida) height
    2. (importancia) importance
    a estas alturas by now / at this stage
    medir / tener... metros de altura (persona) to be... metres tall (cosa) to be... metres high

    Spanish-English dictionary > altura

  • 16 εἰμί

    εἰμί (Hom.+) impv. ἴσθι, ἔσο IPol 4:1, ἔστω—also colloq. ἤτω (BGU 276, 24; 419, 13; POxy 533, 9; Ps 103:31; 1 Macc 10:31) 1 Cor 16:22; Js 5:12; 1 Cl 48:5; Hv 3, 3, 4;—3 pers. pl. ἔστωσαν (ins since 200 B.C. Meisterhans3-Schw. 191; PPetr III, 2, 22 [237 B.C.]) Lk 12:35; 1 Ti 3:12; GJs 7:2. Inf. εἶναι. Impf. 1 pers. only mid. ἤμην (Jos., Bell. 1, 389; 631; s. further below); ἦν only Ac 20:18 D, 2 pers. ἦσθα (Jos., Ant. 6, 104) Mt 26:69; Mk 14:67 and ἦς (Lobeck, Phryn. 149 ‘say ἦσθα’; Jos., Ant. 17, 110 al.; Sb 6262, 16 [III A.D.]) Mt 25:21, 23 al., 3 sg. ἦν, 1 pl. ἦμεν. Beside this the mid. form ἤμην (pap since III B.C.; Job 29:16; Tob 12:13 BA), s. above, gives the pl. ἤμεθα (pap since III B.C.; Bar 1:19) Mt 23:30; Ac 27:37; Eph 2:3. Both forms in succession Gal. 4:3. Fut. ἔσομαι, ptc. ἐσόμενος. The mss. vary in choice of act. or mid., but like the edd. lean toward the mid. (W-S. §14, 1; Mlt-H. 201–3; Rob. index; B-D-F §98; Rdm.2 99; 101f; Helbing 108f; Reinhold 86f). Also s. ἔνι.
    be, exist, be on hand a pred. use (for other pred. use s. 3a, 4, 5, 6, 7): of God (Epicurus in Diog. L. 10, 123 θεοί εἰσιν; Zaleucus in Diod S 12, 20, 2 θεοὺς εἶναι; Wsd 12:13; Just., D. 128, 4 angels) ἔστιν ὁ θεός God exists Hb 11:6; cp. 1 Cor 8:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν the one who is and who was (cp. SibOr 3, 16; as amulet PMich 155, 3 [II A.D.] ὁ ὢν θεὸς ὁ Ἰάω κύριος παντοκράτωρ=the god … who exists.) Rv 11:17; 16:5. ὁ ὢν καὶ ὁ ἦν καὶ ὁ ἐρχόμενος, in this and the two preceding passages ἦν is treated as a ptc. (for the unusual use of ἦν cp. Simonides 74 D.: ἦν ἑκατὸν φιάλαι) 1:4; 4:8 (cp. Ex 3:14; Wsd 13:1; Paus. 10, 12, 10 Ζεὺς ἦν, Ζ. ἔστι, Ζ. ἔσσεται; cp. Theosophien 18. S. OWeinreich, ARW 19, 1919, 178f). οὐδʼ εἶναι θεὸν παντοκράτορα AcPlCor 1:11. ἐγώ εἰμι (ins in the Athena-Isis temple of Saïs in Plut., Is. et Os. 9, 354c: ἐγώ εἰμι πᾶν τὸ γεγονὸς κ. ὸ̓ν κ. ἐσόμενον. On the role of Isis in Gk. rel. s. IBergman, Ich bin Isis ’68; RMerkelbach, Isis Regina—Zeus Sarapis ’95; for further lit. s. MGustafson in: Prayer fr. Alexander to Constantine, ed. MKiley et al. ’97, 158.) Rv 1:8 (s. ἐγώ beg.). ὁ ὤν, … θεός Ro 9:5 is classed here and taken to mean Christ by JWordsworth ad loc. and HWarner, JTS 48, ’47, 203f. Of the λόγος: ἐν ἀρχῇ ἦν ὁ λ. J 1:1 (for ἦν cp. Herm. Wr. 1, 4; 3, 1b ἦν σκότος, Fgm. IX 1 p. 422, 23 Sc. γέγονεν ἡ ὕλη καὶ ἦν).—Of Christ πρὶν Ἀβραὰμ γενέσθαι, ἐγὼ εἰμί before Abraham was born, I am 8:58 (on the pres. εἰμί cp. Parmenides 8, 5: of the Eternal we cannot say ἦν οὐδʼ ἔσται, only ἔστιν; Ammonius Hermiae [Comm. in Aristotl. IV 5 ed. ABusse 1897] 6 p. 172: in Timaeus we read that we must not say of the gods τὸ ἦν ἢ τὸ ἔσται μεταβολῆς τινος ὄντα σημαντικά, μόνον δὲ τὸ ἔστι=‘was’ or ‘will be’, suggesting change, but only ‘is’; Ps 89:2; DBall, ‘I Am’ in John’s Gospel [JSNT Suppl. 124] ’96).—Of the world πρὸ τοῦ τὸν κόσμον εἶναι before the world existed 17:5. Satirically, of the beast, who parodies the Lamb, ἦν καὶ οὐκ ἔστιν Rv 17:8. Of God’s temple: ἔστιν B 16:6f it exists. τὸ μὴ ὄν that which does not exist, the unreal (Sallust. 17 p. 32, 7 and 9; Philo, Aet. M. 5; 82) Hm 1:1. τὰ ὄντα that which exists contrasted w. τὰ μὴ ὄντα Ro 4:17; cp. 1 Cor 1:28; 2 Cl 1:8. Of God κτίσας ἐκ τοῦ μὴ ὄντος τὰ ὄντα what is out of what is not Hv 1, 1, 6 (on the contrast τὰ ὄντα and τὰ μὴ ὄντα cp. Ps.-Arist. on Xenophanes: Fgm. 21, 28; Artem. 1, 51 p. 49, 19 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα; Ocellus Luc. 12; Sallust. 17, 5 p. 30, 28–32, 12; Philo, Op. M. 81; PGM 4, 3077f ποιήσαντα τὰ πάντα ἐξ ὧν οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι; 13, 272f τὸν ἐκ μὴ ὄντων εἶναι ποιήσαντα καὶ ἐξ ὄντων μὴ εἶναι; Theoph. Ant. 1, 4 [p. 64, 21] τὰ πάντα ὁ θεὸς ἐποίησεν ἐξ οὐκ ὄντων εἰς τὸ εἶναι).—Of existing in the sense be present, available, provided πολλοῦ ὄχλου ὄντος since a large crowd was present Mk 8:1. ὄντων τῶν προσφερόντων those are provided who offer Hb 8:4. οὔπω ἦν πνεῦμα the Spirit had not yet come J 7:39. ἀκούσας ὄντα σιτία when he heard that grain was available Ac 7:12.—Freq. used to introduce parables and stories (once) there was: ἄνθρωπός τις ἦν πλούσιος there was (once) a rich man Lk 16:1, 19. ἦν ἄνθρωπος ἐκ τ. Φαρισαίων there was a man among the Pharisees J 3:1.There is, there are ὥσπερ εἰσὶν θεοὶ πολλοί as there are many gods 1 Cor 8:5. διαιρέσεις χαρισμάτων εἰσίν there are various kinds of spiritual gifts 12:4ff; 1J 5:16 al. Neg. οὐκ ἔστι there is (are) not, no (Ps 52:2; Simplicius in Epict. p. 95, 42 as a quot. from ‘tragedy’ οὐκ εἰσὶν θεοί) δίκαιος there is no righteous man Ro 3:10 (Eccl 7:20). ἀνάστασις νεκρῶν οὐκ ἔστιν there is no resurr. of the dead 1 Cor 15:12; οὐδʼ εἶναι ἀνάστασιν AcPlCor 1:12; 2:24; cp. Mt 22:23; Ac 23:8 (cp. 2 Macc 7:14). εἰσὶν οἵ, or οἵτινες there are people who (Hom. et al.; LXX; Just., D. 47, 2 εἰ μήτι εἰσὶν οἱ λέγοντες ὅτι etc.—W. sing. and pl. combined: Arrian, Ind. 24, 9 ἔστι δὲ οἳ διέφυγον=but there are some who escaped) Mt 16:28; 19:12; Mk 9:1; Lk 9:27; J 6:64; Ac 11:20. Neg. οὐδείς ἐστιν ὅς there is no one who Mk 9:39; 10:29; Lk 1:61; 18:29. As a question τίς ἐστιν ὅς; who is there that? Mt 12:11—In an unusual (perh. bureaucratic terminology) participial construction Ac 13:1 ἡ οὖσα ἐκκλησία the congregation there (cp. Ps.-Pla., Eryx. 6, 394c οἱ ὄντες ἄνθρωποι=the people with whom he has to deal; PLond III 1168, 5 p. 136 [18 A.D.] ἐπὶ ταῖς οὔσαις γειτνίαις=on the adjoining areas there; PGen 49; PSI 229, 11 τοῦ ὄντος μηνός of the current month); cp. 14:13.—αἱ οὖσαι (sc. ἐξουσίαι) those that exist Ro 13:1 (cp. UPZ 180a I, 4 [113 B.C.] ἐφʼ ἱερέων καὶ ἱερειῶν τῶν ὄντων καὶ οὐσῶν).
    to be in close connection (with), is, freq. in statements of identity or equation, as a copula, the equative function, uniting subject and predicate. On absence of the copula, Mlt-Turner 294–310.
    gener. πραΰς εἰμι I am gentle Mt 11:29. ἐγώ εἰμι Γαβριήλ Lk 1:19. σὺ εἶ ὁ υἱὸς τοῦ θεοῦ Mk 3:11; J 1:49 and very oft. ἵνα … ὁ πονηρὸς … ἐλεγχθῇ [το? s. app. in Bodm.] μὴ ὢν θεός AcPlCor 2:15 (Just., D. 3, 3 φιλολόγος οὖν τις εἶ σύ).—The pred. can be supplied fr. the context: καὶ ἐσμέν and we are (really God’s children) 1J 3:1 (Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε. Dio Chrys. 14 [31], 58 θεοφιλεῖς οἱ χρηστοὶ λέγονται καὶ εἰσίν; Epict. 2, 16, 44 Ἡρακλῆς ἐπιστεύθη Διὸς υἱὸς εἶναι καὶ ἦν.—The ptc. ὤν, οὖσα, ὄν used w. a noun or adj.and serving as an if-, since-, or although-clause sim. functions as a copula πονηροὶ ὄντες Mt 7:11; 12:34.—Lk 20:36; J 3:4; 4:9; Ac 16:21; Ro 5:10; 1 Cor 8:7; Gal 2:3 al.).—W. adv. of quality: οὕτως εἶναι be so preceded by ὥσπερ, καθώς or followed by ὡς, ὥσπερ Mt 13:40; 24:27, 37, 39; Mk 4:26; Lk 17:26. W. dat. of pers. οὕτως ἔσται ὁ υἱὸς τ. ἀ. τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ so the Human One (Son of Man) will be for this generation 11:30. εἰμὶ ὡσ/ὥσπερ I am like Mt 6:5; Lk 18:11. W. dat. ἔστω σοι ὥσπερ τελώνης he shall be to you as a tax-collector Mt 18:17. εἰμὶ ὥς τις I am like someone of outward and inward similarity 28:3; Lk 6:40; 11:44; 22:27 al. καθώς εἰμι as I am Ac 22:3; 1J 3:2, 7; 4:17.—W. demonstr. pron. (Just., A I, 16, 1 ἃ ἔφη, ταῦτά ἐστι: foll. by a quotation; sim. 48, 5 ἔστι δὲ ταῦτα; and oft.) τὰ ὀνόματά ἐστιν ταῦτα Mt 10:2. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ μαρτυρία J 1:19. W. inf. foll. θρησκεία αὕτη ἐστίν, ἐπισκέπτεσθαι Js 1:27. W. ὅτι foll. αὕτη ἐστὶν ἡ κρίσις, ὅτι τὸ φῶς ἐλήλυθεν J 3:19; cp. 21:24; 1J 1:5; 3:11; 5:11. W. ἵνα foll. τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ ἔργον, ἵνα πιστεύητε J 6:29; cp. vs. 39f; 15:12; 17:3; 1J 3:11, 23; 5:3. W. τηλικοῦτος: τὰ πλοῖα, τηλικαῦτα ὄντα though they are so large Js 3:4. W. τοσοῦτος: τοσοῦτων ὄντων although there were so many J 21:11. W. τοιοῦτος: τοιοῦτος ὤν Phlm 9 (cp. Just., A I, 18, 4 ὅσα ἄλλα τοιαῦτά ἐστι).—W. interrog. pron. ὑμεῖς τίνα με λέγετε εἶναι; who do you say I am? Mt 16:15; cp. 21:10; Mk 1:24; 4:41; 8:27, 29; Lk 4:34 al.; σὺ τίς εἶ; J 1:19; 8:25; 21:12 al. (cp. JosAs 14:6 τίς εἶ συ tell me ‘who you are’). σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ κρίνων; (Pla., Gorg. 452b; Strabo 6, 2, 4 σὺ τίς εἶ ὁ τὸν Ὅμηρον ψέγων ὡς μυθογράφον;) Ro 14:4; ἐγὼ τίς ἤμην; (cp. Ex 3:11) Ac 11:17; τίς εἰμι ἐγὼ ὅτι who am I, that GJs 12:2 (Ex 3:11). W. πόσος: πόσος χρόνος ἐστίν; how long a time? Mk 9:21. W. ποταπός of what sort Lk 1:29.—W. relative pron. οἷος 2 Cor 10:11; ὁποῖος Ac 26:29; 1 Cor 3:13; Gal 2:6; ὅς Rv 1:19; ὅστις Gal 5:10, 19.—W. numerals ἦσαν οἱ φαγόντες πεντακισχίλιοι ἄνδρες 6:44 (cp. Polyaenus 7, 25 ἦσαν οἱ πεσόντες ἀνδρῶν μυριάδες δέκα); cp. Ac 19:7; 23:13. Λάζαρος εἷς ἦν ἐκ τῶν ἀνακειμένων L. was one of those at the table J 12:2; cp. Gal 3:20; Js 2:19. τῶν πιστευσάντων ἦν καρδία καὶ ψυχὴ μία Ac 4:32. εἷς εἶναι be one and the same Gal 3:28. ἓν εἶναι be one J 10:30; 17:11, 21ff; 1 Cor 3:8.—οὐδʼ εἶναι τὴν πλάσιν τὴν τῶν ἀνθρώπων τοῦ θεοῦ (that) the creation of humankind is not God’s doing AcPlCor 1:13.—To establish identity the formula ἐγώ εἰμι is oft. used in the gospels (corresp. to Hebr. אֲנִי הוּא Dt 32:39; Is 43:10), in such a way that the predicate must be understood fr. the context: Mt 14:27; Mk 6:50; 13:6; 14:62; Lk 22:70; J 4:26; 6:20; 8:24, 28; 13:19; 18:5f and oft.; s. on ἐγώ.—In a question μήτι ἐγώ εἰμι; surely it is not I? Mt 26:22, 25.
    to describe a special connection betw. the subject and a predicate noun ἡμεῖς ναὸς θεοῦ ἐσμεν ζῶντος we are a temple of the living God 2 Cor 6:16. ἡ ἐπιστολὴ ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are our letter (of recommendation) 3:2. σφραγίς μου τῆς ἀποστολῆς ὑμεῖς ἐστε you are the seal of my apostleship 1 Cor 9:2 and oft.
    in explanations:
    α. to show how someth. is to be understood is a representation of, is the equivalent of; εἰμί here, too, serves as copula; we usually translate mean, so in the formula τοῦτʼ ἔστιν this or that means, that is to say (Epict., Ench. 33, 10; Arrian, Tact. 29, 3; SIG 880, 50; PFlor 157, 4; PSI 298, 9; PMert 91, 9; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 16; ApcMos 19; Just., D. 56, 23; 78, 3 al.) Mk 7:2; Ac 19:4; Ro 7:18; 9:8; 10:6, 8; Phlm 12; Hb 7:5 al.; in the sense that is (when translated) (Polyaenus 8, 14, 1 Μάξιμος ἀνηγορεύθη• τοῦτο δʼ ἄν εἴη Μέγιστον) Mt 27:46; Ac 1:19. So also w. relative pron.: ὅ ἐστιν Mk 3:17; 7:11, 34; Hb 7:2. After verbs of asking, recognizing, knowing and not knowing (Antiphanes Com. 231, 1f τὸ ζῆν τί ἐστι;) μάθετε τί ἐστιν learn what (this) means Mt 9:13. εἰ ἐγνώκειτε τί ἐστιν 12:7; cp. Mk 1:27; 9:10; Lk 20:17; J 16:17f; Eph 4:9. W. an indir. question (Stephan. Byz. s.v. Ἀγύλλα: τὶς ἠρώτα τί ἂν εἴη τὸ ὄνομα) τί ἂν εἴη ταῦτα Lk 15:26; τί εἴη τοῦτο 18:36. τίνα θέλει ταῦτα εἶναι what this means Ac 17:20; cp. 2:12, where the question is not about the mng. of terms but the significance of what is happening.—Esp. in interpr. of the parables (Artem. 1, 51 p. 48, 26 ἄρουρα οὐδὲν ἄλλο ἐστὶν ἢ γυνή=field means nothing else than woman) ὁ ἀγρός ἐστιν ὁ κόσμος the field means the world Mt 13:38; cp. vss. 19f, 22f; Mk 4:15f, 18, 20; Lk 8:11ff (cp. Gen 41:26f; Ezk 37:11; Ath. 22, 4 [Stoic interpr. of myths]). On τοῦτό ἐστιν τὸ σῶμά μου Mt 26:26; Mk 14:22; Lk 22:19 and its various interpretations, see lit. s.v. εὐχαριστία. Cp. Hipponax (VI B.C.) 45 Diehl αὕτη γάρ ἐστι συμφορή=this means misfortune.
    β. to be of relative significance, be of moment or importance, amount to someth. w. indef. pron. εἰδωλόθυτόν τί ἐστιν meat offered to idols means anything 1 Cor 10:19. Esp. εἰμί τι I mean someth. of pers. 1 Cor 3:7; Gal 2:6; 6:3; and of things vs. 15. εἰμί τις Ac 5:36.—Of no account ἐμοὶ εἰς ἐλάχιστόν ἐστιν (telescoped fr. ἐλάχ. ἐστιν and εἰς ἐλάχ. γίνεται, of which there are many exx. in Schmid, I 398; II 161, 237; III 281; IV 455) it is of little or no importance to me 1 Cor 4:3.
    be in reference to location, persons, condition, or time, be
    of various relations or positions involving a place or thing: w. ἀπό: εἶναι ἀπό τινος be or come from a certain place (X., An. 2, 4, 13) J 1:44.—W. ἐν: ἐν τοῖς τ. πατρός μου in my father’s house Lk 2:49 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302 καταγωγὴ ἐν τοῖς Ἀντιπάτρου). ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mk 10:32. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ Mt 24:26. ἐν ἀγρῷ Lk 15:25. ἐν δεξιᾷ τ. θεοῦ at God’s right hand Ro 8:34; in heaven Eph 6:9.—W. εἰς: τὴν κοίτην Lk 11:7; τὸν κόλπον J1:18.—W. ἐπὶ w. gen. be on someth. of place, roof Lk 17:31; head J 20:7 (cp. 1 Macc 1:59); also fig., of one who is over someone (1 Macc 10:69; Jdth 14:13 ὁ ὢν ἐπὶ πάντων τῶν αὐτοῦ) Ro 9:5 (of the angel of death Mel., P. 20, 142 ἐπὶ τῶν πρωτοτόκων); also ἐπάνω τινός J 3:31.—W. dat. be at someth. the door Mt 24:33; Mk 13:29.—W. acc. be on someone: grace Lk 2:40; Ac 4:33; spirit (Is 61:1) Lk 2:25; εἶναι ἐπὶ τὸ αὐτό be in the same place, together (Gen 29:2 v.l.) Ac 1:15; 2:1, 44; 1 Cor 7:5.—W. κατά w. acc. εἶναι κατὰ τὴν Ἰουδαίαν be in Judea Ac 11:1; εἶναι ἐν Ἀντιοχείᾳ κατὰ τὴν οὖσαν ἐκκλησίαν were at Antioch in the congregation there 13:1.—W. ὑπό w. acc. τι or τινα of place be under someth. J 1:48; 1 Cor 10:1.—W. παρά w. acc. παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν by the sea- (i.e. lake-) shore Mk 5:21; Ac 10:6.—W. πρός τι be close to, facing someth. Mk 4:1.—W. adv. of place ἐγγύς τινι near someth. Ac 9:38; 27:8. μακρὰν (ἀπό) Mk 12:34; J 21:8; Eph 2:13; also πόρρω Lk 14:32. χωρίς τινος without someth. Hb 12:8. ἐνθάδε Ac 16:28. ἔσω J 20:26. ἀπέναντί τινος Ro 3:18 (Ps 35:2). ἐκτός τινος 1 Cor 6:18; ἀντίπερά τινος Lk 8:26; ὁμοῦ J 21:2; οὗ Mt 2:9; ὅπου Mk 2:4; 5:40. ὧδε Mt 17:4; Mk 9:5; Lk 9:33. Also w. fut. mng. (ESchwartz, GGN 1908, 161 n.; on the fut. use of the pres. cp. POxy 531, 22 [II A.D.] ἔστι δὲ τοῦ Τῦβι μηνὸς σοὶ ὸ̔ θέλεις) ὅπου εἰμί J 7:34, 36; 12:26; 14:3; 17:24. As pred., to denote a relatively long stay at a place, stay, reside ἴσθι ἐκεῖ stay there Mt 2:13, cp. vs. 15; ἐπʼ ἐρήμοις τόποις in lonely places Mk 1:45; ἦν παρὰ τὴν θάλασσαν he stayed by the lakeside 5:21.
    involving humans or transcendent beings: w. adv. ἔμπροσθέν τινος Lk 14:2. ἔναντί τινος Ac 8:21; ἐνώπιόν τινος Lk 14:10; Ac 4:19; 1 Pt 3:4; Rv 7:15; ἐντός τινος Lk 17:21; ἐγγύς τινος J 11:18; 19:20; Ro 10:8 (Dt 30:14).—W. prep. ἐν τινί equiv. to ἔκ τινος εἶναι be among Mt 27:56; cp. Mk 15:40; Ro 1:6. Of God, who is among his people 1 Cor 14:25 (Is 45:14; Jer 14:9); of the Spirit J 14:17. Of persons under Christ’s direction: ἐν θεῷ 1J 2:5; 5:20 (s. Norden, Agn. Th. 23, 1). ἔν τινι rest upon, arise from someth. (Aristot., Pol. 7, 1, 3 [1323b, 1] ἐν ἀρετῇ; Sir 9:16) Ac 4:12; 1 Cor 2:5; Eph 5:18.—εἴς τινα be directed, inclined toward Ac 23:30; 2 Cor 7:15; 1 Pt 1:21.—κατά w. gen. be against someone (Sir 6:12) Mt 12:30; Mk 9:40 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. ὑπέρ); Gal 5:23.—σύν τινι be with someone (Jos., Ant. 7, 181) Lk 22:56; 24:44; Ac 13:7; accompany, associate w. someone Lk 8:38; Ac 4:13; 22:9; take sides with someone (X., Cyr. 5, 4, 37; 7, 5, 77; Jos., Ant. 11, 259 [of God]) Ac 14:4.—πρός τινα be with someone Mt 13:56; Mk 6:3; J 1:1f. I am to be compared w. IMg 12.—μετά and gen. be with someone (Judg 14:11) Mt 17:17; Mk 3:14; 5:18; J 3:26; 12:17; ἔστω μεθʼ ὑμῶν εἰρήνη AcPlCor 2:40; of God, who is with someone (Gen 21:20; Judg 6:13 al.; Philo, Det. Pot. Ins. 4; Jos., Ant. 6, 181; 15, 138) Lk 1:66; J 3:2; 8:29; Ac 10:38 al.; also be with in the sense be favorable to, in league with (Ex 23:2) Mt 12:30; Lk 11:23; of punishment attending a pers. τὸ πῦρ ἐστι μετʼ αὐτοῦ AcPlCor 2:37.—παρά and gen. come from someone (X., An. 2, 4, 15; Just., D. 8, 4 ἔλεος παρὰ θεοῦ) fr. God J 6:46; 7:29; w. dat. be with, among persons Mt 22:25; Ac 10:6. W. neg. be strange to someone, there is no … in someone Ro 2:11; 9:14; Eph 6:9.—ὑπέρ w. gen. be on one’s side Mk 9:4 and Lk 9:50 (both opp. κατά); w. acc. be superior to (Sir 25:10; 30:16) Lk 6:40.
    of condition or circumstance: κατά w. acc. live in accordance with (Sir 28:10; 43:8; 2 Macc 9:20) κατὰ σάκρα, πνεῦμα Ro 8:5. οὐκ ἔστιν κατὰ ἄνθρωπον not human (in origin) Gal 1:11.—Fig. ὑπό w. acc. be under (the power of) someth. Ro 3:9; 6:14f; Gal 3:10, 25.—W. ἐν of existing ἐν τῷ θεῷ εἶναι of humankind: have its basis of existence in God Ac 17:28. Of states of being: ἐν δόξῃ 2 Cor 3:8; ἐν εἰρήνῃ Lk 11:21; ἐν ἔχθρᾳ at enmity 23:12; ἐν κρίματι under condemnation vs. 40. ἐν ῥύσει αἵματος suffer from hemorrhages Mk 5:25; Lk 8:43 (cp. Soph., Aj. 271 ἦν ἐν τῇ νόσῳ; cp. TestJob 35:1 ἐν πληγαῖς πολλαῖς). Periphrastically for an adj. ἐν ἐξουσίᾳ authoritative Lk 4:32. ἐν βάρει important 1 Th 2:7. ἐν τῇ πίστει true believers, believing 2 Cor 13:5. Be involved in someth. ἐν ἑορτῇ be at the festival=take part in it J 2:23. ἐν τούτοις ἴσθι devote yourself to these things 1 Ti 4:15 (cp. X., Hell. 4, 8, 7 ἐν τοιούτοις ὄντες=occupied w. such things; Jos., Ant. 2, 346 ἐν ὕμνοις ἦσαν=they occupied themselves w. the singing of hymns).—Fig., live in the light 1J 2:9; cp. vs. 11; 1 Th 5:4; in the flesh Ro 7:5; 8:8; AcPlCor 1:6. ἐν οἷς εἰμι in the situation in which I find myself Phil 4:11 (X., Hell. 4, 2, 1; Diod S 12, 63, 5; 12, 66, 4; Appian, Hann. 55 §228 ἐν τούτοις ἦν=he was in this situation; Jos., Ant. 7, 232 ἐν τούτοις ἦσαν=found themselves in this sit.; TestJob 35:6 ἐν τίνι ἐστίν; s. ZPE VIII 170). ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. Of characteristics, emotions, etc. ἔν τινί ἐστιν, e.g. ἀδικία J 7:18; ἄγνοια Eph 4:18; ἀλήθεια J 8:44; 2 Cor 11:10 (cp. 1 Macc 7:18); ἁμαρτία 1J 3:5.
    of time ἐγγύς of καιρός be near Mt 26:18; Mk 13:28. πρὸς ἑσπέραν ἐστίν it is toward evening Lk 24:29 (Just., D. 137, 4 πρὸς δυσμὰς … ὁ ἥλιός ἐστι).
    to be alive in a period of time, live, denoting temporal existence (Hom., Trag., Thu. et al.; Sir 42:21; En 102:5 Philo, De Jos. 17; Jos., Ant. 7, 254) εἰ ἤμεθα ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις τῶν πατέρων ἡμῶν if we had lived in the days of our fathers Mt 23:30. ὅτι οὐκ εἰσὶν because they were no more 2:18 (Jer 38:15). ἦσαν ἐπὶ χρόνον ἱκανόν (those who were healed and raised by Christ) remained alive for quite some time Qua.
    to be the time at which someth. takes place w. indications of specific moments or occasions, be (X., Hell. 4, 5, 1, An. 4, 3, 8; Sus 13 Theod.; 1 Macc 6:49; 2 Macc 8:26; Jos., Ant. 6, 235 νουμηνία δʼ ἦν; 11, 251): ἦν ὥρα ἕκτη it was the sixth hour (=noon acc. to Jewish reckoning) Lk 23:44; J 4:6; 19:14.—Mk 15:25; J 1:39. ἦν ἑσπέρα ἤδη it was already evening Ac 4:3. πρωί̈ J 18:28. ἦν παρασκευή Mk 15:42. ἦν ἑορτὴ τῶν Ἰουδαίων J 5:1. σάββατόν ἐστιν vs. 10 et al. Short clauses (as Polyaenus 4, 9, 2 νὺξ ἦν; 7, 44, 2 πόλεμος ἦν; exc. 36, 8 ἦν ἀρίστου ὥρα; Jos., Ant. 19, 248 ἔτι δὲ νὺξ ἦν) χειμὼν ἦν J 10:22; ἦν δὲ νύξ (sim. Jos., Bell. 4, 64) 13:30; ψύχος it was cold 18:18; καύσων ἔσται it will be hot Lk 12:55.
    to take place as a phenomenon or event, take place, occur, become, be, be in (Hom., Thu. et al.; LXX; En 104:5; 106:6.—Cp. Just., D. 82, 2 of Christ’s predictions ὅπερ καὶ ἔστι ‘which is in fact the case’.) ἔσται θόρυβος τοῦ λαοῦ a popular uprising Mk 14:2. γογγυσμὸς ἦν there was (much) muttering J 7:12. σχίσμα there was a division 9:16; 1 Cor 1:10; 12:25. ἔριδες … εἰσίν quarrels are going on 1:11. δεῖ αἱρέσεις εἶναι 11:19. θάνατος, πένθος, κραυγή, πόνος ἔσται Rv 21:4. ἔσονται λιμοὶ κ. σεισμοί Mt 24:7. Hence τὸ ἐσόμενον what was going to happen (Sir 48:25) Lk 22:49. πότε ταῦτα ἔσται; when will this happen? Mt 24:3. πῶς ἔσται τοῦτο; how can this be? Lk 1:34. Hebraistically (הָיָה; s. KBeyer, Semitische Syntax im NT, ’62, 63–65) καὶ ἔσται w. fut. of another verb foll. and it will come about that Ac 2:17 (Jo 3:1); 3:23 (w. δέ); Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).—W. dat. ἐστί τινι happen, be granted, come, to someone (X., An. 2, 1, 10; Jos., Ant. 11, 255; Just., D. 8, 4 σοὶ … ἔλεος ἔσται παρὰ θεοῦ) Mt 16:22; Mk 11:24; Lk 2:10; GJs 1:1; 4:3; 8:3; τί ἐστίν σοι τοῦτο, ὅτι what is the matter with you, that GJs 17:2.—Of becoming or turning into someth. become someth. εἰς χολὴν πικρίας εἶναι become bitter gall Ac 8:23. εἰς σάρκα μίαν Mt 19:5; Mk 10:8; 1 Cor 6:16; Eph 5:31 (all Gen 2:24. Cp. Syntipas p. 42, 24 οὐκ ἔτι ἔσομαι μετὰ σοῦ εἰς γυναῖκα); τὰ σκολιὰ εἰς εὐθείας Lk 3:5 (Is 40:4); εἰς πατέρα 2 Cor 6:18; Hb 1:5 (2 Km 7:14; 1 Ch 22:10; 28:6); εἰς τὸ ἕν 1J 5:8. Serve as someth. (IPriene 50, 39 [c. II B.C.] εἶναι εἰς φυλακὴν τ. πόλεως; Aesop., Fab. 28 H.=18 P.; 26 Ch.; 18 H-H. εἰς ὠφέλειαν; Gen 9:13; s. also εἰς 4d) 1 Cor 14:22; Col 2:22; Js 5:3.—Of something being ἀνεκτότερον ἔσται it will be more tolerable τινί for someone Lk 10:12, 14.
    to exist as possibility ἔστιν w. inf. foll. it is possible, one can (Περὶ ὕψους 6; Diog. L. 1, 110 ἔστιν εὑρεῖν=one can find; Just., A I, 59, 10 ἔστι ταῦτα ἀκοῦσαι καὶ μαθεῖν; D. 42, 3 ἰδεῖν al.; Mel., P. 19, 127); neg. οὐκ ἔστιν νῦν λέγειν it is not possible to speak at this time Hb 9:5. οὐκ ἔστιν φαγεῖν it is impossible to eat 1 Cor 11:20 (so Hom. et al.; UPZ 70, 23 [152/151 B.C.] οὐκ ἔστι ἀνακύψαι με πώποτε … ὑπὸ τῆς αἰσχύνης; 4 Macc 13:5; Wsd 5:10; Sir 14:16; 18:6; EpJer 49 al.; EpArist 163; Jos., Ant. 2, 335; Ath. 22, 3 ἔστιν εἰπεῖν).
    to have a point of derivation or origin, be,/come from somewhere ἐκ τῆς ἐξουσίας Ἡρῴδου from Herod’s jurisdiction Lk 23:7; ἐκ Ναζαρέτ (as an insignificant place) J 1:46; ἐκ τῆς γῆς 3:31; ἐκ γυναικός 1 Cor 11:8 al. ἐξ οὐρανοῦ, ἐξ ἀνθρώπων be of heavenly (divine), human descent Mt 21:25; Mk 11:30; Lk 20:4. Be generated by (cp. Sb 8141, 21f [ins I B.C.] οὐδʼ ἐκ βροτοῦ ἤεν ἄνακτος, ἀλλὰ θεοῦ μεγάλου ἔκγονος; En 106:6) Mt 1:20. Esp. in Johannine usage ἐκ τοῦ διαβόλου εἶναι originate from the devil J 8:44; 1J 3:8. ἐκ τοῦ πονηροῦ 3:12; ἐκ τοῦ κόσμου J 15:19; 17:14, 16; 1J 4:5. ἐκ τῆς ἀληθείας εἶναι 2:21; J 18:37 etc. Cp. 9 end.
    to belong to someone or someth. through association or genetic affiliation, be, belong w. simple gen. (X., Hell. 2, 4, 36; Iambl., Vi. Pyth. 33, 230 τῶν Πυθαγορείων) οἱ τῆς ὁδοῦ ὄντες those who belong to the Way Ac 9:2. εἰμὶ Παύλου I belong to Paul 1 Cor 1:12; 3:4; cp. Ro 8:9; 2 Cor 10:7; 1 Ti 1:20; Ac 23:6. ἡμέρας εἶναι belong to the day 1 Th 5:8, cp. vs. 5. W. ἔκ τινος 1 Cor 12:15f; Mt 26:73; Mk 14:69f; Lk 22:58 al. (cp. X., Mem. 3, 6, 17; oft LXX). ἐκ τοῦ ἀριθμοῦ τῶν δώδεκα belong to the twelve 22:3. ὅς ἐστιν ἐξ ὑμῶν who is a fellow-countryman of yours Col 4:9.—To belong through origin 2 Cor 4:7. Of Mary: ἦν τῆς φυλῆς τοῦ Δαυίδ was of David’s line GJs 10:1. Cp. 8 above.
    to have someth. to do with someth. or someone, be. To denote a close relationship ἐξ ἔργων νόμου εἶναι rely on legal performance Gal 3:10. ὁ νόμος οὐκ ἔστιν ἐκ πίστεως the law has nothing to do with faith vs. 12.—To denote a possessor Mt 5:3, 10; l9:14; Mk 12:7; Lk 18:16; 1 Cor 6:19. Esp. of God who owns the Christian Ac 27:23; 1 Cor 3:23; 2 Ti 2:19 (Num 16:5). οὐδʼ εἶναι τὸν κόσμον θεοῦ, ἀλλὰ ἀγγέλων AcPlCor 1:15 (cp. Just., A II, 13, 4 ὅσα … καλῶς εἴρηται, ἡμῶν τῶν χριστιανῶν ἐστι).—W. possess. pron. ὑμετέρα ἐστὶν ἡ βασιλεία Lk 6:20. οὐκ ἔστιν ἐμὸν δοῦναι Mk 10:40 (cp. Just., A I, 4, 2 ὑμέτερον ἀγωνιᾶσαί ἐστι ‘it is a matter for your concern’).—To denote function (X., An. 2, 1, 4) οὐχ ὑμῶν ἐστιν it is no concern of yours Ac 1:7—Of quality παιδεία οὐ δοκεῖ χαρᾶς εἶναι discipline does not seem to be (partake of) joy Hb 12:11.—10:39.
    as an auxiliary: very commonly the simple tense forms are replaced by the periphrasis εἶναι and the ptc. (B-D-F §352–55; Mlt. 225–27, 249; Mlt-H. 451f; Rdm.2 102, 105, 205; Kühner-G. I 38ff; Rob. 374–76, 1119f; CTurner, Marcan Usage: JTS 28, 1927 349–51; GKilpatrick, BT 7, ’56, 7f; very oft. LXX).
    (as in Hom et al.) w. the pf. ptc. to express the pf., plpf. and fut. pf. act. and pass. (s. Mayser 329; 377) ἦσαν ἐληλυθότες they had come Lk 5:17. ἦν αὐτῶν ἡ καρδία πεπωρωμένη their hearts were hardened Mk 6:52. ἠλπικότες ἐσμέν we have set our hope 1 Cor 15:19. ὁ καιρὸς συνεσταλμένος ἐστίν the time has become short 7:29. ἦν ἑστώς (En 12:3) he was standing (more exactly he took his stand) Lk 5:1.
    w. pres. ptc. (B-D-F §353).
    α. to express the pres. ἐστὶν προσαναπληροῦσα τὰ ὑστερήματα supplies the wants 2 Cor 9:12 (Just., A I, 26, 5 Μαρκίων … καὶ νῦν ἔτι ἐστὶ διδάσκων; Mel., P. 61, 441 ἐστὶν … κηρυσσόμενον).
    β. impf. or aor. ἦν καθεύδων he was sleeping Mk 4:38. ἦσαν ἀναβαίνοντες … ἦν προάγων 10:32; cp. Lk 1:22; 5:17; 11:14 al. (JosAs 1:3 ἦν συνάγων τὸν σίτον; Mel., P. 80, 580 ἦσθα εὐφραινόμενος). ἦν τὸ φῶς τὸ ἀλήθινόν … ἐρχόμενον εἰς τὸν κόσμον the true light entered the world J 1:9, w. ἦν introducing a statement in dramatic contrast to the initial phrase of vs. 8.—To denote age (Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 2 al. Jac.; POxy 275, 9 [66 A.D.] οὐδέπω ὄντα τῶν ἐτῶν; Tob 14:11) Mk 5:42; Lk 3:23; Ac 4:22; GJs 12:3.—Mussies 304–6.
    γ. fut. ἔσῃ σιωπῶν you will be silent Lk 1:20; cp. 5:10; Mt 24:9; Mk 13:13; Lk 21:17, 24 al.; 2 Cl 17:7 Bihlm. (the child) shall serve him (God).
    w. aor. ptc. as plpf. (Aelian, NA 7, 11; Hippiatr. 34, 14, vol. I p. 185, 3 ἦν σκευάσας; ISyriaW 2070b ἦν κτίσας; AcThom 16; 27 [Aa II/2 p. 123, 2f; p. 142, 10]; B-D-F §355 m.—JVogeser, Z. Sprache d. griech. Heiligenlegenden, diss. Munich 1907, 14; JWittmann, Sprachl. Untersuchungen zu Cosmas Indicopleustes, diss. Munich 1913, 20; SPsaltes, Gramm. d. byzant. Chroniken 1913, 230; Björck [διδάσκω end] 75; B-D-F §355). ἦν βληθείς had been thrown Lk 23:19; J 18:30 v.l.—GPt 6:23; 12:51. (Cp. Just., A II, 10, 2 διʼ εὑρέσεως … ἐστὶ πονηθέντα αὐτοῖς ‘they achieved through investigation’).
    Notice esp. the impersonals δέον ἐστίν it is necessary (Pla. et al.; POxy 727, 19; Sir praef. ln. 3; 1 Macc 12:11 δέον ἐστὶν καὶ πρέπον) Ac 19:36; εἰ δέον ἐστίν if it must be 1 Pt 1:6 (s. δεῖ 2a); 1 Cl 34:2; πρέπον ἐστίν it is appropriate (Pla. et al.; POxy 120, 24; 3 Macc 7:13) Mt 3:15; 1 Cor 11:13.
    In many cases the usage w. the ptc. serves to emphasize the duration of an action or condition (BGU 183, 25 ἐφʼ ὸ̔ν χρόνον ζῶσα ᾖ Σαταβούς); JosAs 2:1 ἦν … ἐξουθενοῦσα καὶ καταπτύουσα πάντα ἄνδρα). ἦν διδάσκων he customarily taught Mk 1:22; Lk 4:31; 19:47. ἦν θέλων he cherished the wish 23:8. ἦσαν νηστεύοντες they were keeping the fast Mk 2:18. ἦσαν συλλαλοῦντες they were conversing for a while 9:4. ἦν προσδεχόμενος he was waiting for (the kgdm.) 15:43. ἦν συγκύπτουσα she was bent over Lk 13:11.
    to emphasize the adjectival idea inherent in the ptc. rather than the concept of action expressed by the finite verb ζῶν εἰμι I am alive Rv 1:18. ἦν ὑποτασσόμενος he was obedient Lk 2:51. ἦν ἔχων κτήματα πολλά he was very rich Mt 19:22; Mk 10:22. ἴσθι ἐξουσίαν ἔχων you shall have authority Lk 19:17 (Lucian, Tim. 35 ἴσθι εὐδαιμονῶν). ἦν καταλλάσσων (God) was reconciling 2 Cor 5:19 (cp. Mel., P. 83, 622 οὗτος ἦν ὁ ἐκλεξάμενός σε; Ath. 15, 2 οὗτός ἐστιν ὁ … καρπούμενος).—LMcGaughy, Toward a Descriptive Analysis of ΕΙΝΑΙ as a Linking Verb in the Gk. NT, diss. Vanderbilt, ’70 (s. esp. critique of treatment of εἰμί in previous edd. of this lexicon pp. 12–15).—Mlt. 228. B. 635. DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > εἰμί

  • 17 CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. The Oxford Book of Portuguese Verse: XIIth Century-XXth Century. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1925, 1952 (2nd edition, B. Vi-digal, ed.).
       ■. Portuguese Literature. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922, 1970 (2nd edition, B. Vidigal, ed.).
       ■ Bleiberg, German, Maureen Ihrie, and Janet Pérez, eds. Dictionary of the Literature of the Iberian Peninsula, 2 vols. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1993.
       ■ Castro, Francisco Lyon de, ed. História da literatura portuguesa, 7 vols. Lisbon: Alfa, 2001-02.
       ■ Cidade, Hernani. Lições de Cultura e Literatura Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.
       ■ Cook, Manuela. Portuguese: A Complete Course for Beginners. London: Hodder and Stoughton, 1996. Figueiredo, Fidelino. História literária de Portugal. Coimbra, 1944. Gentile, Georges Le. La Littérature Portugaise. Rev. ed. Paris, 1951. Kunoff, Hugo. Portuguese Literature from Its Origins to 1990: A Bibliography Based on the Collections at Indiana University. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1994.
       ■ Longland, Jean. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry. A Bilingual Selection. Irvington-on-Hudson: Harvey House, 1966. Prado Coelho, Jacinto do. Dicionário das Literaturas Portuguesas, Galega e Brasileira, 3rd ed. Oporto, 1978. Rossi, Giuseppe C. Storia della letteratura portoghesa. Florence, 1953.
       ■ Santos, João Camilo dos. "Portuguese Contemporary Literature." In Antônio Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 218-42. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. História da cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-60.
       ■. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990 ed.
       ■, and Oscar Lopes. História da Literatura Portuguesa. Oporto and Coimbra, 1992 ed.
       ■ Seguier, Jaime de, ed. Dicionário Prático Ilustrado. Oporto: Lello, 1961 and later eds.
       ■ Simões, João Gaspar. História da poesia portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1955-56 and later eds.
       ■. História da poesia portuguesa do século XX. Lisbon, 1959 and later eds.
       ■ Stern, Irwin, ed.-in-chief. Dictionary of Brazilian Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1988.
       ■ TRAVEL AND TOURIST GUIDES ON PORTUGAL
       ■ Adragão, José Victor. The Algarve: The Land, the Sea and Its People. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Ballard, Sam, and Jane Ballard. Pousadas of Portugal: Unique Lodgings in State-owned Castles, Palaces, Mansions and Hotels. Boston: Harvard Common, 1986.
       ■ Bridge, Ann, and Susan Lowndes Marques. The Selective Traveller in Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1968.
       ■ Ellingham, Mark, et al. Portugal: The Rough Guide. London: Rough Guides, 2008 ed.
       ■ Hogg, Anthony. Travellers' Portugal. London: Solo Mio, 1983.
       ■ Kite, Cynthia, and Ralph Kite. Portuguese Country Inns & Pousadas. New York: Warner Books; Karen Brown's Country Inn Series, 1988.
       ■ Lowndes, Susan, ed. Fodor's Portugal 1991. New York: Fodor's, 1990.
       ■ Proença Raúl, and Sant'anna Dionísio, eds. Guía De Portugal. I. Generalidades. Lisboa E, Arredores. Lisbon: Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1924; 1983.
       ■ Robertson, Ian. Portugal: Blue Guide. London: Benn; New York: Norton, 2000 and later eds.
       ■ Stoop, Anne de. Living in Portugal. Paris and New York: Flammarion, 1995. Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Minho and North Portugal: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1968.
       ■. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.
       ■. Algarve: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1973.
       ■ HISTORY OF PORTUGAL Ancient and Medieval (2000 BCE-1415 CE)
       ■ Alarção, Jorge de. Roman Portugal. Volume I: Introduction. Warminster, U.K., 1988.
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História de Portugal. Vol. I. Coimbra, 1922. Arnaut, Salvador Dias. A Crise Nacional dos fins do século XVI. Vol. 1. Coimbra, 1960.
       ■ Baião, Antônio, Hernani Cidade, and Manuel Múrias, eds. História de Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40. Caetano, Marcello. Lições de História do Direito Português. Coimbra, 1962. Cortesão, Jaime. Os Factores Democráticos no Formação de Portugal. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999. Diffie, Bailey W. Prelude to Empire: Portugal Overseas before Henry the Navigator. Lincoln: University of Nebraska Press, 1960. Dutra, Francis A. "Portugal: To 1279." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 35-48. New York: Scribners, 1987.
       ■. "Portugal: 1279-1481." Dictionary of the Middle Ages. Vol. X: 48-56. New York: Scribners, 1987. Gama Barros, Henrique de. História de Administração Pública em Portugal nos séculos XII à XV, 11 vols. Lisbon, 1945-51. Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. A Economia dos Descobrimentos Henriquinos. Lisbon, 1962.
       ■ Gonzaga de Azevedo, Luís. História de Portugal, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1939-44.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. História de Portugal, 8 vols., 9th ed. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Kennedy, Hugh. Muslim Spain and Portugal: A Political History of al-Anda-lus. London: Longman, 1996.
       ■ Lencastre e Tavora, Luía Gonzaga. O Estudo da Sigilografia Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. The Origins of Spain and Portugal. London: Allen & Unwin, 1971.
       ■ Lopes, David. "Os Árabes nas obras de Alexandre Herculano." Boletim da Segunda Classe. Lisbon: Academia Real das Sciéncias, III (1909-10). MacKendrick, Paul. The Iberian Stones Speak. New York: Funk & Wagnalls, 1969.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro Soares. História Diplomática De Portugal [chapter I, 114315]. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Mattoso, José, ed. A Nobreza Medieval Portuguesa: A Família e o Poder. Lisbon: Estampa, 1981.
       ■. Religião e cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1982.
       ■. Identificaçao de um país ( ensaio sobre as orígens de Portugal), 2 vols. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.
       ■. Novos Ensaios de História Medieval Portuguesa. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1988.
       ■. Historia de Portugal. Vol. 2: A Monarquia Feudal ( 1096-1480). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. Hansa e Portugal na Idade Média. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■. Daily Life in Portugal in the Middle Ages. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1971.
       ■. "Introduçao à História da Cidade Medieval Portuguesa." Bracara Augusta XXV, 92-93 (January-December 1981): 367-87.
       ■. Guía do Estudante de História Medieval Portuguesa, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. Portugal Na Crise Dos Séculos XIV e XV-Vol. IV of Serrão and Oliveira Marques, Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Peres, Damião de, ed. História de Portugal. Vols. I, II. Barcelos, 1928-29.
       ■ Rau, Virginia. Subsídios para o estudo das Feiras Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1943.
       ■. Sesma'rias Medievais Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. "Portugal, formação de." Dicionário da História de Portugal. Vol. III, 432-51. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
       ■ Russell, P. E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955.
       ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. New York: Thames and Hudson, 1968.
       ■ Silva, Armando Coelho Ferreira. A Cultura Castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Pacos de Ferreira, 1986.
       ■ Varagnac, André. O Homem antes da Escrita ( Pre-história). Lisbon, 1963.
       ■ Azevedo, J. Lúcio de. História de António de Vieira, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1918-20.
       ■. Épocas de Portugal Económico. Lisbon, 1929.
       ■ Borges de Macedo, Jorge. Problemas de História de Indústria Portuguesa no Século X VIII. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. "Pombal." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. III, 415-23. Lisbon, 1968.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg, South Africa: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.
       ■. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.
       ■. João de Barros: Portuguese Humanist and Historian of Asia. New Delhi, India: Xavier Centre, 1981.
       ■ Cheke, Marcus. Dictator of Portugal: A Life of the Marquis of Pombal, 16991782. London: Sidgwick & Jackson, 1938.
       ■ Cunha, Luís da. Testamento Político. Lisbon, 1820.
       ■ Davidson, Lillias C. Catherine of Bragança. London: John Murray, 1908.
       ■ Dutra, Francis A. "Membership in the Order of Christ in the Seventeenth Century." The Americas 27 (1970): 3-25.
       ■ Eberlein, H. D., and R. W. Ramsdell. The Practical Book of Italian, Spanish and Portuguese Furniture. Philadelphia: Lippincott, 1927.
       ■ Ericeira, Luís de Meneses [Count of]. História de Portugal Restaurado, 4 vols. Oporto, 1945.
       ■ Fisher, H. E. S. "Anglo-Portuguese Trade, 1700-70." Economic History Review XVI, 2 (1963): 219-33.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal: 1691-1708. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.
       ■. Portugal, 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.
       ■ Hanson, Carl A. Economy and Society in Baroque Portugal, 1668-1703. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1981.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. New York: AMS Press, 1968 reprint.
       ■ Kendrick, T. D. The Lisbon Earthquake. London: Methuen, 1956.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Privileges of an Englishman in the Kingdom and Dominions of Portugal." Atlante 11 (1954): 57-77.
       ■ Macauley, Neil. Dom Pedro: The Struggle for Liberty in Brazil and Portugal, 1798-1834. Durham, N.C.: Duke University Press, 1986.
       ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.
       ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. London: Carcanet, 1990.
       ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. Prix et Monnaies au Portugal. Paris, 1955.
       ■. "Portugal and Her Empire." In New Cambridge Modern History. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1961): 509-10.
       ■ Mauro, Frédéric. Le Portugal et l'Atlantique au XVII siécle ( 1570-1670). Paris: SEVPEN, 1960.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Pombal and the Nationalization of the Luso-Brazilian Economy." Hispanic American Historical Review XLVIII (November 1968): 608-31.
       ■. Conflicts and Conspiracies: Brazil and Portugal, 1750-1808. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1973.
       ■ Norris, A. H., and R. W. Bremner. The Lines of Torres Vedras. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal, 1980.
       ■ Oliveira, Antônio de. A Vida Económica e Social de Coimbra de 1537 à 1640, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1971-72.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Royal Power and the Cortes in Portugal. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1927.
       ■. Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.
       ■. "The Mode of Government in Portugal during the Restoration [1640-68] Period." In Edgar Prestage, ed., Melange d'Etudes Portugaises Offerts a M. Georges Le Gentil, 265-70. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■ Rabassa, Gregory. "Padre Antônio Vieira: Portugal's Amazing Polymath." Camões Centre Quarterly 2, 3-4 (Autumn and Winter 1990): 27-32. Rau, Virginia. D. Catarina de Bragança: Rainha de Inglaterra. Lisbon, 1944. Ricard, Robert. "Prophecy and Messianism in the Works of Antônio Vieira." The Americas 37 (1960): 357-88.
       ■ Roche, T. W. E. Philippa: Dona Filipa of Portugal. London: Phillimore, 1971.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. The Travels of the Infante Dom Pedro of Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1961.
       ■ Rooney, Peter T. "Hapsburg Fiscal Policies in Portugal, 1580-1640." Journal of European Economic History 23, 3 (1994): 545-62.
       ■ Roth, Cecil. "The Religion of the Marranos." Jewish Quarterly Review 22 (1931): 1-33.
       ■. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.
       ■ Saraiva, Antônio José. Inquisição e Cristãos-Novos. Oporto, 1969.
       ■. A Inquisição Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969 and later eds.
       ■ Schneider, Susan. O Marquês De Pombal E O Vinho Do Porto: Dependência e subdesenvolvimento em Portugal no século XVIII. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Shaw, L. M. E. Trade, Inquisition and the English Nation in Portugal, 16401690. London: Carcancet, 1989.
       ■ Shillington, V. M., and A. B. W. Chapman. The Commercial Relations of England and Portugal. London: Routledge, 1907.
       ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.
       ■ Smith, John Athelstone [Conde de Carnota]. Marquis of Pombal, 2nd ed. London, 1872.
       ■ Thomas, Gerturde Z. Richer Than Spices. New York: Knopf, 1965. Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Baptista, Jacinto. O Cinco de Outubro. Lisbon, 1965. Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1969 ed.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. O desenvolvimento do capitalismo em Portugal no século XIX. Lisbon, 1981. Caetano, Marcello. História Breve das Constituções portuguesas. Lisbon, 1971 ed.
       ■ Carnota, Conde da. Memoirs of Marshal, the Duke of Saldanha, with Selections from His Correspondence, 2 vols. London: John Murray, 1880. Carvalho, Joaquim de. Estudos sobre a cultura portuguesa do século XIX. Coimbra, 1955.
       ■ Cheke, Marcus. Carlota Joaquina, Queen of Portugal. London: Sidgwick and Jackson, 1947.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. Zé Provinho na Obra de Rafael Bordalo Pinheiro. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Fuschini, Augusto. Liquidações políticas. Lisbon, 1896.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. Estrutura da Antiga Sociedade Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975 ed.
       ■ Hammond, Richard J. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.
       ■ Homem, Amadeu Carvalho. A Propaganda Republicana ( 1870-1910). Coimbra, 1990.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. Portugal: A Short History. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1973. Machado, Alvaro Manuel. A Geração de 70-uma revolução cultural e literária. Lisbon, 1986 ed.
       ■ Martins, Joaquim Pedro de Oliveira. Portugal Contemporâneo, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953 ed.
       ■ Medina, João. Eça Político. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Fontes Pereira de Melo. Oporto: Ed. Afrontamento, 1999.
       ■ Nobre, Eduardo. Paixoes Reais. Lisbon: Quimera, 2002.
       ■ Peres, Damião, ed. História de Portugal. Volume III. Barcelos, 1935 ed.
       ■ Ramos, Rui. D.Carlos. 1863-1908. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2006.
       ■. Liberal Reformism in Portugal. Oliveira Martins, the Movement for New Life and the Politics of the Constitutional Monarchy ( 1885-1908). Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1998.
       ■ Rorick, David. Maria da Fonte: History and Myth. M.A. thesis, History Department, Sonoma State University, Sonoma, Calif., 1984.
       ■ Sá, Vítor de. Perspectivas do Século XIX. Lisbon, 1964.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. Sampaio Bruno: O homem e o pensamento. Lisbon, 1958.
       ■. Temas Oitocentistas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1959-62.
       ■. "Liberalismo." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. II, 732-41. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■. Do Sebastianismo ao Socialismo. Lisbon, 1975 ed.
       ■ Silbert, Albert. Do Portugal de Antiga Regime ao Portugal Oitocentista. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Teles, Basílio. Do Ultimatum ao 31 de Janeiro. Lisbon, 1968 ed.
       ■ Parliamentary, Republican Portugal (1910-26)
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. A Cadeira do Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1980. Arriaga, Manuel de. Na primeira presidência da República Portugueza: Um rápido relatório. Lisbon, 1916.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey, F. G. In Portugal. London, 1912.
       ■. Portugal of the Portuguese. London: Pitman, 1915.
       ■ Bragança-Cunha, V. de. Revolutionary Portugal, 1910-1936. London: Swift, 1937.
       ■ Brandão, Raúl. Memórias, 3 vols. In Brandão, Obras Completas. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Burity, Braz [Pseudonym of Joaquim Madureira]. A Forja da Lei. Coimbra, 1915.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. Portugal Na Alvorada Do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. 'The Aesthetics of Nationalism: Modernism and Authoritarianism in Early 20th-Century Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 15-43. Campos, Ezequiel. Política. Oporto, 1924.
       ■ Cardia, Sottomayor, ed. Seara Nova: Antologia. Pela Reforma da República (1, 2) 1921-1926, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1971-72.
       ■ Carqueja, Bento. O Povo de Portugal. Oporto, 1916.
       ■ Chagas, João. Diário, 1914-1918, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1929-30.
       ■ Cortesão, Jaime. "Memórias da Grande Guerra." In Obras Completas de Jaime Cortesão. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. As Minhas Memórias, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1966-68.
       ■ Derou, Jean. Les Relations Franco-Portugaises ( 1910-1926). Paris: Publications de la Sorbonne, 1986.
       ■ Fazenda, Pedro. A Crise Política. Lisbon, 1926.
       ■ Ferrão, Carlos. História De la República. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Ferreira, David. "5 De Outubro de 1910." In Joel Serrão, ed., Dicionário de História De Portugal III (1968): 264-67. Ferreira Martins, Gen. Luís, ed. Portugal na Grande Guerra, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1945.
       ■ Gomes da Costa, Gen. Manuel. Memórias. Lisbon, 1930. História Política da Primeira República Portuguesa ( 1910-1915), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Lorenzo, Felix. Portugal ( cinco anos de republica). Madrid, 1915.
       ■ Machado, Bernardino. Depois de 21 de Maio. Lisbon, 1922.
       ■ Machado Santos, Antônio. 1907-1910: A revolução portugueza. Relatôrio.
       ■ Lisbon, 1911. Madureira, Arnaldo. 0 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Magno, David. Livro da Guerra de Portugal na Flandres. Oporto, 1920.
       ■. A Situação Portuguesa. Oporto, 1926.
       ■ Marques Guedes, Armando. Cinco Meses no governo. Oporto, 1926.
       ■ Martins, Rocha. Memórias sobre Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1921.
       ■, ed. História Contemporânea De Portugal: Primeira República, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. "Uma Aristocracia Operária: Os Chapeleiros (18701913)." Análise Social 60, 2nd series (1979). Montalvor, Luís de, ed. História de Regimen Republicano em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1930-32.
       ■ Oliveira, César. O Operariado E A República Democrática, 1910-1914. Oporto, 1972.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. "The Portuguese 1920s: A General Survey." Iberian Studies 2 (1973): 32-40.
       ■. História De la República Portuguesa: As Estruturas De Base, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1973-74.
       ■. O Terceiro Governo Afonso Costa 1917. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Pabôn, Jesus. La Revolución Portuguesa, 2 vols. Madrid, 1945-46; Portuguese edition: Lisbon, 1961. Paxeco, Oscar. Os Que Arrancaram Em 28 De Maio. Lisbon, 1937. Peres, Damião, ed. História De Portugal. Ediçao Monumental: Supplemento. Oporto, 1954.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. A Memória do Presidente Rei Sidónio Pais. Lisbon, 1928.
       ■ Relvas, José. Memórias Políticas, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1977-78.
       ■ Schwartzman, Kathleen C. "Lucros, investimentos e coligações políticas na I República." Análise Social XVIII, 72-71 (1982): 741-58.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. Liberalismo, socialismo e republicanismo. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Silva, Antônio Maria da. O Meu Depoimento, 2 vols. Mem Martins, 1978-82.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Poder e a guerra, 1914-1918. Lisbon: Estampa, 1996.
       ■, and Antônio Costa Pinto, eds. A Primeira República Portuguesa: Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 2000.
       ■ Telo, Antônio José. Decadência E Queda Da I República Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980-84.
       ■ Torre (Gomez), Hipôlito dela, and J. Sanchez Cervello. Portugal En El Siglo XX. Madrid: Ediciones Istmo: Colecciôn La Historia en sus textos, 1992.
       ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. "A República e as classes trabalhadores (Outubro 1910-Agosto 1911)." Análise Social IX, 31 (1972): 293-316.
       ■. O Poder e o Povo: A Revolução de 1910. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Veríssimo Serrao, Joaquim. História De Portugal. Volume XI: A Primeira República ( 1910-1926): História Política, Religiosa, Militar e Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain and Portugal, 1910-1916." Ph.D. dissertation, History, University of London, 1971.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese Revolution of 1910." Journal of Modern History 44 (June 1972): 172-94.
       ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978.
       ■. "Nightmare Republic: Portugal, 1910-1926." History Today (London) 32 (September 1981): 5-10.
       ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young: An Historical Study. Oxford, Clarendon Press, 1917.
       ■ Afonso, Rui. Injustiça: O Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.
       ■. Um Homem Bom: Aristides De Sousa Mendes, O " Wallenberg Portuguese' Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. Os Americanos E Portugal. Vol. 1. Os anos de Ricard Nixon, 1969-1974. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. Os Americanos e Portugal. 1961. Kennedy e Salazar: O Leão e a Raposa. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■. Salazar/Caetano. Cartas Secretas. 1932-1968. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1993.
       ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.
       ■. Portugal na guerra do petróleo: Os Açores E As Vitórias de Israel 1973. Lisbon: Edeline, 2000. Aquino, Acácio Tómas de. O Segredo das Prisões Atlânticas. Lisbon, 1978. Araquistain, Luis. "Dictatorship in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 7 (October 1928): 41-53.
       ■ Assac, Jacques Ploncard. Salazar. Paris: La Table Ronde, 1967.
       ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. "The Political Economy of Portugal's Old Regime: Growth and Change Preceding the 1974 Revolution." World Development 7, 8-9 (August-September 1979): 799-812.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Blume, Norman. "SEDES: An Example of Opposition in a Conservative Authoritarian State." Government and Opposition 12 (Summer 1977): 351-66.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. A origem da democracia-cristã em Portugal e o Sala-zarismo. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. "Notas para uma caracterização política do salazarismo." In Gabinete de Investigações Sociais. Análise Social: A Formação de Portugal Contemporâneo: 1900-1980. Vol. I, 72-74 (April-December 1981): 773-94.
       ■. "O Integralismo nas origens do Salazarismo." Análise Social XVIII (1982): 1409-19.
       ■. "A Oposição Eleitoral ao Salazarismo." Revista de História das Ideias V (1983).
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Sobre o fascismo e o seu avento em Portugal." Análise Social XII, 48 (1976), 873-915.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. A Missão Dos Dirigentes. Lisbon, 1966, 4th ed.
       ■. Depoimento. São Paulo, 1974.
       ■. As Minhas Memórias de Salazar. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Campinos, Jorge. A Ditadura Militar, 1926-1933. Lisbon, 1975. Carrilho, Maria. Forças Armadas e Mudança Política em Portugal no Século XX. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Carvalho, Otelo Saraiva de. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Castanheira, Jose Pedro and Valdemar Cruz. A Filha Rebelde. Lisbon: Temas & Debates, 2003.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, et al. O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, Lisbon, March 1980]. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. 'The Radical Right and the Military Dictatorship in Portugal: The National May 28 League (1928-1933)." Luso-Brazilian Review 23, 1 (Summer 1986): 1-15.
       ■. "O Salazarismo No Recente Investigação Sobre o Fascismo Europeu...." Análise Social XXV (1990): 695-713.
       ■. Salazar's Dictatorship and European Fascism: Problems of Interpretation. New York: Columbia University Press, 1995.
       ■. The Blue Shirts: Portuguese Fascists and the New State. New York: Columbia University Press, 2000.
       ■ Delgado, Humberto. The Memoirs of General Delgado. London: Cassell, 1964.
       ■. Memórias De Humberto Delgado. Iva Delgado and Antônio de Figueiredo, eds. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.
       ■ Duarte Silva, A. E., et al. Salazar E O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Egerton, F. C. C. Salazar, Rebuilder of Portugal. London: Hodder & Stoughton, 1943.
       ■ Ferraz, Artur Ivens. A Asenção de Salazar: Memórias de Ivens Ferraz. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■ Ferro, Antônio. Salazar: O Homem E A Sua Obra. Lisbon, 1933. English edition: Salazar: Portugal and Her Leader. London: Faber & Faber, 1939, and editions in other languages.
       ■ Figueiredo, Antônio. Portugal and Its Empire: The Truth. London: Gollancz, 1961.
       ■. "The Case Against Portugal." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 46-57. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■. Portugal. Fifty Years of Dictatorship. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1975.
       ■ Fox, Ralph. Portugal Now. London, 1937.
       ■ Freitas do Amaral, Diogo. O Antigo Regime E A Revolução. Memórias Políticas ( 1941-1975). Lisbon: Bertrand, 1995.
       ■ Fryer, Peter, and Patricia McGowan Pinheiro. Oldest Ally: A Portrait of Sala-zar's Portugal. London: Dobson, 1961.
       ■ Gallagher, Tom. "Controlled Repression in Salazar's Portugal." Journal of Contemporary History 14, 3 (July 1979): 385-403.
       ■. "The Mystery Train: Portugal's Military Dictatorship 1926-32." European Studies Review 11 (1981): 325-54.
       ■. "From Hegemony to Opposition: The Ultraright Before and After 1974." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 81-103. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. Portugal: A Twentieth Century Interpretation. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1983.
       ■ Galvão, Henrique. Santa Maria: My Crusade for Portugal. London: Weiden-feld and Nicholson, 1961.
       ■. Carta Aberta ao Dr. Salazar. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Gamier, Christine. Vacances avec Salazar. Paris, 1952; American edition: Salazar in Portugal: An Intimate Portrait. New York, 1954. Georgel, Jacques. O Salazarismo. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Gouveia, Fernando. Memórias de um Inspector da PIDE. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Portugal: The Bureaucracy of Empire." LADAC Occasional Papers series 2, 9 (1973). Austin, Tex.: Institute of Latin American Studies.
       ■. Portugal: The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.
       ■. "The Military in Politics: The Politicization of the Portuguese Armed Forces." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 221-56. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Guyomard, George. La Dictature Militaire au Portugal. Paris, 1927.
       ■ Janeiro, Helena Pinto. Salazar E Pétain. Relações Luso-Francesas Durante A II Guerra Mundial ( 1940-44). Lisbon: Cosmos, 1998.
       ■ Kay, Hugh. "A Catholic View." In Philip Mason, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 80-103. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.
       ■ Leeds, Elizabeth. "Labor Export, Development and the State: The Political Economy of Portuguese Emigration." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1984.
       ■ Lewis, Paul H. "Salazar's Ministerial Elite, 1932-1968."Journal of Politics 40 (August 1987): 622-47.
       ■ Lins, Alvaro. Missão em Portugal. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Linz, Juan. "Foreword." In L. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, xii-xi. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Lucena, Manuel. A evolução do sistema corporativo português, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "The Evolution of Portuguese Corporatism under Salazar and Caetano." In L. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 47-88. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ McCarthy, Mary. "Letter from Lisbon." The New Yorker XXX, 51 (February 5, 1955): 80-96.
       ■ Magalhães Godinho, Vitorino. O Socialismo e o Futuro da Peninsula. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■ Makler, Harry M. A " Elite" Industrial Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■. "The Portuguese Industrial Elite and Its Corporative Relations." Economic Development and Cultural Change 24, 3 (April 1976): 495-526.
       ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Opposition in Portugal." Government and Opposition 4 (Spring 1969): 250-63.
       ■. "Portugal." In S. J. Woolf, ed., European Fascism, 302-36. New York: Vintage, 1969.
       ■. "Introduction: Tristes durées." In R. Feijô, H. Martins and J. de Pina-Cabral, eds., Death in Portugal: Studies in Portuguese Anthropology and Modern History. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.
       ■ Medina, João. Salazar em França. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Ditadura: O " Estado Novo," 2 vols., in his História Contemporânea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros, ed. Dez Anos de Política Externa ( 1936-1947): A Nação Portuguesa e a Segunda Guerra Mundial, 12 vols., and in progress. Lisbon, 1964.
       ■ Mônica, Maria Filomena. Educação e Sociedade no Portugal de Salazar. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Nogueira, Alberto Franco. Salazar, 6 vols. Coimbra and Oporto, 1978-85.
       ■. História de Portugal, 1933-1974: II Supplemento. Oporto, 1981.
       ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.
       ■ Oliveira, César. Portugal e a II República de Espanha, 1931-l 936. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. Salazar E A Guerra Civil De Espanha, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. A Maçonaria Portuguesa e o Estado Novo. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. History of Portugal; 1 in 2 vols. New York: Columbia University Press, 1976 ed.
       ■. História de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: 1980 and later eds.
       ■, ed. A Literatura Clandestina Em Portugal, 1926-1932, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Patriarca, Fátima. A Questaão Social no Salazarismo. Vol. 1. Lisbon: INCM, 1995.
       ■. Sindicatos contra Salazar: A revolta do 18 de janeiro de 1934. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 2000. Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Payne, Stanley G. A History of Spain and Portugal. Volume 2. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1973.
       ■. "Salazarism: 'Fascism' or 'Bureaucratic Authoritarianism'?" In Estudos de história portuguesa: Homenagem à A. H. de Oliveira Marques. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Pereira, José Pacheco. Conflitos sociais nos campos do sul de Portugal. Mem Martins, 1978.
       ■. "Problemas da história do P. C. P." In A. Costa Pinto et al., eds., O Fascismo Em Portugal [Proceedings of Conference, University of Lisbon, March 1980], 269-85. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal durante a II Guerra Mundial. Em fuga de Hitler e do Holocausto. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2006.
       ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Dinossauro Excelentíssimo. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.
       ■ Presidência do Conselho de Ministros. Comissão do Livro Negro Sobre o Regime Fascista ["Black Book" series]. Eleições No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■. A Política De Informação No Regime Fascista, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■. Livros Proibidos No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■. Presos Políticos No Regime Fascista, 5 vols. Lisbon, 1981-87.
       ■. Relatórios Para Oliveira Salazar, 1931-1939. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■. Proibição Da " Time" No Regime Fascista [ Time magazine July 23, 1946, with Dr. Salazar on cover]. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. Os Estudantes No Regime Fascista. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Queiroga, Captain Fernando. Portugal Oprimido. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Raby, David L. "Populism and the Portuguese Left: From Delgado to Otelo." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 61-80. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Raby, Dawn Linda. "The Portuguese Presidential Election of 1949: A Successful Government Maneuver?" Luso-Brazilian Review 27, 1 (Summer 1990): 63-77.
       ■ Rêgo, Raúl. Diário Político. Lisbon, 1969; 1974, 2nd ed.
       ■. Horizontes Fechados. Oporto, 1970.
       ■. Horizontes Fechados/ Páginas de Política, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfrâmio. Lisbon, 1944.
       ■. Quando os Lobos Uivam. Lisbon, 1958; English ed. Patricia McGowan
       ■ Pinheiro, trans. London: Cape, 1963.
       ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London and Boston: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rocha, José Antônio De Oliveira. The Portuguese Administrative State. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, University of South Carolina, 1986.
       ■ Rosa, Frederico Delgado. Humberto Delgado. Biografia Do General Sem Medo. Lisbon: Esfera dos Livros, 2008. Rosas, Fernando. O Estado Novo Nos Anos Trinta: 1928-1938. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. Portugal Entre A Paz E A Guerra... 1939-1945. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■. O Estado Novo ( 1926-1974). Vol. VII of José Mattoso, ed. Historia De
       ■ Portugal. Lisbon: Edit. Estampa, 1994.
       ■. and Pedro Aires Oliveira (eds.). A Transicao Falhada. O Marcelismo e o Fim do Estado Novo ( 1968-1974). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.
       ■ Rudel, Christian. Salazar. Paris: Mercure de France, 1969.
       ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Uma Tentativa de Participação política. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■. A Liberalização bloqueada. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■. Vale a Pena ser Deputado? Fundão, 1973.
       ■ Salazar, Antônio de Oliveira. Discursos E Notas Políticas. [Speeches, Broadcasts, Notes and Statements, 1928-1966, 6 vols. Coimbra, 1935-1966]. Several editions.
       ■. Doctrine and Action: Internal and Foreign Policy of the New Portugal, I928-1939. Robert Edgar Broughton, trans. London: Faber & Faber, 1939.
       ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.
       ■. The Road for the Future [Speeches, statements of policy made during 1928-62]. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. Entrevistas: 1960-1966 [interviews]. Coimbra, 1967.
       ■. Salazar: Pensamento e doutrina política. Textos anthológicos. [Anthology of speeches, writings, interviews granted, 1914-68]. Mendo C. Henriques and Gonçalo de Sampaio e Melo, eds. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Santana, Emilio. Historia de um Atentado. O atentado contra Salazar. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. Corporatism and Public Policy in Authoritarian Portugal. London: Sage, 1975.
       ■. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (Nov. 1975): 5-33.
       ■. "The Impact and Meaning of Elections in Authoritarian Portugal, 1933-74." In G. Hermet et al., eds., Elections Without Choice. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1978.
       ■. "'The 'Regime d'exception' That Became the Rule: Forty-Eight Years of Authoritarian Domination in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Mak-ler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 3-46. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Gerhard Lehmbruch, eds. Trends towards Corporatist Intermediation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1979.
       ■ Shelton, Richard L. "Development of the Communist Party of Portugal, 1921-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, St. Louis University, 1984.
       ■ Silva, José. Memórias de um operário. Vol. 2. Oporto, 1971. Soares, Mário. Escritos Políticos. Lisbon, 1969.
       ■. Portugal Bailloné. Paris, 1972; Portuguese edition: Portugal Amordaçado, Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Portugal's Struggle for Liberty. Translated by Mary Gawsworth. London: Allen & Unwin, 1975.
       ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974; English edition: Johannesburg: Perskor, 1974.
       ■ Teixeira, Luis [Sampaio]. Perfil de Salazar. Lisbon, 1938.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. "From Neutrality to Alignment: Portugal in the Foundation of the Atlantic Pact." EUI: Working Papers in History. Florence, Italy: European University Institute, 1991.
       ■ Telo, Antônio José. Portugal na Segunda Guerra. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■. A Neutralidade Portuguesa e o Ouro Nazi. Lisbon: Quetzal, 2000.
       ■ Teotônio Pereira, Pedro. Memórias, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1972-73.
       ■ Vasco, Nuno. Vigiados e perseguidos. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Veríssimo, Serrão. Marcelo Caetano: Confidencias No Exílio. Lisbon, 1985. Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. West, S. George. The New Corporative State of Portugal [Inaugural lecture, King's College, London, Feb. 1937]. London: New Temple Press, 1937. Wheeler, Douglas L. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.
       ■. "Days of Wine and Carnations: The Portuguese Revolution of [April 25] 1974." Bulletin. New Hampshire Council on World Affairs XX (July 1974): 1-10.
       ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Jacques Frémontier, ed., Les Hommes d'Siecle XX: Les Dictateurs. Paris: Mazenod, 1978.
       ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926- 1974." In S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■. "In the Service of Order: The Portuguese Dictatorship's Political Police (PVDE; PIDE) and the British, German and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 24, 2 (January 1983): 1-25.
       ■. Republican Portugal: A Political History, 1910-1926. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978. Portuguese edition: História Política de Portugal, 1910-l926. Mem Martins, 1985.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review [two part article] 12, 1-2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27.
       ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa, 1926-1933. Mem Martins, 1988.
       ■. "The Third Pig: From Theory to Grubby Fact in Reassessing the Estado Novo." In B. F. Taggie and R. W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 145-68. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State Press, 1989.
       ■. "And Who Is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 26, 1 (Summer 1989): 119-39.
       ■. "Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970)." In Research Guide to European Historical Biography. Vol. 3. Washington, D.C.: Beacham, 1992.
       ■. "'Estado Presente de tranquilidade,' posto em causa: Portugal observado e analisado no contexto internacional de 1958-59." In Iva Delgado, Carlos Pacheco, and Telmo Faria, eds., Humberto Delgado: As eleições de 58, 448-71. Lisbon: Vega, 1998.
       ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. New York: Praeger and London: Pall Mall, 1971; reprinted: Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977.
       ■ Wiarda, Howard J. "Toward a Framework for the Study of Political Change in Iberic-Latin Tradition: The Corporative Model." World Politics 25 (January 1973): 206-35.
       ■. Corporatism and Development: The Portuguese Experience. Amherst: University of Massachusetts Press, 1977.
       ■. "The Corporatist Tradition and the Corporative System in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal. The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 89-122. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Afonso, Rui. Um Homem Bom. Aristides De Sousa Mendes O " Wallenberg Portugues." Lisbon: Caminho, 1995.
       ■. Injustica-o Caso Sousa Mendes. Lisbon: Caminho, 1990.
       ■ Agudo, Manuel Ros. La Guerra Secreta de Franco ( 1939-1945). Barcelona, 2002.
       ■ Barreiros, Jose Antonio. A Lusitania Dos Espioes. Lisbon: Hugin, 1995.
       ■. O Espiao Alemao Em Goa. Operacao Long Shanks, 1943. Lisbon, 2001.
       ■ Beevor, J. G. SOE. Recollections and Reflections 1940-45. London, 1981. Bloch, Michael. Operation Willi: The Plot to Kidnap the Duke of Windsor July 1940. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1984. Carrilho, Maria et. al., Portugal Na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Contributos para uma reavaliacao. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1989. Cole, Robert. Britain and the War of Words in Neutral Europe, 1939-45. New York: St. Martin's, 1990. Colvin, Ian. Flight 777. London: Evans, 1957. Dias, Mariana Tavares. Lisboa nos Anos 40. Lisbon: Quimera, 1997. Eizenstadt, Stuart E. Coord. U.S. and Allied Efforts to Recover and Restore Gold and Other Assets Stolen or Hidden by Germany during World War II. New York, 2001.
       ■ Fralon, Jose-Alain. A Good Man in Evil Times. The Story of Aristides De Sousa Mendes: The Man Who Saved the Lives of Countless Refugees in World War II. New York: Carroll & Graf, 2001.
       ■ Giraudoux, Jean. Portugal. Paris: Grasset, 1958.
       ■ Johns, Philip. Within Two Cloaks. Missions With SIS and SOE. London, 1979.
       ■ Koestler, Arthur. Arrival and Departure. London, 1943.
       ■ Leitz, Christian. Sympathy for the Devil: Neutral Portugal and Nazi Germany in World War II. New York, 2001.
       ■ Louca, Antonio. Hitler e Salazar. Comercio em tempos de Guerra 1940-1944. Lisbon, 2000.
       ■ Luca, Antonio. "Portugal's Double Game: Between the Nazis and the Allies." In Avi Beker, ed., The Plunder of Jewish Property during the Holocaust. Confronting European History. New York, 2001. MacIntyre, Ben. Agent Zigzag. New York: Harmony, 2007. Martins, Maria Joao. O Paraiso Triste. O Quotidiano em Lisboa durante a II Grande Guerra. Lisbon: Vega, 1994. Masterman, J.C. The Double-Cross System in the War of 1939 to 1945. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1972. Muggeridge, Malcolm. Chronicles of Wasted Time. Chronicle 2: The Infernal Grove. New York: William Morrow, 1974.
       ■ Nery, Julia. O Consul. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1991.
       ■ Pimentel, Irene Flunser. Judeus em Portugal na Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 2006.
       ■ Popov, Dusko. Spy/ Counterspy. London, 1974.
       ■ Prokosch, Frederick. The Conspirators. New York, 1943.
       ■ Remarque, Erich Maria. The Night in Lisbon. New York, 1966.
       ■ Ribeiro, Aquilino. Volfarmio Romance. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1943.
       ■ Rosas, Fernando. Portugal entre a Paz e a Guerra. Lisbon: Estampa, 1990.
       ■ Saint-Exupery, Antoine. Wartime Writings, 1939-1944. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1986.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano, ed. Portugal E A Guerra. Historia das Intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais seculos XIX e XX. Lisbon: Colibri, 1998.
       ■ Telo, Antonio Jose. Propagandal E Guerra Secreta Em Portugal 1939-45. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■. Portugal na Segunda Guerra ( 1941-1945), 2 vols. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■. Os Acores E O Controlo Do Atlantico ( 1898/ 1948). Lisbon: Ed. Asa, 1993.
       ■. A neutralidade portuguesa e o ouro nazi. Lisbon, 2000.
       ■ Vintras, R.E. The Portuguese Connection: The Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman and Turner, 1974. Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Age Old Business of Espionage." 1987 World Book Year Book. Chicago, 1987.
       ■. "'In the Service of Order.' The Portuguese Political Police and the British, Germany and Spanish Intelligence [Services]." Journal of Contemporary History 36: no. 3 (Jan. 1983), 1-25.
       ■. "And Who is My Neighbor? A World War II Hero of Conscience for Portugal." Luso-Brazilian Review 23 (no. 2) (Summer 1989), 119-39.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question, and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, WI), 23 (nos.1, 2) (Summer, 1986; Winter, 1986). 97-111; 108-127.
       ■. "Last of the Great Air Mysteries of the War [World War II]." Bridport and Lyme Regis Gazette (Dorset, U.K.), June 5, 2003, 24-25.
       ■. "Leslie Howard Helped Win World War II," St. Louis Post-Dispatch (St. Louis, Mo.), April 3, 5, 2005.
       ■ Wilson, Robert. A Small Death in Lisbon. London, 2000.
       ■. The Company Of Strangers. San Diego, 2002.
       ■ Wylie, Neville. "An Amateur Learns His Job? Special Operations Executive in Portugal, 1940-42." Journal of Contemporary History. 36: no. 3 (2001), 441-57.
       ■ The Military
       ■ Ferreira Martins, General. Historia do Exercito Portugues. Lisbon: Inquerito, 1945.
       ■ Kaulza de Arriaga, General. Guerra e Politica. Em nome da verdade. Os anos decisivos. Lisbon: Referendo, 1987.
       ■ Pereira Marques, Fernando. Exercito e Sociedade em Portugal. No Declinio do Antigo Regime e advento do Liberalismo. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm, 1977.
       ■ Ribeiro Dos Santos, Antonio Pedro. O Estado E A Order Publica. As Institui-coes Militares Portuguesas. Lisbon: Instituto Superior De Ciencias Sociais E Politicas, 1999.
       ■ Saraiva de Carvalho, Otelo. Alvorada em Abril. Amadora (Portugal): Bertrand, 1977.
       ■ Selvagem, Carlos. Portugal Militar. Compendio de Historia Militar e Naval de Portugal. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional, 1931.
       ■ Spinola, Antonio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon: Arcadia, 1974.
       ■. Pais Sem Rumo. Contributo para a historia de uma Revolucao. Lisbon: Scire, 1978.
       ■ Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. Portugal e a Guerra. Historia das intervencoes militares portuguesas nos grandes conflitos mundiais do seculo XX. Lisbon: Ed. Colibri, 1999.
       ■. Coord., Nova Historia Militar de Portugal, 5 vols. Lisbon: Circulo de Leitores, 2003-.
       ■ Valente, Vasco Pulido. O Poder e o Povo. A Revolucao de 1910. Lisbon: Moraes, 1976, 1982.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. Republican Portugal: A Political History ( 1910-1926). Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1978, 1998.
       ■. A Ditadura Militar Portuguesa ( 1926-1933). Mem Martins: Europa- America, 1988.
       ■. "The Military and the Portuguese Dictatorship, 1926-1974: "The Honor of the Army." In Lawrence S. Graham and Harry M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. 191-219. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. "Hidden Fluidity in an Ultra-Stable Party System." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 101-27. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel, ed. Sistema Eleitoral Portugües: Debate Político e Parlamentar. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional/ Casa da Moeda, 1998.
       ■, ed. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." In Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer, 2000): 1-404.
       ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.
       ■ Bruneau, Thomas C., ed. Political Parties and Democracy in Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1997. Carlucci, Frank. "Confiei no Povo Portugues." Visao (Lisbon), April 10, 1997, 46-47.
       ■. "The View from the U.S. Embassy." In Hans Binnendijk, ed., Authoritarian Regimes in Transition. Washington, D.C.: U.S. Dept. of State, Foreign Service Institute, Center for the Study of Foreign Affairs, 1987.
       ■ Coelho, Mário Baptista, ed. Portugal. O Sistema Política a Constitucional, 1974-87. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, UNL, 1989.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antonio. "Settling Accounts with the Past in a Troubled Transition to Democracy: The Portuguese Case." In Alexandra Barahona De Brito, Carmen Gonzalez-Enriquez, and Paloma Aguilar, eds., The Politics of Memory: Transitional Justice in Democratizing Societies, 65-91. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 2001.
       ■ Cruzeiro, Maria Manuela. Costa Gomes-o Ultimo Marechal. Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 1998.
       ■ Domingos, Emídio Da Veiga. Portugal Político. Análise das Instituiçoes. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Goldey, David. "Elections and the Consolidation of Portuguese Democracy: 1974-1983." Electoral Studies 2, 3 (1983): 229-40.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. "Institutionalizing Democracy: Governance in Post-1974 Portugal." In Ali Farazmand, ed., Handbook of Comparative and Development Public Administration, 81-90. New York: Dekker, 1991.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Gunther, Richard. "Spain and Portugal." In G. A. Dorfman and P. J. Duignan, eds., Politics in Western Europe, 186-236. Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1988.
       ■ Magone, José Maria. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. Basingstoke, U.K.: Macmillan, 1997.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.
       ■, ed. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth R., and Scott C. Monje, eds. Portugal: The Constitution and the Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-1989. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Camões Center Special Report No. 2, Columbia University, 1991.
       ■ Opello, Walter C., Jr. "The New Parliament in Portugal." Legislative Studies Quarterly, 3 (May 1978): 309-334.
       ■. "Local Government and Political Culture in a Portuguese Rural County." Comparative Politics 13 (April 1981): 271-89.
       ■. "Portugal's Administrative Elite: Social Origins and Political Attitudes." West European Politics 6 (Jan. 1983): 63-74.
       ■. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.
       ■ Pinto Balsemão, Francisco. "The Constitution and Politics: Options for the Future." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 197-232. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Sartori, Giovanni. "Portugal." In Sartori, G, ed., Parties and Party Systems. Vol. 1, 131-45. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976. Secretary of State for Mass Communications. Constitution of the Portuguese Republic [1976]. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Aguiar, Joaquim. A Ilusão do poder: Analise do Sistema Partidário, 19761982. Lisbon, 1983. Almeida, Diniz de. Orígens e Evolução do Movimento dos Capitães. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■. Ascensao, Apogeu e Queda do MFA, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Alves, Márcio Moreira. Les Soldats Socialistes du Portugal. Paris: Gallimard, 1975.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. Sá Carneiro: Um Meteoro Nos Anos Setenta. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■. O Segredo do 25 de Novembro. Mem Martins, 1983.
       ■ Arouca, Manuel. Os Filhos Da Costa Do Sol. Mem Martins, 1989. Audibert, Pierre, and Daniel Brignon. Portugal: Les nouveaux centurions. Paris, 1974.
       ■ Baptista, Jacinto. Caminhos para uma revolução. Lisbon, 1975. Barreto, Antônio. Memórias da Reforma Agrária. Mem Martins: Europa-Amé-rica, 1983.
       ■, and C. V. Preto, eds. A Situação Social em Portugal, 1960-1996. Lisbon: Instituto de Ciências Sociais, 1996.
       ■ Bermeo, Nancy Gina. "Worker Management in Industry: Reconciling Representative Government and Industrial Democracy in a Polarized Society." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 181-98. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. The Revolution within the Revolution: Workers' Control in Rural Portugal. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■ Braeckman, Colette. Portugal: Revolution surveilée. Brussels: Rossei, 1975.
       ■ Braga da Cruz, Manuel. "O Presidente da República na génese e evolução do sistema de governor portugües." Análise social XXIX, 125-26 (1994): 237-65.
       ■, coord. "Portugal Político 25 Anos Depois." Análise Social XXXV, 154/155 (Summer 2000): 1-404. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Popular Support for Democracy in Post-revolutionary Portugal: Results from a Survey." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 21-42. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. Politics and Nationhood: Post-Revolutionary Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1984.
       ■. "Portugal Fifteen Years after the April Revolution." Field Staff Reports ( 1989-90/ No. 1, Europe), 3-11. Indianapolis, Ind.: Universities Field Staff International, 1990.
       ■, and Alex Macleod. Politics in Contemporary Portugal: Parties and the Consolidation of Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1986.
       ■ Carvalho, Ortelo Saraiva de. Cinco Meses Mudaram Portugal. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. Alvorada em Abril. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Cid, Augusto. PREC-Processo Revolucionário Eventualmente Chocante. Viseu, 1977.
       ■ Costa Lobo, Marina, and Pedro C. Magalhaes. "From 'Third Wave' to 'Third Way': Europe and the Portuguese Socialists (1975-1999)," Journal of Southern Europe and the Balkans 3, no. 1 (2001), 25-35.
       ■ Costa Pinto, Antônio, ed. Modern Portugal. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■, and Nuno Severiano Teixeira, eds. Southern Europe and the Making of the European Union. New York: Columbia Univ. Press, 2002.
       ■ Cunhal, Alvaro. A Revolução Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone. Portugal's Secret Jews: The End of an Era. Rumford, R.I.: Peregrinação Publications, 1999.
       ■ Downs, Charles. "Comissões de Moradores and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." International Journal of Urban and Regional Research 4 (1986): 267-94.
       ■. Revolution at the Grassroots: Community Organizations in the Portuguese Revolution. Albany: State University of New York Press, 1989.
       ■ Dufour, Jean-Marc. Prague sur Tage. Paris, 1975.
       ■ Durão Barroso, José. Le systémepolitiqueportugais face à l'intégration euro-péenne. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Eisfeid, Rainer. "Portugal: What Role/What Future?" In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution. New York: RIIC, Columbia University, 1984.
       ■. Sozialistischer Pluralismus in Europa: Ansãtze und Scheitern am Beispiel Portugal. Cologne: Verlag Wissenchaft ünd Politik, 1985.
       ■. "Portugal and Western Europe." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 29-62. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Farinha, Luis. "Regresso a Europa. Uma opcao feliz." Historia. XXIX; 95, III series (March 2007), 23-33.
       ■ Faye, Jean-Pierre, ed. Portugal: The Revolution in the Labyrinth. Nottingham, U.K.: Spokesman, 1976. Ferreira, Hugo Gil, and Michael W. Marshall. Portugal's Revolution: Ten Years On. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1986. Figueira, João Costa. Cavaco Silva: Homem de Estado. Lisbon, 1987. Filoche, Gérard. Printemps Portugais. Paris: Editions Action, 1984. Frémontier, Jacques. Os Pontos nos ii. Lisbon, 1976. Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian. 25 de Abril-10 anos depois. Lisbon, 1984. Futscher Pereira, Bernardo. "Portugal and Spain." In K. Maxwell, ed. Portugal in the 1980s, 63-87. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Gama, Jaime. Política Externa Portuguesa 1983-85: Ministério dos Negôcios Estrangeiros. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. "Preface." In J. Calvet de Magalhães, A. de Vasconcelos, and J. Ramos Silva, eds., Portugal: An Atlantic Paradox, 9-11. Lisbon, 1990. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino. As Eleições De 25 De Abril: Geografia E Imagem Dos Partidos. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "10 Anos de Democracia: Reflexos na geografia política." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opelio, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal 1974-1984/ Conflitos e Mudanças em Portugal, 1974-1984, 135-55. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■, et al. As Eleições para assembleia da república, 1979-1983: Estudos de geografia eleitoral. Lisbon, 1984. Gaspar, Jorge, and Nuno Vitorino, eds. Portugal em mapas e em números. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Giaccone, Fausto. Una Storia Portoghese/ Uma História Portuguesa. Palermo: Randazzo Focus, 1987.
       ■ Gladdish, Ken. "Portugal: An Open Verdict." In Geoffrey Pridham, ed. Securing Democracy: Political Parties and Democratic Consolidation in Southern Europe, 104-25. London and New York: Routledge, 1990.
       ■ Graham, Lawrence S. The Decline and Collapse of an Authoritarian Order. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1975.
       ■, and Harry M. Makler, eds. Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■, and Douglas L. Wheeler, eds. In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Grayson, George W. "Portugal and the Armed Forces Movement." Orbis XIX, 2 (Summer 1975): 335-78.
       ■ Green, Gil. Portugal's Revolution. New York: International, 1976.
       ■ Hammond, John L. Building Popular Power: Workers' and Neighborhood Movements in the Portuguese Revolution. New York: Monthly Review Press, 1988.
       ■ Harsgor, Michael. Naissance d'un Nouveau Portugal. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1975.
       ■. Portugal in Revolution. Washington, D.C.: CSIS and Sage, 1976.
       ■ Harvey, Robert. Portugal, Birth of a Democracy. London: Macmillan, 1978.
       ■ Herr, Richard, ed. Portugal: The Long Road to Democracy and Europe. Berkeley, Calif.: International and Area Studies, 1992.
       ■ Insight Team of the Sunday [London] Times. Insight on Portugal: The Year of the Captains. London: Deutsch, 1975.
       ■ Janitschek, Hans. Mario Soares: Portrait of a Hero. London: Weidenfeld & Nicolson, 1985.
       ■ Keefe, Eugene K., et al. Area Handbook for Portugal, 1st ed. Washington, D.C.: Foreign Area Studies of American University, 1977. Kramer, Jane. "A Reporter at Large: The Portuguese Revolution." The New Yorker (Dec. 15, 1975): 92-131.
       ■ Lauré, Jason, and Ettagal Lauré. Jovem Portugal: After the Revolution. New York: Straus, Farrar and Giroux, 1977.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. A New History of Portugal. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1976.
       ■ Lourenço, Eduardo. Os Militares e O Poder. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. O Fascismo Nunca Existiu. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. "Identidade e Memôria: o caso português." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-l 984, 17-22. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■. "A herança de duas revoluções." In M. Baptista Coelho, ed., Portugal: O Sistema Político e Constitucional, 1974-87, 505-55. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Macedo, Jorge Braga de, and S. Serfaty. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. New York: Praeger, 1981.
       ■ Magone, José M. European Portugal: The Difficult Road to Sustainable Democracy. New York: St. Martin's, 1997. Mailer, Phil. Portugal: The Impossible Revolution. London: Solidarity, 1977. Manta, João Abel. Cartoons/ 1969-1975. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Manuel, Paul C. Uncertain Outcome: The Politics of Portugal's Transition to Democracy. Lanham, Md. and London: University Press of America, 1994.
       ■ Mateus, Rui. Contos Proibidos. Memorias de Um PS Desconhecido, 3rd ed. Lisbon: Dom Quixote, 1996.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth. "Portugal under Pressure." The New York Review of Books (May 2, 1974).
       ■. "The Hidden Revolution in Portugal." The New York Review of Books (April 17, 1975).
       ■. "The Thorns of the Portuguese Revolution." Foreign Affairs 54, 2 (Jan. 1976): 250-70.
       ■. "The Communists and the Portuguese Revolution." Dissent 27, 2 (Spring 1980): 194-206.
       ■. Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■. The Making of Portuguese Democracy. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1995.
       ■, ed. "Portugal: Toward the Twenty-First Century." Camoes Center Quarterly 5, 3-4 (Fall 1995): 6-55.
       ■, ed. The Press and the Rebirth of Iberian Democracy. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1983.
       ■. Portugal Ten Years after the Revolution: Reports of Three Columbia University-Gulbenkian Workshops. New York: Research Institute on International Change, Columbia University, 1984.
       ■ Maxwell, Kenneth, and Michael H. Haltzel, eds. Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.
       ■ Medeiros Ferreira, José. Ensaio Histórico sobre a revolução do 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Medina, João, ed. Portugal De Abril: Do 25 Aos Nossos Dias. In Medina, ed., História Contemporãnea De Portugal. Lisbon, 1985. Merten, Peter. Anarchismus ünd Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libertare, 1981.
       ■ Miranda, Jorge. Constituição e Democracia. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■. A Constituição de 1976. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Morrison, Rodney J. Portugal: Revolutionary Change in an Open Economy. Boston: Auburn House, 1981.
       ■ Mujal-Leôn, Eusebio. "The PCP [Portuguese Communist Party] and the Portuguese Revolution." Problems of Communism 26 (Jan.- Feb. 1977): 21-41.
       ■ Neves, Mário. Missão em Moscovo. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Oliveira, César. M. F. A. e Revolução Socialista. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■. Os Anos Decisivos: Portugal 1962-1985. Um testemunho. Lisbon: Presença, 1993.
       ■ Opello, Waiter C., Jr. Portugal's Political Development: A Comparative Approach. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1985.
       ■. Portugal: From Monarchy to Pluralist Democracy. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1991.
       ■ Pell, Senator Claiborne H. Portugal ( Including the Azores and Spain) in Search of New Directions: Report to the Committee on Foreign Relations, U.S. Senate. Washington, D.C.: Government Printing Office, 1976.
       ■ Pereira, J. Pacheco. "A Case of Orthodoxy: The Communist Party of Portugal." In Waller and Fenema, eds., Communist Parties in Western Europe: Adaptation or Decline? Oxford: Basil Blackwell, 1988.
       ■ Pilmott, Ben. "Socialism in Portugal: Was It a Revolution?" Government and Opposition 7 (Summer 1977).
       ■. "Were the Soldiers Revolutionary? The Armed Forces Movement in Portugal, 1973-1976." Iberian Studies 7, 1 (1978): 13-21.
       ■, and Jean Seaton. "Political Power and the Portuguese Media." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 43-57. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Porch, Douglas. The Portuguese Armed Forces and the Revolution. London: Croom Helm and Stanford, Calif.: Hoover Institution Press, 1977.
       ■ Pouchin, Dominique. Portugal, quelle révolution? Paris, 1976.
       ■ Pulido Valente, Vasco. "E Viva Otelo." In Pulido Valente, V., ed., O País das Maravilhas, 451-54. Lisbon, 1979 [anthology of articles from weekly Lisbon paper, Expresso].
       ■. Estudos Sobre a Crise Nacional. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Rebelo de Sousa, Marcelo. O Sistema de Governo Português antes e depois da Revisão Constitucional, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1981. Rêgo, Raúl. Militares, Clérigos e Paisanos. Lisbon, 1981. Robinson, Richard A. H. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, Avelino, Cesário Borga, and Mário Cardoso. O Movemento dos Capitães e o 25 de Abril. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■. Portugal Depois De Abril. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Ruas, H. B., ed. A Revolução das Flores. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Rudel, Christian. La Liberte couleur d'oeillet. Paris: Fayard, 1980.
       ■ Sa, Tiago Moreira de. Os Americanos na Revolucao Portuguesa ( 1974-1976). Lisbon: Edit. Noticias, 2004.
       ■ Sá Carneiro, Francisco. Por Uma Social-Democracia Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Sanches Osôrio, Helena. Um Só Rosto. Uma Só Fé. Conversas Com Adelino Da Palma Carlos. Lisbon, 1988. Sanches Osôrio, J. The Betrayal of the 25th of April in Portugal. Madrid: Sedmay, 1975.
       ■ Schmitter, Philippe C. "Liberation by Golpe: Retrospective Thoughts on the Demise of Authoritarian Rule in Portugal." Armed Forces and Society 2 (1974): 5-33.
       ■. "An Introduction to Southern European Transitions from Authoritarian Rule: Italy, Greece, Portugal, Spain and Turkey." In G. O'Donnell,
       ■ P. C. Schmitter, and L. Whitehead, eds., Transitions from Authoritarian Rule, 3-10. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1986.
       ■ Silva, Fernando Dioga da. "Uma Administração Envelhecido." Revista da Ad-ministraçao Pública 2 (Oct.-Dec. 1979).
       ■ Simões, Martinho, ed. Relatório Do 25 De Novembro: Texto Integral, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Soares, Isabel, ed. Mário Soares: O homem e o político. Lisbon, 1976. Soares, Mário. Democratização e Descolonização: Dez meses no Governo Provisório. Lisbon, 1975. Sobel, Lester A., ed. Portuguese Revolution, 1974-1976. New York: Facts on File, Inc., 1976.
       ■ Spínola, Antônio de. Portugal e o Futuro. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Stock, Maria José. Os Partidos do Poder: Dez Anos Depois do " 25 De Abril." Evora, 1986.
       ■ Story, Jonathan. "Portugal's Revolution of Carnations: Patterns of Change and Continuity." International Affairs 52 (July 1976): 417-34. Sweezey, Paul. "Class Struggles in Portugal." Monthly Review 27, 4 (Sept. 1975): 1-26.
       ■ Szulc, Tad. "Lisbon and Washington: Behind Portugal's Revolution." Foreign Policy 21 (Winter 1975-76): 3-62. Tavares de Almeida, Antônio. Balsemão: O retrato. Lisbon, 1981. "Vasco." Desenhos Políticos. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vasconcelos, Alvaro. "Portugal in Atlantic-Mediterranean Security." In Douglas T. Stuart, ed., Politics and Security in the Southern Region of the Atlantic Alliance, 117-36. London: Macmillan, 1988.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "Golpes militares e golpes literários. A literatura do golpe de 25 de Abril de 1974 em contexto histôrico." Penélope. Fazer E Desfazer A História, 19-20 (1998): 191-212.
       ■. "Tributo ao Historiador dos Historiadores. Memorias de A.H.de Oliveira Marques (1933-2007)," Historia XXIX, 95, III series (March 2007), 18-22.
       ■ Wiarda, Howard J. Transcending Corporatism? The Portuguese Corporative System and the Revolution of 1974. Columbia: Institute of International Studies, University of South Carolina, 1976.
       ■. The Transition to Democracy in Spain and Portugal. Washington, D.C.: American Enterprise Institute for Public Policy Research, 1989. Wise, Audrey. Eyewitness in Revolutionary Portugal. With a Preface by Judith Hart, MP. London: Spokesman, 1975.
       ■ PHYSICAL FEATURES: GEOGRAPHY, GEOLOGY, FAUNA, AND FLORA
       ■ Birot, Pierre. Le Portugal: Étude de géographie régionale. Paris, 1950.
       ■ Embleton, Clifford. Geomorphology of Europe. London: Macmillan, 1984.
       ■ Girão, Aristides de Amorim. Divisão regional, divisão agrícola e divisão administrativa. Coimbra, 1932.
       ■. Atlas de Portugal, 2nd ed. Coimbra, 1958.
       ■ Ribeiro, Orlando. Portugal, O Mediterrâneo e o Altântico. Coimbra, 1945 and later eds.
       ■. Portugal. Volume V of Geografia de Espana y Portugal. Barcelona, 1955.
       ■. Ensaios de Geografia Humana e regio nal. Lisbon, 1970.
       ■ Stanislawski, Dan. The Individuality of Portugal. Austin: The University of Texas Press, 1959.
       ■. Portugal's Other Kingdom: The Algarve. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1963.
       ■ Taylor, Albert William. Wild Flowers of Spain and Portugal. London: Chatto & Windus, 1972.
       ■ Way, Ruth, and Margaret Simmons. A Geography of Spain and Portugal. London: Methuen, 1962.
       ■ ARCHAEOLOGY AND PREHISTORY
       ■ "Actas do Colóquio Inter-Universitário do Noroeste Peninsular (Porto-Baião, 1988), vol. II, Proto-História, romanização e Idade Média." In Trabalhos de antropologia e etnologia. 28, 3-4 (1988).
       ■ Alarcão, Jorge de, ed. "Do Paleolítico va arte visigótica." Vol. 1, História da
       ■ Arte em Portugal. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.
       ■. Roman Portugal, 3 vols. Warminister, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■. Portugal Das Orígens A Romanização. Vol. I. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História de Portugal. Lisbon: Presença, 1990. Anderson, James M., and M. S. Lea. Portugal 1001 Sights: An Archaeological and Historical Guide. Calgary, Alberta: University of Calgary and Robert Hale, 1994.
       ■ Balmuth, Miriam S., Antonio Gilman, and Lourdes Prados-Torreira, eds. Encounters and Transformations: The Archaeology of Iberia in Transition. Monographs in Mediterranean Archaeology, no. 7. Sheffield, U.K.: Sheffield Academic Press, 1997.
       ■ Beirão, C. M. M. Une civilization protohistorique du Sud au Portugal ( 1er Age du Fer). Paris: D. Boccard, 1986.
       ■ Cardoso, João Luís, Santinho A. Cunha, and Delberto Aguiar. O Homem Pre-Histórico no Concelho de Oeiras. Oeiras, Portugal: Estudos Arquelógicos de Oeiras, 1991.
       ■ Harrison, Richard J. The Bell Beaker Cultures of Spain and Portugal. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1977.
       ■ Mangas, Júlio, ed. Hispania epigraphica. Madrid, 1989.
       ■ Maloney, Stephanie J. "The Villa of Toerre de Palma, Portugal: Archaeology and Preservation." Portuguese Studies Review VIII, 1 (Fall-Winter, 1999-2000): 14-28.
       ■ Savory, H. N. Spain and Portugal: The Prehistory of the Iberian Peninsula. London, 1968.
       ■ Silva, A. C. F. A cultura castreja no Noroeste de Portugal. Paços de Ferreira:
       ■ Museu da Citânia de Sanfins, 1986. Straus, L. G. Iberia before the Iberians. Albuquerque, N.M., 1992.
       ■ FOREIGN TRAVELERS AND RESIDENTS' ACCOUNTS
       ■ Andersen, Hans Christian. A Visit to Portugal 1866. London: Peter Owen, 1972.
       ■ Beckford, William. Italy, with Sketches of Spain and Portugal. Paris: Baudry's European Library, 1834.
       ■ Boyd Alexander, ed. London: Hart-Davies, 1954.
       ■. Recollections of an Excursion to the Monasteries of Alcoboca and Batalha. Fontwell, U.K.: Centaur Press, 1972.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. In Portugal. London: Bodley Head, 1912.
       ■ Borrow, George. The Bible in Spain, 2 vols. London: Constable, 1923 ed.
       ■ Chaves, Castelo Branco. Os livros de viagens em Portugal no século XVIII e a sua projecção europeia. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Costigan, Arthur William. Sketches of Society and Manners in Portugal. London: T. Vernon, 1787.
       ■ Crawfurd, Oswald. Portugal Old and New. London: Kegan, Paul, 1880.
       ■. Round the Calendar in Portugal. London: Chapman & Hall, 1890.
       ■ Darymple, William. Travels through Spain and Portugal in 1774. London: J. Almon, 1777.
       ■ Dumouriez, Charles Francois Duperrier. An Account of Portugal as It Appeared in 1766. London: C. Law, 1797.
       ■ Fielding, Henry. Jonathan Wild and the Journal of a Voyage to Lisbon. London: J. M. Dent, 1932.
       ■ Fullerton, Alice. To Portugal for Pleasure. London: Grafton, 1945.
       ■ Gibbons, John. I Gathered No Moss. London: Robert Hale, 1939.
       ■ Gordon, Jan, and Cora Gordon. Portuguese Somersault. London: Harrap, 1934.
       ■ Hewitt, Richard. A Cottage in Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1996.
       ■ Huggett, Frank. South of Lisbon: Winter Travels in Southern Portugal. London: Gollancz, 1960.
       ■ Hume, Martin. Through Portugal. London: Richards, 1907.
       ■ Hyland, Paul. Backwards Out of the Big World: A Voyage into Portugal. Hammersmith, U.K.: HarperCollins, 1996.
       ■ Jackson, Catherine Charlotte, Lady. Fair Lusitania. London: Bentley, 1874.
       ■ Kelly, Marie Node. This Delicious Land Portugal. London: Hutchinson, 1956.
       ■ Kempner, Mary Jean. Invitation to Portugal. New York: Athenaeum, 1969.
       ■ Kingston, William H. G. Lusitanian Sketches of the Pen and Pencil. 2 vol. London: Parker, 1845.
       ■ Landmann, George. Historical, Military and Picturesque Observations on Portugal. 2 vol. London: Cadell and Davies, 1818.
       ■ Latouche, John [Pseudonym of Oswald Crawfurd]. Travels in Portugal. London: Ward, Lock & Taylor, ca. 1874.
       ■ Link, Henry Frederick. Travels in Portugal and France and Spain. London: Longman & Rees, 1801.
       ■ Macauley, Rose. They Went to Portugal. London: Jonathan Cape, 1946.
       ■. They Went to Portugal, Too. Manchester: Carcanet Books, 1990.
       ■ Merle, Iris. Portuguese Panorama. London: Ouzel, 1958.
       ■ Murphy, J. C. Travels in Portugal. London: 1795.
       ■ Proper, Datus C. The Last Old Place: A Search through Portugal. New York: Simon & Schuster, 1992.
       ■ Quillinan, Dorothy [Wordsworth]. Journal of a Few Months in Portugal with Glimpses of the South of Spain. 2 vol. London: Moxon, 1847. Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1954. Smith, Karine R. Until Tomorrow: Azores and Portugal. Snohomish, Wash.: Snohomish Publishing, 1978. Southey, Robert. Journals of a Residence in Portugal, 1800-1801 and a Visit to France, 1838. London and New York: Oxford Univ. Press, 1912. Thomas, Gordon Kent. Lord Byron's Iberian Pilgrimage. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983. Twiss, Richard. Travels through Portugal and Spain in 1772-1773. London, 1775.
       ■ Watson, Gilbert. Sunshine and Sentiment in Portugal. London: Arnold, 1904. Wheeler, Douglas L. "A[n American] Fulbrighter in Lisbon, Portugal, 196162." Portuguese Studies Review 1 (1991): 9-16.
       ■ PORTUGUESE CARTOGRAPHY, DISCOVERIES, AND NAVIGATION
       ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Curso de História de Naútica. Coimbra, 1972.
       ■. Introdução a história dos descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Mem Martins, 1983.
       ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon: Alfa, 1983.
       ■. Os Descobrimentos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Boorstin, Daniel. The Discoverers. New York: Random House, 1983. Boxer, C. R. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire, 1415-1825. London: Hutchinson, 1969.
       ■ Brazão, Eduardo. La découverte de Terre-Neuve. Montreal: Les Presses de l'Université, 1964.
       ■. "Les Corte-Real et le Nouveau Monde." Revue d'histoire d'Amérique Française 19, 1 (1965): 335-49. Cortesão, Armando, and Avelino Teixeira de Mota. Cartografia Portuguesa Antiga. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■. Portugalia Monumenta Cartográfica, 6 vols. Lisbon, 1960-62.
       ■. História da Cartografia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1969-70.
       ■ Cortesão, Jaime. L'expansion des portugais dans l'historie de la civilisation. Brussels, 1930.
       ■. Os descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. V. Magalhães Godinho and Joel Serrão, eds. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Costa, Abel Fontoura da. A Marinharia dos Descobrimentos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Costa Brochado, Idalino F. Descobrimento do Atlântico. Lisbon, 1958. English ed., 1959-60.
       ■ Coutinho, Admiral Gago. A naútica dos descobrimentos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1951-52.
       ■ Crone, G. R. Maps and Their Makers. New York: Capricorn Books, 1966.
       ■ Dias, José S. da Silva. Os descobrimentos e a problemática cultural do Século XVI, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Disney, Anthony, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães, ed. Documentos sobre a expansão portuguesa [ to 1460], 3 vols. Lisbon, 1945-54.
       ■ Guedes, Max, and Gerald Lombardi, eds. Portugal. Brazil: The Age of Atlantic Discoveries. Lisbon: Bertrand; Milan: Ricci; Brazilian Culture Foundation, 1990. [Catalogue of New York Public Library Exhibit, Summer 1990]
       ■ Harley, J. B., and David Woodward. The History of Cartography. Volume 1: Cartography in Prehistoric, Ancient and Medieval Europe and Mediterranean. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1987.
       ■ Leite, Duarte. História dos Descobrimentos: Colectânea de esparsos, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1958-61.
       ■ Ley, Charles. Portuguese Voyages, 1498-1663. London: Dent, 1953.
       ■ Marques, J. Martins da Silva. Descobrimentos portugueses, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1944-71.
       ■ Martyn, John R. C., ed. Pedro Nunes ( 1502-1578): His Lost Algebra and Other Discoveries. John R. C. Martyn, trans. New York: Peter Lang, 1996.
       ■ Morison, Samuel Eliot. The European Discovery of America: The Northern Voyages, A. D. 500-1600. New York: Oxford University Press, 1971.
       ■. Portuguese Voyages to America in the Fifteenth Century. Cambridge: Harvard University Press, 1974.
       ■ Mota, Avelino Teixeira da. Mar, Além-Mar-Estudos e Ensaios de História e Geografia. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Vida e Obra do Infante D. Henrique. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■ Parry, J. H. The Discovery of the Sea. New York: Dial, 1974.
       ■ Penrose, Boies. Travel and Discovery in the Renaissance, 1420-1620. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1952.
       ■ Peres, Damião. História dos Descobrimentos Portugueses. Oporto, 1943.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London, 1933; New York: Barnes & Noble, 1967.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Precision Astrolabe: Portuguese Navigators and Transoceanic Aviation. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■ Seary, E. R. "The Portuguese Element in the Place Names of Newfoundland." In Luís Albuquerque, ed., Vice-Almirante A. Teixeira da Mota: In Memo-riam. Vol. II, 359-64. Lisbon: Academia da Marinha, 1989.
       ■ Subrahmanyam, Sanjay. The Career and Legend of Vasco Da Gama. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1997.
       ■ Velho, Alvaro. Roteiro ( Navigator's Route) da Primeira Viagem de Vasco da Gama ( 1497-1499). Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Winius, George, ed. Portugal, the Pathfinder: Journeys from the Medieval toward the Modern World 1300-ca. 1600. Madison, Wisc.: Hispanic Seminary of Medieval Studies, 1995.
       ■ PORTUGAL AND HER OVERSEAS EMPIRES (1415-1975)
       ■ Abshire, David M., and Michael A. Samuels, eds. Portuguese Africa: A Handbook. New York: Praeger, 1969.
       ■ Afonso, Aniceto, and Carlos de Matos Gomes. Guerra Colonial. Lisbon: Noticias, 2001.
       ■ Albuquerque, J. Moushino de. Moçambique. Lisbon, 1898.
       ■ Alden, Dauril. The Making of an Enterprise: The Society of Jesus in Portugal, Its Empire & Beyond. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1995.
       ■ Alexandre, Valentim. Orígens do Colonialismo Português Moderno ( 18221891). Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1979.
       ■. Velho Brasil, Novas Africas: Portugal e o Império ( 1808-1975). Oporto: Afrontamento, 2000.
       ■, and Jill Dias, eds. "O Império Africano 1825-1890. Volume X." In J.
       ■ Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1998.
       ■ Ames, Glen J. "The Carreira da India, 1668-1682: Maritime Enterprise and the Quest for Stability in Portugal's Asian Empire." Journal of European Economic History 20, 1 (1991): 7-28.
       ■. Renascent Empire? The House of Braganza and the Quest for Stability in Portuguese Monsoon Asia, ca. 1640-1683. Amsterdam: Amsterdam Univ.Press, 2000.
       ■. Vasco da Gama. Renaissance Crusader. New York: Pearson/Longman, 2005.
       ■ Antunes, José Freire. O Império com Pés de Barro: Colonizaçao e Descolonização: As Ideologias em Portugal. Lisbon: D. Quixote, 1980.
       ■. O Factor Africano 1890-1990. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1990.
       ■. A Guerra De Africa 1961-1974, 2 vols. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995-96.
       ■. Jorge Jardim: Agente Secreto 1919-1982. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1996.
       ■ Axelson, Eric A. South-East Africa, 1488-1530. London: Longmans, 1940.
       ■. "Prince Henry and the Discovery of the Sea Route to India." Geographical Journal (U.K.) 127, 2 (June 1961): 145-58.
       ■. Portugal and the Scramble for Africa, 1875-1891. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1967.
       ■. Portuguese in South-East Africa, 1488-1699. Cape Town: Struik, 1973.
       ■. Congo to Cape: Early Portuguese Explorers. New York: Harper & Row, 1974.
       ■ Azevedo, Mário. Historical Dictionary of Mozambique, 2nd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2003.
       ■ Baião, António, Hernãni Cidade, and Manuel Murias, eds. História da Expansão Portuguesa no Mundo, 4 vols. Lisbon, 1937-40.
       ■ Bender, Gerald J. "The Limits of Counterinsurgency [in the Angolan War, 1961-72]." Comparative Politics (1972): 331-60.
       ■. Angola under the Portuguese: The Myth Versus Reality. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1978.
       ■ Birmingham, David. The Portuguese Conquest of Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1965.
       ■. Trade and Conflict in Angola. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1966.
       ■. Frontline Nationalism in Angola & Mozambique. London: James Currey, 1992.
       ■. Portugal and Africa. New York: St. Martins, 1999.
       ■ Bottineau, Yves. Le Portugal Et Sa Vocation Maritime. Paris: Boccard, 1977. Boxer, C. R. Fidalgos in the Far East Fact and Fancy in the History of Macau. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1948. ———. The Christian Century in Japan. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1951.
       ■ ———. Four Centuries of Portuguese Expansion, 1415-1825: A Succinct Survey. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1961.
       ■ ———. The Golden Age of Brazil, 1695-1750. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1962.
       ■ Clarendon Press, 1963. ———. Portuguese Society in the Tropics. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1965.
       ■ ———. The Portuguese Seaborne Empire 1415-1825. London: Hutchi nson, 1969.
       ■ ———, and Carlos de Azevedo, eds. Fort Jesus and the Portuguese in Mombasa. London: Hollis and Carter, 1960.
       ■ Broadhead, Susan H. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 2nd ed. Metuchen, N.J.: Scarecrow Press, 1992.
       ■ Burton, Richard. Goa and the Blue Mountains. London: Bentley, 1851.
       ■ Cabral, Luís. Crónica da Libertação. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello. Colonizing Traditions, Principles and Methods of the Portuguese. Lisbon, 1951.
       ■ ———. Portugal E A Internacionalização Dos Problemas Africanos, 3rd ed. Lisbon, 1965.
       ■ Cann, John P. Counterinsurgency in Africa: The Portuguese Way of War, 1961-1974. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1997. Castelo, Claudia. " O modo portugues de estar no mundo." O luso-tropicalismo e a ideologia colonial portuguesa ( 1931-1961). Oporto: Afrontamento, 1998. Castro, Armando. O Sistema Colonial Português em Africa ( meados do Século XX). Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Chaliand, Gerard. "The Independence of Guinea-Bissau and the Heritage of [Amilcar] Cabral." In Revolution in the Third World. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1978.
       ■ Chilcote, Ronald H. Portuguese Africa. Englewood Cliffs, N.J.: Prentice-Hall, 1967.
       ■ Clarence-Smith, Gervase. Slaves, Peasants and Capitalists in Southern Angola 1840-1926. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1979.
       ■ ———. The Third Portuguese Empire 1825-1975: A Study in Economic Imperialism. Manchester, U.K.: Manchester University Press, 1985.
       ■ Coates, Timothy J. Convicts and Orphans: Forced and State-Sponsored Colonizers in the Portuguese Empire, 1550-1720. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 2001.
       ■ Davies, Shann. Macau. Singapore: Times Editions, 1986.
       ■ Dias, C. Malheiro, ed. História da colonização portuguesa no Brasil, 3 vols. Oporto, 1921-24.
       ■ Diffie, Bailey W., and George Winius. Foundations of the Portuguese Empire, 1415-1580. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1977.
       ■ Disney, Anthony R. Twilight of the Pepper Empire: Portuguese Trade in Southwest India in the Early Seventeenth Century. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1978.
       ■ ———, and Emily Booth, eds. Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■ Duffy, James. Shipwreck and Empire: Being an Account of Portuguese Maritime Disaster in a Century of Decline. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1955.
       ■ ———. Portuguese Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1959. ———. Portugal in Africa. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1962.
       ■. "The Portuguese Territories." In Colin Legum, ed., Africa: A Handbook to the Continent. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1967. ———. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1967. Felgas, Hélio. História do Congo Português. Carmona, Angola, 1958. ———. Guerra em Angola. Lisbon, 1961.
       ■ Galvão, Henrique, and Carlos Selvagam. O Império Ultramarino Português, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1953.
       ■ Gleijeses, Piero. Conflicting Missions: Havana, Washington and Africa, 19591976. Chapel Hill: University of North Carolina Press, 2002.
       ■ Godinho, Vitorino Magalhães. "Portugal and Her Empire." In The New Cambridge Modern History. Vol. V (1961): 384-97; Vol. VI (1963): 509-TO.
       ■ Grenfell, F. James. História da Igreja Baptista em Angola, 1879-1975. Queluz, Portugal: Núcleo, 1998.
       ■ Hammond, Richard J. "Economic Imperialism: Sidelights on a Stereotype." Journal of Economic History XXI, 4 (1961): 582-98.
       ■ ———. Portugal and Africa, 1815-1910: A Study in Uneconomic Imperialism. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1966.
       ■ Hanson, Carl. Portugal and the Wider World 1147-1497. New Orleans, La.: University Press of the South, 2001.
       ■ Harris, Marvin. Portugal's African Wards. New York: American Committee on Africa, 1957.
       ■ ———. "Portugal's Contribution to the Underdevelopment of Africa and Brazil." In Ronald H. Chilcote, ed., Protest & Resistance in Angola & Brazil: Comparative Studies, 209-23. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1972.
       ■ Henderson, Lawrence W. Angola: Five Centuries of Conflict. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1979. ———. A Igreja Em Angola. Lisbon: Edit. Além-Mar, 1990. Heywood, Linda. Contested Power in Angola 1840s to the Present. Rochester, N.Y.: University of Rochester Press, 2000.
       ■ Hilton, Anne. The Kingdom of Kongo. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1985.
       ■ Hower, Alfred, and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds. Empire in Transition: The Portuguese World in the Time of Camões. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1985.
       ■ Isaacman, Allen. "The Prazos da Coroa 1752-1830: A Functional Analysis of the Political System." STUDIA (Lisbon) 26 (1969): 149-78.
       ■. Mozambique: The Africanization of a European Institution: The Zambezi Prazos, 1750-1902. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1972.
       ■ ———. The Tradition of Resistance in Mozambique: Anti-Colonial Activity in the Zambesi Valley 1850-1921. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1976.
       ■ James, Martin. Historical Dictionary of Angola, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 2004.
       ■ Jardim, Jorge. Sanctions Double-Cross: Oil to Rhodesia. Lisbon, 1978. Johnson, Harold, and Maria Beatriz Nizza da Silva. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1500-1620. Volume VI. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds. Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1992. Joliffe, Jill. East Timor: Nationalism & Colonialism. University of Queensland Press, 1978.
       ■ Kea, Ray A. Settlements, Trade and Politics in the Seventeenth Century Gold Coast. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1982.
       ■ Kohen, Arnold. From the Place of the Dead. The Epic Struggles of Bishop Belo of East Timor. New York: St Martins, 1999.
       ■ Livingstone, Charles, and David Livingstone. Narrative of an Expedition to the Zambezi and Its Tributaries. New York: 1866.
       ■ Livingstone, David. Missionary Travels and Researches in South Africa. London, 1857.
       ■ Lobban, Richard, and Joshua Forrest. Historical Dictionary of the Republic of Guinea-Bissau, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1996. Lobban, Richard, and Marilyn Halter. Historical Dictionary of Cape Verde, 3rd ed. Lanham, Md.: Scarecrow Press, 1993. Martino, Antonio M. Joao de Azevedo Coutinho. Marinheiro e soldado de Portugal. Lisbon: Colibri, 2002. Martins, Rocha. História das Colónias Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1933. Marvaud, Angel. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1912. Mason, Philip, ed. Angola: A Symposium; Views of a Revolt. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1961. Melo, João de, ed. Os Anos Da Guerra 1961-1975: Os Portugueses em Africa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1988. Miller, Joseph C. Way of Death: Merchant Capitalism and the Angolan Slave Trade, 1730-1830. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1988.
       ■ Ministry of Foreign Affairs. Portugal. Vinte Anos de Defesa do Estado Português de India. Lisbon, 1967.
       ■. Portugal Replies in the United Nations. Lisbon, 1970.
       ■ Mondlane, Eduardo. The Struggle for Mozambique. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1969.
       ■ Moreira, Adriano. Política Ultramarina. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■. Portugal's Stand in Africa. New York: University Publishers, 1962.
       ■, and Jose Carlos Venancio. Eds. Luso-Tropicalismo. Uma Teoria Social em Questao. Lisbon: Vega, 2000.
       ■ Múrias, Manuel, ed. História da expansão portuguesa no mundo, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1937-42.
       ■ Newitt, Malyn. Portuguese Settlement on the Zambesi: Exploration, Land Tenure and Colonial Rule in East Africa. New York: Holmes & Meier, 1973.
       ■. Portugal in Africa: The Last Hundred Years. London: Longmans, 1981.
       ■. A History of Mozambique. London: Hurst, 1995.
       ■. A History ofPortuguese Overseas Expansion, 1400-1668. London: Routledge, 2005.
       ■. História De Portugal. 1933-1974: II Suplemento. Oporto, 1981.
       ■. Um político confessa-se ( Diário: 1960-1968), 3rd ed. Oporto, 1987.
       ■. Salazar. Vol. V: A Resistência ( 1958-1964). Oporto, 1981.
       ■ Nowell, Charles E. "Portugal and the Partition of Africa." Journal of Modern History XIX, 1 (1947): 1-17.
       ■ Nunes, Antonio Lopes Pires. Angola 1961. Da Baixa do Cassange a Nambu-angongo. Lisbon: Prefacio, 2005.
       ■ Okuma, Thomas. Angola in Ferment: The Background and Prospects of Angolan Nationalism. Boston: Beacon, 1962.
       ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wise.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Pélissier, René. Les Guerres Grises: Resistance Et Revoltes en Angola ( 18451941). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1977.
       ■. Naissance Du Mozambique: Tome 1, Tome 2, Resistance Et Revoltes Anticoloniales ( 1854-1981), 2 vols. Orgeval: Pélissier, 1984.
       ■. História de Moçambique. Vol. II. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. Timor En Guerre: Le Crocodile et les Portugais ( 1847-1913). Orgeval: Pélissier, 1996.
       ■ Pires, Adelino Serras, and Fiona Claire Capstick. The Winds of Havoc: A Memoir of Adventure and Destruction in Deepest Africa. New York: St. Martin's, 2001.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. The Portuguese Pioneers. London: Black, 1933.
       ■ Ranger, T. [Terence] O. "Revolt in Portuguese East Africa: The Makombe Rising of 1917." St. Anthony's Papers. Carbondale: Southern Illinois University Press, 15 (1963).
       ■ Remy. Goa, Rome of the Orient. Trans. from the French by Lancelot Sheppard. London, 1957.
       ■ Ribeiro, General Goncalves. A Vertigem da Descolonizacao. Da Agonia do Exodo a Cidadania Plena. Lisbon: Inquerito, 2002. Ricard, Robert. Etudes sur l'Histoire des Portugais au Maroc. Coimbra, 1955.
       ■ Richards, J. M. Goa. London: Hurst, 1982.
       ■ Rodney, Walter. A History of the Upper Guinea Coast, 1545-1800. New York: Oxford University Press, 1970. Rodrigues, José Honório. Africa e Brasil: Outro Horizonte. Rio de Janeiro, 1961.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. "Valentim Fernandes, Rodrigo de Santaella, and the Recognition of the Antilles as "Opposite India." Boletim da Sociedade de Geografia de Lisboa series 75 (July-September 1957): 279-309.
       ■. The Obedience of a King of Portugal. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1958.
       ■. The Quest for Eastern Christians: Travels and Rumors in the Age of Discovery. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1962.
       ■ Russell-Wood, A. J. Fidalgos and Philanthropists: The Santa Casa da Mi-sericordia of Bahia, 1550-1755. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1968.
       ■. "Colonial Brazil." In David W. Cohen and Jack Greene, eds., Neither Slave nor Free, 84-133. Baltimore: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1972.
       ■. "Local Government in Portuguese America: A Study in Cultural Divergence." Comparative Studies in Society and History 16 (1974): 187-231.
       ■. From Colony to Nation: Essays on the Independence of Brazil. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1975.
       ■. World on the Move: The Portuguese in Africa, Asia & America, 1415-1808. New York: St. Martins, 1993.
       ■ Salazar, António de Oliveira. Goa and the Indian Union. Lisbon, 1954.
       ■. "Portugal, Goa and the Indian Union." Foreign Affairs (New York) 34, 3 (April, 1956): 418-31.
       ■. "Realities and Trends of Portugal's Policies." International Affairs (London) XXXIX, 2 (April 1963): 169-83.
       ■ Saldanha, C. F. A Short History of Goa. Goa, 1957.
       ■ Sanceau, Elaine. Indies Adventure: The Amazing Career of Afonso de Albuquerque. London: Blackie, 1936.
       ■. Portugal in Quest of Prester John. London: Hutchinson, 1943.
       ■. The Land of Prester John. New York: Knopf, 1944.
       ■. Henry the Navigator. New York: Norton, 1947.
       ■. The Perfect Prince: Dom João II. Oporto, 1959.
       ■. Good Hope, the Voyage of Vasco da Gama. Lisbon, 1967.
       ■. The Reign of the Fortunate King ( Manuel I), 1495-1521. Hamden, Conn.: Archon, 1969.
       ■ Schubert, Benedict. A Guerra e as Igrejas: Angola, 1961-1991. Basel, Switzerland: Schlettwein, 2000 [orig. ed. in German, Lucerne, Exodus Pub., 1997].
       ■ Schwartz, Stuart G. Sovereignty and Society in Colonial Brazil. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1973.
       ■ Serra, Carlos, ed. História de Moçambique, 2 vols. Maputo, Mozambique: Tempo, 1982-83.
       ■ Silva, Botelho da, ed. and comp. " Dossier" Goa. ( General Manuel) Vassalo e Silva. A Recusa do Sacrifício Inútil. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Silva, Maria Beatriz Nizza da, ed. O Império Luso-Brasileiro 1750-1822. Volume VIII. In J. Serrão and A. H. de Oliveira Marques, eds., Nova História Da Expansão Portuguesa. Lisbon: Estampa, 1986.
       ■ Silva Cunha J. M. da. Questões Ultramarinos e Internacionais. Lisbon, 1960.
       ■ Silva Rego, A. da. História das missões do padroado português do Oriente: India ( 1500-1542). 1 vol. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■. Portuguese Colonization in the Sixteenth Century: A Study of Royal Ordinances. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1957.
       ■. O Ultramar Português No Século XIX ( 1834-1910). Lisbon, 1966.
       ■ Sousa Dias, Gastão. Os Portugueses em Angola. Lisbon, 1959.
       ■ Sykes, John. Portugal and Africa: The People and the War. London: Hutchinson, 1971.
       ■ Telo, António José. Lourenço Marques na Política Externa Portuguesa. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1991.
       ■. Economia E Império No Portugal Contemporânea. Lisbon: Cosmos, 1994.
       ■. Os Açores e o Controlo do Atlântico. Lisbon: Asa, 1993.
       ■ Vail, Leroy, and Landeg White. Capitalism and Colonialism in Mozambique: A Study of Quelimane District. Minneapolis: Minnesota University Press, 1980.
       ■ Veen, Ernst van. Defeat or Decay? An Inquiry into the Portuguese Decline in Asia 1580-1645. Leiden: University of Leiden, 2000.
       ■ Verlinden, Charles. "Italian Influence on Iberian Colonization." Hispanic American Historical Review 33 (1953): 99-211.
       ■. The Beginnings of Modern Colonization. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1970.
       ■ Vogel, Charles. Le Portugal et Ses Colonies. Paris, 1860.
       ■ Vogt, John. Portuguese Rule on the Gold Coast 1469-1682. Athens: University of Georgia Press, 1979.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola. 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, Boston University, Department of History, 1963.
       ■. "Anti-Imperialism Traditions in Portugal, Yesterday and Today." Boston University Graduate Journal XII, 2 (Spring 1964): 125-37.
       ■. 'The Portuguese and Mozambique: The Past against the Future." In John A. Davis and James K. Baker, eds., Southern Africa in Transition. 180-96. New York: Praeger, 1966.
       ■. "Gungunhana." In Norman R. Bennett, ed., Leadership in Eastern Africa, Six Political Biographies, 165-220. Boston: Boston University Press, 1968.
       ■. "Gungunyane the Negotiator." Journal of African History IX, 4 (1968): 585-602.
       ■. "Nineteenth-Century African Protest in Angola: Prince Nicolas of Kongo (1830?-1860)." African Historical Studies (Boston) I (1968): 40-59.
       ■. "The Portuguese Army in Angola." Journal of Modern African Studies (Cambridge U.K.), 7, 3 (Oct. 1969): 425-39.
       ■. "Thaw in Portugal." Foreign Affairs 48, 4 (July 1970): 769-81.
       ■. "Portugal in Angola: A Living Colonialism?" In C. Potholm and R. Dale, eds., Southern Africa in Perspective, 172-82. New York: Free Press, 1972.
       ■. "The First Portuguese Colonial Movement, 1835-1875." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) I, 1 (Spring 1975): 25-27.
       ■. "Rebels and Rebellions in Angola, 1672-1892." In Mark Karp, ed., African Dimensions: Essays in Honor of William O. Brown, 81-93. Boston: Boston University Press, 1975.
       ■. "African Elements in Portugal's Armies in Africa (1961-1974)." Armed Forces and Society (Chicago) 2, 2 (Feb. 1976): 233-50.
       ■. "Portuguese Colonial Governors in Africa, 1870-1974." In L. H. Gann and Peter Duignan, eds., African Proconsuls: European Governors in Africa, 415-26. New York: Free Press, 1978; and "J. Mousinho de Albuquerque (1855-1902)" and "J. Norton de Matos (1867-1955)": 427-44; 445-63.
       ■. "The Portuguese Withdrawal from Africa, 1974-1975; The Angolan Case." In John Seiler, ed., Southern Africa Since the Portuguese Coup, 3-21. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1980.
       ■. "The Portuguese Exploration Expeditions and Expansion in Angola, 1877-1883." In Academia de Marinha and Instituto de Investigação Científica Tropical, eds., Vice Almirante A. Teixeira Da Mota: In Memoriam. Volume I, 267-76. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■. "'Aqui é Portugal!': The Politics of the Colonial Idea during the Estado Novo, 1926-1974." In Pavilhão de Portugal, EXPO'98 and Instituto de História Contemporânea, eds., Portugal No Transição Do Milênio: Colóquio Internacional, 375-105. Lisbon: Fim de Século, 1998.
       ■. The Empire Time Forgot: Writing a History of the Portuguese Overseas Empire, 1808-1975. Oporto: Universidade Fernando Pessoa, 1998.
       ■. "Filho Do Porto, Filho Do Império: Antônio Francisco Da Silva Porto (1817-1890) and the Politics of Motivation in Portugal's First and Second Scrambles for Africa (1836-1861; 1875-1891)." Revista da UFP [Universidade Fernando Pessoa] 4 (Dec. 1999): 225-54.
       ■. "'Mais leis do que mosquitos': A Primeira República Portuguesa e o Império Ultramarino (1910-1926)." In Nuno Severiano Teixeira and Antó-nio Costa Pinto, eds., A Primeira República Portuguesa Entre O Liberalismo E O Autoritarismo, 133-68. Lisbon: University Nova de Lisboa, 2000.
       ■. "Spiritual Peoples at Odds: Portugal, India and the Goa Question, 1947-61." In Anthony Disney and Emily Booth, eds., Vasco Da Gama and the Linking of Europe and Asia, 452-70. New Delhi: Oxford University Press, 2000.
       ■. "Portugal, Africa and the future." In Stewart Lloyd-Jones and Antonio Costa Pinto, eds., The Last Empire: Thirty Years of Portuguese Decolonization, 113-25. Bristol, U.K.: Intellect, 2003.
       ■. "The Forced Labor 'System' in Angola, 1903-1947: Reassessing Origins and Persistence in the Context of Colonial Consolidation, Economic Growth and Reform Failures." In CEAUP, Centro de Estudos Africanos da Universidade do Porto, ed., Trabalho forcado africano-experiencias coloniais comparadas, 367-393. Oporto: CEAUP, 2006.
       ■. "As Raizes Do Nacionalismo Angolano: Publicacoes De Protesto Dos Assimilados, 1870-1940." In Nuno Vidal and Justino Pinto De Andrade, eds., O Processo De Transicao Para O Multipartidarismo Em Angola, 73-92. Lisbon: Ed. Firmamento, 2006.
       ■, and René Pélissier. Angola. London: Pall Mall and New York: Praeger, 1971; reprinted, Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1977; Portuguese lang. edition, Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2009. Whiteway, R. W. The Rise of the Portuguese Power in India, 1497-1550. London: Constable, 1899.
       ■ Winius, George D. The Fatal History of Portuguese Ceylon: Transition to Dutch Rule. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1971.
       ■. "The Portuguese Asian 'Decadência' Revisited." In Alfred Hower and Richard Preto-Rodas, eds., Empire in Transition, 106-17. Gainesville: University Presses of Florida, 1980.
       ■. The Black Legend of Portuguese India. New Delhi: New Concept, 1985.
       ■ Alves, Marcial. Os Portugueses no Mundo. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Anderson, Grace M., and David Higgs, eds. A Future to Inherit: Portuguese Communities in Canada. Toronto: McClelland and Stewart, 1976. Arroteia, Jorge Carvalho. A emigração Portuguesa-suas origens e distribuição. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. "Nineteenth- and Twentieth-Century Portuguese Emigration: A Bibliography." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 3 (Fall-Winter, 1977-78).
       ■. "Emigrar Para Voltar: A Portuguese Ideology of Return Migration." Papers in Anthropology 20 (1979): 1-20.
       ■. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman Publishing Co., 1982.
       ■. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■ Carvalho, Eduardo de. Os portugueses na Nova Inglaterra. Rio de Janeiro, 1931.
       ■ Caspari, Andrea. "The Return Orientation among Portuguese Migrants in France." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 193-203. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Dias, Eduardo Mayone, ed. Portugueses na América do Norte. Baden: Peregrinação, 1983.
       ■ Fagundes, Francisco Cota. Hard Knocks: An Azorean-American Odyssey.
       ■ [Memoir]. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000. Felix, John Henry, and Peter F. Senecal. The Portuguese in Hawaii. Honolulu, Hawaii: Authors' edition, 1978. Fernandes, Ferreira. Os Primos da América. Lisbon: Relógio D'Agua, 1991. Ferreira, Eduardo de Sousa. As orígens e formas de emigração. Lisbon, 1976. Freitas, J. F. Portuguese-American Memories. Honolulu, Hawaii, 1930.
       ■ Giles, Wenona. "Motherhood and Wage Labour in London, England: Portuguese Migrant Women and the Politics of Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. University of Toronto, 1987.
       ■ Higgs, David, ed. Portuguese Migration in Global Perspective. Ontario: Multicultural Historical Society of Ontario, 1990.
       ■ Klimt, Andrea. "Portuguese Migrants in Germany: Class, Ethnicity and Gender." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Stanford University, 1987.
       ■ Lavigne, Gules. Les ethniques et la ville: L'aventure des immigrants portugais à Montreal. Montreal: Preamble, 1987.
       ■ Leder, Hans Howard. Cultural Persistence in a Portuguese-American Community. New York: Arno Press, 1980.
       ■ Lewis, J. R., and A. M. Williams. "Emigrants and Retornados: A Comparative Analysis of the Economic Impact of Return Migration in the Região Centro." In E. D. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 227-50. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ McCabe, Marsha L., and Joseph D. Thomas, eds. Portuguese Spinner: An American Story; Stories of History, Culture and Life from Portuguese Americans in Southeastern New England. New Bedford, Mass.: Spinner, 1998.
       ■ Marques, D., and J. Medeiros. Portuguese Immigrants: 25 Years in Canada. Toronto: West End YMCA, 1989.
       ■ Martins, J. Oliveira. Fomento Rural e emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■ Mira, Manuel. The Forgotten Portuguese: The Melungeons and Other Groups; The Portuguese Making of America. Franklin, N.C.: Portuguese-American Historical Research Foundation, 1998.
       ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal." Economia e Sociedade (Lisbon) 23 (1977): 31-50.
       ■ Nunes, Maria Luisa. A Portuguese Colonial in America: Belmira Nunes Lopes; The Autobiography of a Cape Verdean-American. Pittsburgh, Penn.: Latin American Literary Review Press, 1982.
       ■ Oliver, Lawrence. Never Backward: The Autobiography of Lawrence Oliver; A Portuguese-American. San Diego, 1972.
       ■ Pap, Leo. The Portuguese-Americans. Boston: Twayne, 1981.
       ■ Pereira, Miriam Halpern. A Política Portuguesa de Emigraçao, 1850 a 1930. Lisbon: Regra do Jogo, 1981.
       ■ Pereira da Rosa, Victor M., and Salvato V. Trigo. "Elementos para uma Caracterização da Família Imigrante Portuguesa na Africa do Sul." Economia e Sociologia 41 (1986): 61-71.
       ■. Azorean Emigration: A Preliminary Overview. Oporto: Fernando Pessoa University, 1994.
       ■ Purves, James. "Portuguese in Bermuda." Bermuda Historical Quarterly 3 (1946): 133-42.
       ■ Ribeiro, F. G. Cassola. Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da. "La Sociologie des Migrations au Portugal." Current Sociology 32, 2 (Summer 1984): 175-98.
       ■. "Towards Reintegration of Emigrants." In E. de Sousa Ferreira and Guy Clausse, eds., Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal, 183-94. Saarbrücken: Breitenbach, 1985.
       ■. "Emigração." In Dicionario Illustrado Da História De Portugal ( 1985): 205-7.
       ■. A Emigração. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■. "Espaços de herança cultural portuguesa-gentes, factos, políticas." Analise Social (Lisbon) XXIV (1988): 313-51.
       ■ Rocha-Trinidade, Maria Beatriz da, and Jorge Arroteia. Bibliografia da Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Americans of Portuguese Descent: A Lesson in Differentiation. Beverly Hills, Calif.: Sage, 1974.
       ■ Silva, F. Emídio da. A Emigração Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ Silva, Manuela, et al. Retorno, Emigração e Desenvolvimento Regional em Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Simões, Mário Pinto. O Emigrante Português: Processos de Adaptação ( o exemplo da Suiça). Oporto, 1985.
       ■ Simões, Nuno. O Brasil e a Emigração Portuguesa. Coimbra, 1934.
       ■ Sousa Ferreira, Eduardo de, and Guy Clausse, eds. Closing the Migratory Cycle: The Case of Portugal. Saarbrucken: Verlag Breitenbach, 1986.
       ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Sea to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.
       ■ Viera, David, et al. Portuguese in the United States: A Bibliography ( Supplement to the 1976 Leo Pap Bibliography). Essay Number 6 in Essays in Portuguese Studies. Durham, N.H.: International Conference Group on Portugal, 1989.
       ■ Williams, Jerry. And Yet They Come: Portuguese Immigration from the Azores to the United States. New York: Center for Migration Studies, 1982.
       ■ Portugal's Atlantic Islands (Azores, Madeiras)
       ■ Biddle, Anthony J. Drexel. The Madeira Islands, 2 vols. London: Hurst and Blackett, 1900.
       ■ Bryans, Robin. Madeira, Pearl of the Atlantic. London: Robert Hale, 1959.
       ■. The Azores. London: Faber & Faber, 1963.
       ■ Cooke, Rupert Croft. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.
       ■ Cossart, Noel. Madeira the Island Vineyard. London: Christie's, 1984.
       ■ Da Silva, Fernando Augusto, and Carlos Azevedo de Menezes. Elucidário Madeirense, 3 vols. Funchal, 1940.
       ■ Duncan, T. Bentley. Atlantic Islands in the Seventeenth Century: Madeira, the Azores and the Cape Verdes in Seventeenth-Century Commerce andNavigation. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1972.
       ■ Guill, James H. A History of the Azores Islands. Menlo Park, Calif.: Author's Edition, 1972.
       ■ Instituto Histórico Da Ilha Terceira [Azores]. Os Açores E O Atlântico ( Séculos XIV-XVII) [Proceedings of International Colloquium, August 1983]. Angra do Heroismo, Terceira Island, Azores, 1984.
       ■ Koebel, William Henry. Madeira Old and New. London: Griffiths, 1909.
       ■ Mee, Jules. Histoire de la découverte des Iles Açores. Ghent, 1901.
       ■ Peres, Damião. A Madeira sob os donatórios-Séculos XV e XVI. Funchal, 1914.
       ■ Rogers, Francis M. Atlantic Islanders of the Azores and Madeiras. North Quincy, Mass.: Christopher House, 1979.
       ■ Serpa, Caetano Valadão. A Gente Dos Açores. Identificaçao-Emigraçio E Religiosidade: Séculos XVI-XX. Lisbon: 1978.
       ■ Silva, J. Donald. "With Columbus in Madeira." Portuguese Studies Review (Durham, NH) I, 1 (Spring-Summer 1991).
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Azores and the United States (1787-1987): Two Hundred Years of Shared History." Boletim do Instituto Histórico da Ilha Terceira XLV (1988): 55-71.
       ■ Almada, José de. A Aliança Inglesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1947.
       ■ Atkinson, William C. British Contributions to Portuguese and Brazilian Studies. London: British Council, 1974.
       ■ Bourne, Kenneth. The Foreign Policy of Victorian England 1830-1902. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1970.
       ■ British Broadcasting Corporation (BBC). 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance. London: BBC, 1973.
       ■ British Community Council of London. Souvenir Brochure Commemorating the 600th Anniversary of the Anglo-Portuguese Treaty of Alliance and Friendship, 1373-1973. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. Portugal na Alvorada do Século XX. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Caetano, Marcello "Aliança Inglesa." Enciclopédia Luso-Brasileira da Cultura. Vol. 1 (1963): 1270-1271.
       ■. "L'alliance Anglo-Portuguese: Histoire et situation actuelle." Chronique de politique etrangére (Paris) XX, 6 (1967): 695-708.
       ■ Castro, Armando. A dominação inglesa em Portugal. Estudo seguido de Antologia Textos dos Sécs. XVIII e XIX. Oporto: Afrontamento, 1972.
       ■ Crollen, Luc. Portugal, the U.S. and NATO. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1973.
       ■. "Portugal." In O. De Raeymaeker et al. Small Powers in Alignment, 27-96. Leuven, Belgium: Leuven University Press, 1974.
       ■ Cunha Leal, Francisco. Portugal e Inglaterra. Corunna, 1932.
       ■ Davidson, Basil. "The Oldest Alliance Faces a Crisis." In Philip Masonm, ed., Angola: A Symposium. Views of a Revolt, 138-60. London: Oxford University Press, 1962.
       ■ Duff, Katherine. "The War and the Neutrals." In Arnold and Veronica Toyn-bee, eds., Survey of International Affairs. London: Chatham House, 1956.
       ■ Duffy, James. A Question of Slavery. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1967.
       ■ Epstein, John. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1373-1973." World Survey (London) 54 (June 1973): p. 18.
       ■ Ferreira, José Medeiros. Estudos de Estratégia e Relações Internacionais. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Ferreira Martins, General L. O Poder Militar Da Gran-Bretanha E A Aliança Anglo-Lusa. Coimbra, 1939.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Methuens and Portugal 1691-1700. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1966.
       ■. Portugal 1715-1808. London: Tamesis, 1985.
       ■ Freitas, A. Barjona de. A Questão Ingleza. Lisbon, 1891.
       ■ Gonçalves, Caetano. A Aliança Luso-Britânica e o Domínio Colonial Português. Lisbon, 1917.
       ■ Guedes, Armando Marques. A Aliança Inglesa: Notas de História diplomática, 1383-1943. Lisbon, 1943. Halpern Pereira, Miriam. Revoluçio, finanças, dependência externa. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Howorth, A. H. D'Araujo Scott. A Aliança Luso-Britânica E A Segunda Guerra Mundial. Lisbon, 1956.
       ■ Kay, Hugh. Salazar and Modern Portugal. New York: Hawthorne, 1970.
       ■ Lawrence, L. Nehru Seizes Goa. New York: Pageant, 1963.
       ■ Livermore, H. V. "The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance: Historical Perspective." 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 7-15. Lisbon: BBC, 1973.
       ■ Macedo, Jorge Borges de. História Diplomática Portuguesa-Constantes e Linhas de Força. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Manoel, J. de Câmara. Portugal e Inglatterra. Lisbon, 1909.
       ■ Martinez, Pedro S. História Diplomática de Portugal. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Medlicott, W. N. The Economic Blockade, Vol. II. London: His Majesty's Stationery Office, 1952.
       ■ Oliveira, Pedro Aires. Os Despojos Da Alianca. A Gra-Bretanha e a questao colonial portuguesa 1945-1975. Lisbon: Tinta-da-China, 2007. Ortigão, Ramalho. John Bull. Lisbon, 1887.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. Diplomatic Relations of Portugal with France, England and Holland from 1646 to 1668. Watford, U.K.: Voss & Michael, 1925.
       ■. Chapters in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. London: Voss & Michael, 1935.
       ■ Russell, Peter E. The English Intervention in Spain and Portugal in the Time of Edward III and Richard II. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1955. Sarmento, J. E. Morães. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and Coast Defense. London, 1908.
       ■ Serrão, Joel. "O Ultimatum (January 1890)." Dicionário de História de Portugal. Vol. IV (1971): 219-24.
       ■ Shafaat, Ahmed Khan, ed. Anglo-Portuguese Negotiations Relating to Bombay, 1660-1667. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1922.
       ■ Sideri, Sandro. Trade and Power: Informal Colonialism in Anglo-Portuguese Relations. Rotterdam: Rotterdam University Press, 1970.
       ■ Sousa, Carlos Hermenegildo de. A Aliança Anglo-Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1943.
       ■ Stone, Glyn A. "The Official British Attitude to the Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 1910-45." Journal of Contemporary History (London) 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 729-46.
       ■. The Oldest Ally: Britain and the Portuguese Connection, 1936-1941. Woodbridge, U.K.: Royal Historical Society and Boydell Press, 1994. Teixeira, Nuno Severiano. O Ultimatum Inglês: Política Externa no Portugal do 1890. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Teles, Basilio. Do Ultimatum ao 30 de Janeiro. Oporto, 1905.
       ■ Vicente, António Pedro. "Um testemunho de 1796 sobre a Situação de Portugal face ao domínio inglês." In Arquivos do Centro Cultural Portugües, IV. Paris, 1972.
       ■ Vieira de Castro, Luís. D. Carlos I. ( Elementos de História Diplomática), 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1941.
       ■ Vincent-Smith, John. "Britain, Portugal and the First World War." European Studies Review 4, 3 (1974).
       ■. "The Portuguese Economy and the Anglo-Portuguese Commercial Treaty of 1916." Iberian Studies (Keele, U.K.) III, 2 (Autumn 1974): 49-54.
       ■. "The Portuguese Republic and Britain, 1910-14." Journal of Contemporary History 10, 4 (Oct. 1975): 707-27.
       ■ Vintras, R. E. The Portuguese Connection: A Secret History of the Azores Base. London: Bachman & Turner, 1974. Viriato [Pseud]. A Aliança lnglesa. Lisbon, 1914.
       ■ Walford, A. R. The British Factory in Lisbon and Its Closing Stages Ensuring upon the Treaty of 1810. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Wheeler, Douglas L. "The Portuguese in Angola, 1836-1891: A Study in Expansion and Administration." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 1963.
       ■. "19th Century: Anglo-Portuguese Alliance and the Scramble for Africa." In BBC, 600 Years of Anglo-Portuguese Alliance, 40-43. London: BBC, 1973.
       ■. "The Price of Neutrality: Portugal, the Wolfram Question and World War II." Luso-Brazilian Review (Madison, Wisc.) 34, 1, 2 (Summer 1986; Winter 1986): 107-27; 97-111.
       ■ Wordsworth, William. William Wordsworth's Convention of Cintra: A Facsimile of the 1809 Tract [Introduction by Gordon Kent Thomas]. Provo, Utah: Brigham Young University Press, 1983.
       ■ Young, George. Portugal Old and Young. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1917.
       ■ ANTHROPOLOGY, SOCIOLOGY, RURAL AND URBAN SOCIETY
       ■ Almeida, Miguel Vale de. The Hegemonic Male: Masculinity in a Portuguese Town. Oxford: Berghan, 1996.
       ■ Black, Richard. Crisis and Change in Rural Europe: Agricultural Development in the Portuguese Mountains. Aldershot, U.K.: Avebury and Ashgate, 1992.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. Men Who Migrate, Women Who Wait: Population and History in a Portuguese Parish. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1986.
       ■. "The Absence of Men." Natural History 96, 2 (Feb. 1987): 52-61.
       ■. "The Portuguese." In Encyclopedia of World Cultures. New Haven, Conn.: Human Relations Area Files, 1990.
       ■. "The Priest and His People: The Contractual Basis for Religious Practice in Rural Portugal." In Ellen Badone, ed., Religious Orthodoxy and Popular Faith in European Society, 55-75. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1990.
       ■ Brogger, Jan. Pre-bureaucratic Europeans: A Study of a Portuguese Fishing Community. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1989. Cabral, Manuel Villaverde. "Portuguese Perspectives." Sociologia Ruralis [Journal of European Rural Sociology] XXIV, 1 (1986); number devoted to rural Portugal today. Chaney, Rick. Regional Emigration and Remittances in Developing Countries: The Portuguese Experience. New York: Praeger, 1986. Cole, Sally. Women of the Praia: Work and Lives in a Portuguese Colonial Community. Princeton, N.J.: Princeton University Press, 1991. Cutileiro, José. A Portuguese Rural Society. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1971.
       ■ Deschamps, Paul. Portugal: La Vie Sociale Actuelle. Paris, 1935.
       ■. Histoire Sociale du Portugal. Paris, 1959.
       ■ Dias, Jorge. Rio do Onor-comunitarismo agropastoral. Oporto, 1953.
       ■. Ensaios Etnológicos. Lisbon, 1961.
       ■. The Portuguese Contribution to Cultural Anthropology. Johannesburg: Witwaterstrand University Press, 1964.
       ■. Vilarinho Da Furna: Uma Aldeia Comunitária. Rev. ed. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Downs, Charles. Os Moradores à Conquista da Cidade. Lisbon, 1978.
       ■. "Community Organization, Political Change and Urban Policy: Portugal. 1974-1976." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology. University of California, 1980.
       ■. "Residents' Commissions and Urban Struggles in Revolutionary Portugal." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal: The Revolution and Its Consequences. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Dracklé, Dorlé. Macht und Ohnmacht: Der Kampf num die Agarreform im Alentejo ( Portugal). Gottingen, Germany: Edit. Re, 1991.
       ■ Espírito Santo, Moise. Communidade Rural ao Norte do Tejo. Lisbon, 1980.
       ■ Feijó, Rui, H. Martins, and João de Pina Cabral, eds. Death in Portugal. Oxford: Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford, 1983.
       ■ Feijó, Rui Graça. "State, Nation and Regional Diversity in Portugal: An Overview." In Richard Herr and John H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity: Essays on the Nature of Identity in Portugal and Spain, 37-47. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, University of California, 1989.
       ■ Feio, Mariano. Les Bas Alentejo et l'Algarve. Lisbon, 1949.
       ■ Ferreira de Almeida, João. Classes sociais nos campos. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Fonseca, Ramiro da. O Livro da Saúde e da Doença. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Gallop, Rodney. Portugal: A Book of Folk-Ways. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1936. Reprinted, 1961.
       ■ Hoefgen, Lynn. "The Integration of Returnees from the Colonies into Portugal's Social and Economic Life." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, University of Florida, 1985.
       ■ Ingerson, Alice Elizabeth. "Corporatism and Class Consciousness in Northwestern Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology. Johns Hopkins University, 1984.
       ■ Jenkins, Robin. The Road to Alto. London: Pluto Press, 1979.
       ■ Lawrence, Denise. "Menstrual Politics: Women and Pigs in Rural Portugal." In T. Buckley and A. Gottlieb, eds., Blood Magic: The Anthropology of Menstruation, 117-36. Berkeley: University of California Press, 1988.
       ■. "Suburbanization of House Form and Gender Relations in a Rural Portuguese Agro-Town." Architecture and Behavior 4, 3 (1988): 197-212.
       ■ Martins, Hermínio. "Portugal." In Margaret S. Archer and Salvador Giner, eds., Contemporary Europe: Class, Status and Power. New York: St. Martins, 1971.
       ■ Mattoso, José. Identificação de um país. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Merten, Peter. Anarchismüs und Arbeiterkãmpf in Portugal. Hamburg: Libera-tare Association, 1981.
       ■ Nataf, Daniel. "Social Cleavages and Regime Formation in Contemporary Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Political Science, UCLA, 1987.
       ■ Nazareth, J. Manuel. "Familia e Emigração em Portugal: Ensaio Exploratório." Economia e Socialismo 23 (1977): 31-50.
       ■ O'Neill, Brian Juan. "Dying and Inheriting in Rural Tras-os-Montes." Journal of the Anthropological Society of Oxford 14 (1983): 44-74.
       ■. Social Inequality in a Portuguese Hamlet: Land, Late Marriage, and Inheritance, 1870-1978. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1987.
       ■ Pacheco, Helder. Tradições Populares de Portugal. Lisbon, 1985.
       ■ Pardoe, Julia. Traits and Traditions of Portugal, 2 vols. London, 1832.
       ■ Pereira Neto, João Baptista. "Social Evolution in Portugal since 1945." In Raymond S. Sayers, ed., Portugal and Brazil in Transition, 212-27. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1968.
       ■ Pina-Cabral, João de. Sons of Adam, Daughters of Eve: The Peasant World-View of the Alto Minho. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1986.
       ■. "Sociocultural Differentiation and Regional Identity in Portugal." In
       ■ R. Herr and J. H. Polt, eds., Iberian Identity, 3-18. Berkeley: Institute of International Studies, 1989.
       ■ Poinard, Michel. La Retour des Traveilleurs Portugais. Paris: La Documentation Francaise, 1979.
       ■ Reed, Robert Roy. "Managing the Revolution: Revolutionary Promise and Political Reality in Rural Portugal." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Indiana University, 1988.
       ■ Riegelhaupt, Joyce F. "In the Shadow of the City: Integration of a Portuguese Village" [São João das Lampas, nr, Cascais]. Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Anthropology, Columbia University, 1964.
       ■. "Saloio Women: An Analysis of Informal and Formal Political and Economic Roles of Portuguese Peasant Women." Anthropological Quarterly 40, 3 (July 1967): 109-26.
       ■. "Festas and Padres: The Organization of Religious Action in a Portuguese Parish." American Anthropologist 75 (1973): 835-52.
       ■. "Peasants and Politics in Salazar's Portugal: The Corporate State and Village 'Nonpolitics'" In L. S. Graham and H. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal: The Revolution and Its Antecedents, 167-90. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, Julieta E. S. de Almeida. "Continuity and Change in Urban Portuguese Women's Roles: Emerging New Household Structures." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of Sociology, Columbia University, 1979.
       ■ Rowland, Robert. "Demographic Patterns and Rural Society in Portugal." So-ciologica Ruralis 26, 1 (1986): 36-47.
       ■ Sanchis, Pierre. Arraial. La Fête d'un Peuple: Les Pélerinages Populaires au Portugal. Paris, 1976.
       ■ Siegel, Bernard J. "Social Structure and Medical Practitioners in Rural Brazil and Portugal." Sociologia (São Paulo) 20, 4 (Oct. 1958): 463-76.
       ■. "Conflict, Parochialism and Social Differentiation in Portuguese Society." Journal of Conflict Resolution V, 1 (March 1961): 35-12.
       ■ Smith, T. Lynn. "The Social Relationships of Man to the Land in Portugal." Sociologia 25, 1 (Dec. 1963): 319-43.
       ■ Sousa Santos, Boaventura. "Estado e sociedade na semiperíferia do sistema mundiale: O caso português." Análise Social 87-89 (1985): 869-902.
       ■. "Social Crisis and the State." In Kenneth Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s: Dilemmas of Democratic Consolidation, 167-95. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Vasconcellos, Joaquim Leite de. Ethnograia Portuguesa, 8 vols. Lisbon, 1941-82.
       ■. Tradições Populares Portugueses. New ed. Lisbon, 1986.
       ■ Willems, Emilio. "On Portuguese Family Structure." International Journal of Comparative Society (Dharwar, India) 3, 1 (Sept. 1962): 65-79.
       ■ ARTS, ARCHITECTURE, URBAN PLANNING, MUSIC
       ■ Almeida, Rodrigo Vicente de. História da Arte em Portugal: ( Segundo Estudo) Documentos lnéditos. Oporto, 1883. Almeida D'Eca, Admiral Vicente M. Castles of Portugal. Lisbon, 1925. Amaral, Francisco K. Lisboa: Uma Cidade em Transformação. Lisbon, 1969. Azevedo, Carlos de, and Chester Brummel. Churches of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1985.
       ■ Barreira, João, ed. Arte Portuguesa: As Decorativas, 2 vols. Lisbon, n.d.
       ■ Barretto, Mascarenhas, and George Dykes. Fado: Lyrical Origins and Poetical Motivation. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. London: Scala, 1987.
       ■ Branco, Luís de Freitas. A Música em Portugal. Lisbon, 1930.
       ■ Brito, Manuel Carlos de. Opera in Portugal in the Eighteenth Century. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1989.
       ■ Carvalho, Pinto de. História de Fado. Lisbon, 1903 and 1982 eds.
       ■ Castro d'Aire, Teresa. O Fado. Lisbon: Temas da Actualidade, 1996.
       ■ Chicó, Mário Tavares. A Architectura Gótica em Portugal. Lisbon, 1968.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. A Arte em Portugal No Século XIX. Lisbon, 1966.
       ■. Lisboa Pombalina e o Illuminismo, 2nd ed. Lisbon, 1977.
       ■ Gallop, Rodney. "The Fado (The Portuguese Song of Fate)." Musical Quarterly XIX (1933): 199-213.
       ■. Eight Portuguese Folksongs. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1936.
       ■ Gil, Júlio. The Finest Churches in Portugal. Lisbon, 1988.
       ■. The Finest Castles in Portugal, 3rd ed. George F. W. Dykes, trans. Lisbon, 1996.
       ■ Gonçalves, Rui Mário. Pintura e escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura, 1984.
       ■. 100 Pintores Portugueses do século XX. Lisbon: Alfa, 1986.
       ■ Kubler, George. Portuguese Plain Architecture: Between Spices and Diamonds, 1521-1706. Middletown, Conn.: Wesleyan University Press, 1972.
       ■. Studies in Ancient American and European Art: The Collected Essays of George Kubler. New Haven, Conn.: Yale University Press, 1985.
       ■, and Martin Soria. Art and Architecture in Spain and Portugal. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1959.
       ■ Lacerda, Aarão de. História da Arte em Portugal, 2 vols. Oporto, 1942-48.
       ■ Leão, Joaquim de Sousa. "Decorative Art: The Azulejo." In H. V. Livermore, ed. Portugal and Brazil: An Introduction. Oxford: Oxford University Press, 1953.
       ■ Lopes Graça, Fernando. A canção popular portuguesa. Lisbon, 1953.
       ■ Moita, Luís. O fado: canção de vencidos. Lisbon, 1936.
       ■ Neves, José Cassiano. The Palace and Gardens of Fronteira: Seventeenth and Eighteenth Century Portuguese Style. Lisbon: Quetzal and Scala, 1995. North, C.T. Guia dos castelos antigos de Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon: Bertrand Ed., 2002.
       ■ Pacheco, Jose. Stuart Carvalhais. O desenho grafico e a imprensa. Lisbon: Biblioteca do Empresario, 2000. Pereira, Paulo, ed. Arte portuguesa. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1995. Picchio, Luciana Stegagno. Storia del Teatro Portoghese. Rome: Edizinio deli' Ateneo, 1964.
       ■ Queirós, José. Cerâmica Portuguesa, 2 vols. 2nd rev. ed. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ Santos, Luís Reis. Monuments of Portugal. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■ Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1948-50.
       ■. História da Arte em Portugal. Oporto, 1953.
       ■ Sasportes, José. História da Dança em Portugal. Lisbon, 1970. Simões, J. M. dos Santos. "Azulejos in a Land of Many Colours." Connoisseur (London) CXXXVII, 551 (1956): 15-21.
       ■ Smith, Robert C. A Talha em Portugal. Lisbon, 1963.
       ■. The Art of Portugal, 1500-1800. London, Weidenfeld and Nicolson, 1968.
       ■. "The Building of Mafra." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 360-67.
       ■ Stoop, Anne de. Demeures portugaises dans les environs de Lisbonne. Paris: Weber, 1986.
       ■. Palais et manoirs: Le Minho. Paris: Ed. du Seuil, 1995.
       ■ Tannock, Michael. Portuguese 20th Century Artists: A Biographical Dictionary. Chichester, U.K.: Phillimore, 1978.
       ■ Taylor, René. "The Architecture of Port Wine." The Architectural Review CXXIX, 772 (1961): 368-99.
       ■ Terol, Marylene. Azulejos a Lisbonne. Paris: Hervas, 1992.
       ■ Veiga de Oliveira, Ernesto. Instrumentos musicais populares portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Watson, Walter Crum. Portuguese Architecture. London: Constable, 1908. Wohl, Hellmut. "Carlos Mardel and His Lisbon Architecture." Apollo 97, 134 (April 1973): 350-59.
       ■ Andrade, Sergio de. "Presepios." In Dicionario de Arte Barroca em Portugal. Lisbon: Presenca, 1989. Barreira, Joao. Arte Portuguesa, Arquitectura e Escultura. Lisbon: Excelsior, n.d.
       ■ Cardoso, Arnaldo Pinto. O Presepio Barroco Portugues. Lisbon: Bertrand, 2003.
       ■ Chaves, Luis. Os Barristas Portugueses. Coimbra, 1925.
       ■. Natal Portugues. Oporto: Liv. Classica Editora, 1942.
       ■ Gargano, Pietro. Il Presepio. Otto Secoli di Storia, Arte, Tradizione. Milan: Fenice, 1995.
       ■ Lima, Henrique de Campos F. Joaquim Machado de Castro, Escultor Conimbricense. Coimbra: Instituto de Historia de Arte, 1989. Macedo, Diogo de. Presepios Portugueses. Lisbon: Artis, 1951.
       ■. Machado de Castro. Lisbon: Artis, 1958.
       ■ Morais, Heitor. Natal do Meu Coracao. Braga: Ed. A.O., 1991.
       ■ Pais, Alexandre Nobre. Presepios Portugueses Monumentos do Seculo XVIII em Terracotta, 2 vols. Master's thesis in history of art, Universidade Nova de Lisboa, 1998.
       ■ Queiros, Jose. Ceramica Portuguesa. Lisbon: Presenca, 1998. Santos, Reinaldo dos. A Escultura em Portugal. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1951. Serrao, Vitor. Historia da Arte em Portugal IV-O Barroco. Lisbon: Presenca, 2003.
       ■ Smith, Robert C. The Art Of Portugal 1500-1800. New York: Meredith Press, 1968.
       ■ Sousa, Ernesto de. Presepios. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1998.
       ■ Cinema
       ■ Antunes, Joao and Jose de Matos-Cruz, Cinema Portugues 1896-1998. Lisbon: Lusomundo, 1997.
       ■ Bandeira, Jose Gomes. Porto: 100 anos de cinema portugues. Oporto: Camara Municipal do Porto, 1996. Duarte, Fernando. Primitivos do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Cinecultura, 1960.
       ■ Faria de Almeida, M., Resumo da Historia do Cinema. Lisbon: RTP, 1982. Nobre, Roberto. Singularidades do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Portugalia, n.d.
       ■ Pina, Luis de. Aventura do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Vega, 1977.
       ■. Documentarismo Portugues. Lisbon: IPC, 1977.
       ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.
       ■. Historia do Cinema Portugues. Mem Martins: Europa-America, 1986.
       ■ Ribeiro, Felix. O Cinema Portugues antes do Sonoro. Esboco Historiconema Portugues. Lisbon: Terra Livre, 1978.
       ■. Panorama do Cinema Portugues. Lisbon: n.d.
       ■ Andresen, Sofia de Melo Breyner. A Fada Oriana. 9th ed. Lisbon: Figueiri-nhas, 1985.
       ■ Araújo, Matilde Rosa. A estrada fascinante. Lisbon: Livros Horizonte, 1988. Barreto, Garcia. Literatura Para Crianças E Jovens Em Portugal. Oporto:
       ■ Campo Das Letras, 1998. Bastos, Glória. A escrita para crianças em Portugal no seculo XIX. Lisbon:
       ■ Caminho da Educaçao, 1997. Cadet, Maria Rita Chiappe. Os Contos da Mamã. Lisbon: Lallement Freres, 1883.
       ■ Castro, Fernanda. Mariazinha em Africa, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1947. Cross, Esther, and Wilbur Cross. Portugal. Chicago: Childrens Press, 1986. DeSkalon, Anna, and Christa Stadtler. We Live in Portugal. New York: Watts, 1987.
       ■ Gomes, Alice. A Nau Catrineta, 2nd ed. Lisbon: Portugália, 1973.
       ■. A literatura para a infância. Lisbon: Torres & Abreu, 1979.
       ■ Letria, José Jorge. Do sentimento mágico da vida. Lisbon: Escritor, 1994. Müller, Adolfo Simões. Historiazinha de Portugal, 6th ed. Oporto: Tavares Martins, 1983.
       ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. Para as crianças. Illustr. by Leal da Câmara. Setúbal: Liv. Crianças, 1908.
       ■ Pires, Maria Laura Bettencourt. História da literatura infantil portuguesa. Lisbon: Vega, 1981. Ribeiro, Aquilino. Arca de Noé-III Classe. Lisbon, 1989. Rocha, Natércia. Breve História da Literatura para Crianças em Portugal. Lisbon: Instituto de Cultura e Língua Portuguesa, 1984.
       ■. Bibliografia geral da literatura portuguesa para crianças. Lisbon: Edit. Comunicação, 1987.
       ■ Sá, Domingos Guimarães de. A literatura infantil em Portugal. Braga: Edit. Franciscana, 1981.
       ■ Selfridge. John. Portugal. New York: Chelsea House, 1990. Vaz de Carvalho, Maria Amália. Contos para os Nossos Filhos, 11th ed. Oporto: Barreira, 1947.
       ■ Viana, António Manuel Couto. Jõao de Deus e um século de literatura infantil em Portugal. Lisbon: Ed. do Templo, 1978.
       ■ Lisbon, Capital City, in History and Literature
       ■ Castelo-Branco, Fernando. Lisboa Seiscentista, 3rd ed. Lisbon: 1969.
       ■ Castilho, Júlio de. Lisboa Antiga, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1935-45.
       ■ Couto, Dejanirah. Histoire de Lisbonne. Paris: Fayard, 2000.
       ■ Crespo, Ángel. Lisboa Mítica e Literária. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1987.
       ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Lisboa Desaparecida. Lisbon: Quimera, 1990.
       ■ Dionísio, Sant'anna, ed. Guia de Portugal. Vol. I: Lisboa e Arredores. Lisbon: Biblioteca Nacional de Lisboa, 1924, orig. ed; reprint, Gulbenkian Foundation, 1979.
       ■ França, José-Augusto. Lisboa Pombalina e o Iluminismo. Lisbon: Bertrand, 1977.
       ■ Moita, Irisalva, ed. O Livro de Lisboa. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1994.
       ■ Neves, Orlando. Lisboa em Crónica. Lisbon: Author's Ed., 1968.
       ■ Pavão, Luís, and Mário Pereira. Tabernas de Lisboa. Lisbon: Assírio & Alvim, 1981.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Lisboa. O que o turista deve ver: What the Tourist Should See. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1997.
       ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. À Capital. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1960.
       ■ Santos, Piedade Braga, et al. Lisboa Setecentista vista por Estrangeiros. Lisbon: Liv. Horizonte, 1996.
       ■ Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa. Lisbon: Caminho, 1993.
       ■ Wright, David, and Patrick Swift. Lisbon: A Portrait and Guide. New York: Scribners, 1971.
       ■ Azevedo, João Lúcio. Historia das Cristãos-Novos. Lisbon: Liv. Clássica, 1975.
       ■ Baião, António. A Inquisição em Portugal e no Brasil: Subsídios para a sua história. Lisbon: Arquivo Histórico Portugues, 1906. Bethencourt, Francisco. "Portugal: A Scrupulous Inquisition," In Bengt Ankarloo and Gustav Henningsen, eds., Early Modern Witchcraft: Centres and Peripheries, 403-22. Oxford: Clarendon Press, 1990.
       ■. "Os equilíbrios sociais do Poder." In José Mattoso, ed., Historia De Portugal, Vol. 3, No Alvorecer Da Modernidade ( 1480-1620). Lisbon: Estampa, 1993.
       ■. História das Inquisições: Portugal, Espanha e Itália. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1994.
       ■ Braga, Maria Luísa. A Inquisição em Portugal na primeira metade do Séc. XVIII. Lisbon: Inst. Nacional de Investigação Científica, 1992.
       ■ Haliczer, Stephen, ed. Inquisition and Society in Early Modern Europe. London: Croom Helm, 1987.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. Reprint. New York: AMS Press, 1968.
       ■ Magalhães, Joaquim Romero. "Em Busca dos Tempos da Inquisição (15731615)." Revista de História das Ideias 9 (1987): 191-228.
       ■ Mea, Elvira Cunha Azevedo. A Inquisição de Coimbra no Século XVI. Oporto, 1989.
       ■ Mendonça, José Lourenço D. de, and António Joaquim Moreira. História da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon: Círculo de Leitores, 1980.
       ■ Novinsky, Anita, and Luísa M. Carneiro, eds. Inquisição: Ensaios sobre Mentalidade, Heresias e Arte. Rio de Janeiro: Expressão e Cultura, 1992.
       ■ Pereira, Isais da Rosa. Documentos para a história da Inquisição em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Rego, Yvonne Cunha, ed. Feiticeiros, Profetas e Visionários: Textos Antigos Portugueses. Lisbon: Imprensa Nacional e Casa da Moeda, 1981.
       ■ Saraiva, António José. Inquisição e cristãos-novos. Lisbon: Estampa, 1985.
       ■ Walker, Timothy Dale. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, Department of History, Boston University, 2001.
       ■ Literature in English Translation: Selection
       ■ Alcaforado, Mariana. The Letters of a Portuguese Nun ( Mariana Alcaforado). Edgar Prestage, trans. London: D. Nutt, 1893.
       ■ Andrade, Eugénio de. "White on White." Alexis Levitin, trans. Quarterly Review of Literature. Poetry Series VIII. Vol. 27. Princeton, N.J., 1987.
       ■. Another Name for Earth; O outro nome da terra. Alexis Levitin, trans. Ft. Bragg, Calif.: QED Press, 1997.
       ■ Andresen, Sophia de Mello Breyner. Marine Rose: Selected Poems. Ruth Fain-light, trans. Redding Ridge, Conn.: Swan Books, 1989.
       ■ Antunes, António Lobo. South of Nowhere. Elizabeth Lowe, trans. New York: Random House, 1983.
       ■. Fado Alexandrino. Gregory Rabassa, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1990.
       ■. An Explanation of the Birds. Richard Zenith, trans. New York: Grove Weidenfeld, 1991.
       ■. Act of the Damned. New York: Grove Press, 1995.
       ■. The Natural Order of Things. New York: Grove Press, 2000.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. The Three Marias: New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Bell, Aubrey F. G. Poems from the Portuguese ( with the Portuguese text). A.
       ■ Bell, trans. Oxford: Blackwell, 1913.
       ■ Camões, Luís de. The Lusiads of Luís de Camões. Leonard Bacon, trans. New York: Hispanic Society of America, 1950.
       ■. The Lusiads. William C. Atkinson, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1952.
       ■. The Lusiads. Landeg White, trans. New York: Oxford University Press, 1997.
       ■ Castelo Branco, Camilo. Doomed Love ( A Family Memoir). Alice R. Clemente, trans Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1995. Castro, José Maria Ferreira de. Emigrants. Dorothy Ball, trans. New York: Macmillan, 1962.
       ■. Jungle. Charles Duff, trans. New York: Viking, 1935.
       ■. The Mission. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1963.
       ■ Dantas, Júlio. The Cardinals' Collation, 48th ed. A. Saintsbury, trans. London, 1962.
       ■ Dias de Melo. Dark Stones. Gregory McNab, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1996.
       ■ Dinis, Júlio. The Fidalgos of Casa Mourisca. Rosanna Dabney, trans. Boston: D. Lothrop, 1891.
       ■ Garrett, Almeida. Brother Luiz de Sousa [play]. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: Elkin Mathess, 1909.
       ■. Travels in My Homeland. John M. Parker, trans. London: Peter Owen and UNESCO, 1987. Griffin, Jonathan. Camões: Some Poems Translated from the Portuguese by Jonathan Griffin. London: Menard Press, 1976. Jorge, Lídia. The Murmuring Coast. Minneapolis: University of Minnesota Press, 1995.
       ■ Lisboa, Eugénio, ed. Portuguese Short Fiction. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1997.
       ■ Lopes, Fernão. The English in Portugal 1367-87: Extracts from the Chronicles of Dom Fernando and Dom João. Derek W. Lomax and R. J. Oakley, eds. and trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1988.
       ■ Macedo, Helder, ed. Contemporary Portuguese Poetry: An Anthology in English. Helder Macedo, et al., trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet New Press, 1978.
       ■ Martins, J. P. De Oliveira. A History of Iberian Civilization. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans.; preface by Salvador de Madariaga. New York: Cooper Square, 1969.
       ■ Mendes Pinto, Fernão. The Travels of Mendes Pinto [Orig. title: Peregrinação].
       ■ Rebecca D. Catz, trans., with introduction and notes. Chicago: University of Chicago Press, 1989. Miguéis, José Rodrigues. A Man Smiles at Death with Half a Face. George
       ■ Monteiro, trans. Hanover, N.H.: University Press of New England, 1991.
       ■. Happy Easter. John Byrne, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.
       ■. Steerage and Ten Other Stories. George Monteiro, ed. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1998. Monteiro, Luís De Sttau. The Rules of the Game. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Hamilton, 1965.
       ■ Mourão-Ferreira, David. Lucky in Love. Christine Robinson, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1999. Namora, Fernando. Field of Fate. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1970.
       ■. Mountain Doctor. Dorothy Ball, trans. London: Macmillan, 1956.
       ■ Nemésio, Vitorino. Inclement Weather over the Channel. Francisco Cota Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1993.
       ■. Stormy Isles: An Azorean Tale. Francisco C. Fagundes, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 2000.
       ■ Paço D'Arcos, Joaquim. Memoirs of a Banknote. Robert Lyle, trans. London, 1968.
       ■ Pedroso, Consiglieri, comp. Portuguese Folk-Tales. Henriqueta Monteiro, trans. Reprint of orig. 1882 ed. New York: Benjamin Blom, 1969.
       ■ Pessoa, Fernando. Fernando Pessoa: Sixty Portuguese Poems. F. E. G. Quintanilha, ed. and trans. Cardiff: University of Wales Press, 1971.
       ■. Selected Poems: Fernando Pessoa. 2nd rev. ed. Jonathan Griffin, trans. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1982.
       ■. The Book of Disquiet. Alfred MacAdams, trans. New York: Pantheon, 1991.
       ■. Fernando Pessoa: Selected Poems. Peter Rickard, ed. and trans. Edinburgh, U.K.: Edinburgh University Press, 1991.
       ■. "The Mariner: A 'Static Drama' in One Act." In Translation: Portugal.
       ■ George Ritchie, et al., trans. The Journal of Literary Translation. Vol. XXV, 38-56. New York: Translation Center, Columbia University, 1991.
       ■. Message: Bilingual Edition. Jonathan Griffin, trans. London: Menard Press and King's College, 1992.
       ■ Pires, José Cardoso. Ballad of a Dog's Beach. Mary Fitton, trans. London: J. M. Dent, 1986.
       ■ Queirós, José Maria Eça de. Cousin Bazilio. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1953.
       ■. The Relic. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1954.
       ■. The City and the Mountains. Roy Campbell, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1955.
       ■. The Sin of Father Amaro. Nan Flanagan, trans. London: Max Reinhardt, 1962.
       ■. The Maias. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1965.
       ■. The Illustrious House of Ramires. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1968.
       ■. Letters from England. Ann Stevens, trans. London: Bodley Head, 1970.
       ■. To the Capital. John Vetch, trans. Manchester, U.K.: Carcanet, 1995.
       ■ Quental, Antero de. Sixty-four Sonnets. Edgar Prestage, trans. London: David Nutt, 1894.
       ■ Redol, Alves. The Man with Seven Names. L. L. Barrett, trans. New York: Knopf, 1964.
       ■ Resende, André de. André deResende's 'Poema Latina'/ 'Latinpoems.' J. C. R. Martyn, ed. and trans. Lewiston N.Y.: Lampeter and Edwin Mellen, 1998. Ribeiro, Aquilino. When the Wolves Howl. Patricia McGowan Pinheiro, trans. New York: Macmillan; London: Cape, 1963. Sá Carneiro, Mário de. The Great Shadow ( and Other Stories). Margaret Jull Costa, trans. Sawtry, U.K.: Dedalus, 1996. Santareno, Bernardo. The Promise. Nelson H. Vieira, trans. Providence, R.I.: Gávea-Brown, 1981.
       ■ Saramago, José. Baltasar and Blimunda. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1987.
       ■. The Stone Raft. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.
       ■. The Year of the Death of Ricardo Reis. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1991.
       ■. The History of the Siege of Lisbon. Giovanni Pontiero, trans. New York: Harcourt Brace, 1996.
       ■. Blindness. New York: Harcourt, Brace, 1999.
       ■. Tale of the Unknown Island. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2000.
       ■. All the Names. Margaret Jull Costa, trans. New York: Harcourt, 2000.
       ■. Journey to Portugal. New York: Harcourt Brace, 2001.
       ■ Sena, Jorge de. The Poetry of Jorge de Sena: A Bilingual Selection. Frederick G. Williams et al., trans. Santa Barbara, Calif.: Mudborn Press, 1980.
       ■. By the Rivers of Babylon and Other Stories. New Brunswick, N.J.: Rutgers University Press, 1989.
       ■ Vicente, Gil. Four Plays of Gil Vicente: Edited from the Editio Princeps ( 1562). Aubrey F. G. Bell, ed. and trans. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1920.
       ■. Lyrics of Gil Vicente. Aubrey F. G. Bell, trans. Oxford: Oxford University Press, Hispanic Notes and Monographs, Portuguese Series 1, 1921.
       ■. The Play of Rubena. Jack E. Tomlins, trans.; Rene P. Garay and José I. Suarez, eds. New York: National Hispanic Foundation for Humanities, 1993.
       ■. The Boat Plays. David Johnston, trans. and adaptation. London: Oberon, 1996.
       ■. Three Discovery Plays. Anthony Lappin, trans. Warminster, U.K.: Aris & Phillips, 1997.
       ■ Vieira, António. Dust Thou Art. Rev. W. Anderson, trans. London, 1882.
       ■ Portuguese and Portuguese-American Cooking: Cuisine
       ■ Anderson, Jean. Food of Portugal. New York: Hearst, 1994. Asselin, E. Donald. A Portuguese-American Cookbook. Rutland, Vt.: Charles E. Tuttle, 1966.
       ■ Bourne, Ursula. Portuguese Cookery. Harmondsworth, U.K.: Penguin, 1973. Crato, Maria Helena Tavares. Cozinha Portuguesa I, II. Lisbon: Editorial Presença, 1978.
       ■ Dienhart, Miriam, and Anne Emerson, ed. Cooking in Portugal. Cascais: American Women of Lisbon, 1978.
       ■ Feibleman, Peter S. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. New York: Time-Life Books; Foods of the World, 1969.
       ■ Koehler, Margaret H. Recipes from the Portuguese of Provincetown. Riverside, Conn.: Chatham Press, 1973. Manjny, Maite. The Home Book of Portuguese Cookery. London: Faber & Faber, 1974.
       ■ Marques, Susan Lowndes. Good Food from Spain and Portugal. London: Muller, 1956.
       ■ Modesto, Maria de Lourdes. Cozinha Tradicional Portuguesa. Lisbon: Verbo, 1982.
       ■ Ortiz, Elisabeth Lambert. The Food of Spain and Portugal. The Complete Iberian Cuisine. New York: Atheneum, 1989. Pinto, Elvira. La Bonne Cuisine Portugaise. Paris: Edicions Garanciere, 1985.
       ■ Robertson, Carol. Portuguese Cooking: The Authentic and Robust Cuisine of Portugal. Berkeley Calif.: North Atlantic, 1993. Schmaeling, Tony. The Cooking of Spain and Portugal. Ware, U.K.: Omega, 1983.
       ■ Vieira, Édite. The Taste of Portugal. London: Robinson, 1989.
       ■ Von Treskow, Maria. Zü Gast in Portugal: Eine Kulnarische Reise in Garten Europas. Weingarten: Kunstverlag, 1989. Wright, Carol. Portuguese Food. London: Dent, 1969.
       ■ Afonso, Simonetta Luz, and Angela Delaforce. Palace of Queluz The Gardens. Lisbon, 1989.
       ■ Araújo, Iluídio Alves de. Arte Paisagista e Arte das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1962.
       ■ Azeredo, Francisco de. Casas Senhoriais Portuguesas. Barcelos, 1986.
       ■ Binney, Marcus. Country Manors of Portugal. New York: Scala Books, 1987.
       ■ Bowe, Patrick, and Nicolas Sapieha. Gardens of Portugal. New York: Scala Books and Harper and Row, 1989.
       ■ Cane, Florence du. The Flowers and Gardens of Madeira. London, 1924.
       ■ Cardoso, Pedro Homem, and Helder Carita. Da Grandeza das Jardins em Portugal. Lisbon, 1987.
       ■ Carita, Helder, and Homem Cardoso. Portuguese Gardens. London: Antique Collector's Club, 1987.
       ■ Costa, António da, and Luís de O. Franquinho. Madeira: Plantas e Floras. Funchal, 1986.
       ■ Nichols, Rose Standish. Spanish and Portuguese Gardens. Boston, 1926.
       ■ Pereira, Arthur D. Sintra and Its Farm Manors. Sintra, 1983.
       ■ Sampaio, Gonçalo. Flora Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Sitwell, Sacheverell. Portugal and Madeira. London: Batsford, 1945.
       ■ Underwood, John, and Pat Underwood. Landscapes of Madeira. London, 1980.
       ■ Vieira, Rui. Flowers of Madeira. Funchal, 1973.
       ■ Viterbo, Francisco Marques de Sousa. A Jardinagem em Portugal, 2 vols. Coimbra, 1906-9.
       ■ Education, Science, Health, and Medical History
       ■ Albuquerque, Luís de. Estudos de História, 3 vols. Coimbra, 1973-81.
       ■ Baião, Antônio. Episódios Dramáticos da Inquisição Portuguesa, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1936-55.
       ■ Cabreira, Antônio. Portugal nos mares e nas ciências. Lisbon, 1929. Carvalho, Rômulo de. A Astronomia em Portugal (séc. xviii). Lisbon, 1985. Fernandes, Barahona. Egas Moniz: Pioneiro de descobrimentos médicos. Lisbon, 1983.
       ■ Gaitonde, P. D. Portuguese Pioneers in India: Spotlight on Medicine. London: Sangam Books, 1983.
       ■ Hanson, Carl A. "Portuguese Cosmology in the Late Seventeenth Century." In Benjamin F. Taggie and Richard W. Clement, eds., Iberia & the Mediterranean, 75-85. Warrensburg: Central Missouri State University, 1989.
       ■ Higgins, Michael H., and Charles F. S. de Winton. Survey of Education in Portugal. London, 1942.
       ■ Hirsch, Elizabeth Feist. Damião de Góis: The Life and Thought of a Portuguese Humanist. The Hague, 1967.
       ■ Lemos, Maximiano. Arquivos de História da Medicina Portuguesa. Several vols. Lisbon, 1886-1923. Vol. I. História da Medicina em Portugal. Doutrina e Instituições. Lisbon, 1899.
       ■ Mira, Matias Ferreira de. História da Medicina Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ Orta, Garcia de. Colóquios dos Simples e Drogas e Cousas Medicinais da India. Conde de Ficalho, ed., 2 vols. Lisbon, 1891-95.
       ■ Osório, J. Pereira. História e Desenvolvimento da Ciência em Portugal, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1986-89.
       ■ Pina, Luís de. "Uma prioridade portuguesa do século XVI. João de Barros e a Dactiloscópia Oriental." Arquivo da Repartição de Antropologia Criminal IV (1936).
       ■. "As Ciências na História do Império Colonial Português — Séculos XV a XIX." Anais de Faculdade de Ciências do Porto ( 1939-10).
       ■. "Os Portugueses Mestres de Ciência e Metras no Estrangeiro." Actas do Congresso do Mundo Português. Lisbon, 1940.
       ■. "A Ciência em Portugal (bosquejo Histórico)." In Secretariado Nacional da Informação, ed., Portugal: Breviário Da Pátria Para Os Portugueses Ausentes, 277-301. Lisbon, 1946.
       ■ Richards, Robert A. C., ed. Guide to World Science: Vol. 9: Spain and Portugal, 2nd ed. Guernsey, U.K.: F. H. Books, 1974.
       ■ Saraiva, António José. História da Cultura em Portugal, 3 vols. Lisbon, 1950-62.
       ■ ———. "João de Barros." In Serrao, ed., Dicionário de História de Portugal 1 (1963): 307-8.
       ■ Veiga-Pires, J. A., and Ronald G. Grainger, eds. Pioneers in Angiography: The Portuguese School ofAngiography. Lancaster, U.K.: MTP Press, 1982.
       ■ Walker, Timothy. "Doctors, Folk Medicine and the Inquisition: The Repression of Popular Healing in Portugal during the Enlightenment Era." Ph.D. dissertation, History Department, Boston University, 2001.
       ■ Barbosa, Madelena. "Women in Portugal." Women's Studies International Quarterly 4 (1981): 477-80.
       ■ Barreno, Maria Isabel, Maria Teresa Horta, and Maria Velho da Costa. Novas Cartas Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1972.
       ■ ———. The Three Marias. New Portuguese Letters. Helen R. Lane, trans. New York: Doubleday, 1975.
       ■ Brettell, Caroline B. We Have Already Cried Many Tears: The Stories of Three Portuguese Migrant Women. Cambridge, Mass.: Schenkman, 1982.
       ■ Ferreira, Virginia. "Engendering Portugal: Social Change, State Politics, and Women's Social Mobilization." In António Costa Pinto, ed., Modern Portugal, 162-88. Palo Alto, Calif.: SPOSS, 1998.
       ■ Goodwin, Mary. "Portuguese Feminism." Portuguese Studies Newsletter 17 (Spring-Summer 1987): 12-13.
       ■ Lamas, Maria. As Mulheres do Meu País. Lisbon, 1948.
       ■ "Mulheres Portuguesas e Feminismo." Análise Social [special number on Portuguese Women and Feminism] 22 (1986): 92-93.
       ■ Osório, Ana de Castro. As Mulheres Portuguesas. Lisbon, 1905.
       ■ Sadlier, Darlene J. The Question of How: Women Writers and New Portuguese Literature. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood; Contributions in Women's Studies, no. 109, 1989.
       ■ Silva, Manuela. The Employment of Women in Portugal. Luxembourg: Office for Official Publications, European Communities, 1984. Velho da Costa, Maria. Maina Mendes. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■ Vicente, Ana, and Maria Reynolds de Souza. Family Planning in Portugal. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Almeida, Fortunato de. História da Igreja em Portugal. 6 vols. Coimbra, 1910-24, and Oporto, 1967-72. Alonso, Joaquim Maria. The Secret of Fátima: Fact and Legend. Cambridge, Mass.: Ravengate Press, 1979. Alves, José da Felicidade, ed. Católicos e política de Humberto Delgado à Marcelo Caetano. Lisbon, 1969. Araújo, Miguel de, ed. Dicionario político; 1; Os Bispos e a revoluçao de Abril. Lisbon, 1976. Bishko, Charles Julian. Spanish and Portuguese Monastic History 600-1300. London, Variorum Reprints, 1984.
       ■ Blanshard, Paul. Freedom and Catholic Power in Spain and Portugal. Boston: Beacon Press, 1962.
       ■ Boxer, C. R. The Church Militant and Iberian Expansion 1440-1770. Baltimore, Md.: Johns Hopkins University Press, 1978. Bruneau, Thomas C. "Church and State in Portugal: Crises of Cross and Sword." Journal of Church and State XVIII (1976): 463-90. Freire, José Geraldes. Resistência Católico ao Salazarismo-Marcelismo. Oporto, 1976.
       ■ Herculano, Alexandre. History of the Origin and Establishment of the Inquisition in Portugal. John C. Banner, trans. Stanford, Calif.: Stanford University Press, 1962.
       ■ IPOPE. Estudo sobre liberdade e religião em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973. Johnston, Francis. Fátima: The Great Sign. Chulmleigh, U.K.: Augustine Publications, 1980.
       ■ Kondor, Fr. Louis. Fátima in Lucia's Own Words: Sister Lucia's Memoirs. Fatima: Postulation Center, 1976. Lourenço, Joaquim Maria. Situação jurídica da Igreja em Portugal. Coimbra, 1943.
       ■ Mattoso, José. Religião e Cultura na Idade Média Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1982. Miller, Samuel J. Portugal and Rome c. 1748-1830: An Aspect of Catholic Enlightenment. Rome: Universita Gregoriana Editrice, 1978. O'Malley, John W. The First Jesuits. Cambridge, Mass.: Harvard University Press, 1993.
       ■ Pattee, Richard. Portugal and the Portuguese World. Milwaukee, Wisc.: Bruce, 1957.
       ■ Prestage, Edgar. Portugal: A Pioneer of Christianity. Lisbon, 1945.
       ■ Richard, Robert. Etudes sur l'histoire morale et religieuse de Portugal. Paris: Centro Cultural de Gulbenkian, 1970.
       ■ Robinson, Richard A. H. "The Religious Question and Catholic Revival in Portugal, 1900-1930." Journal of Contemporary History XII (1977): 345-62.
       ■. Contemporary Portugal: A History. London: Allen & Unwin, 1979.
       ■ Rodrigues, R. P. Francisco. História da Companhia de Jesus na Assistência de Portugal, 7 vols. Lisbon, 1931-50.
       ■ Roth, Cecil. A History of the Marranos. Philadelphia: Jewish Publication Society of America, 1932.
       ■ Agriculture, Viticulture, and Fishing
       ■ Abreu-Ferreira, Darlene. "The Portuguese in Newfoundland: Documentary Evidence Examined." Portuguese Studies Review 4, 1 (1995-96): 11-33.
       ■ Allen, H. Warner. The Wines of Portugal. London: Michael Joseph, 1963.
       ■ Barros, Afonso de. A reforma agrária em Portugal. Oeiras, 1979.
       ■ Beamish, Huldine V. The Hills of Alentejo. London: Geoffrey Bles, 1958.
       ■ Bennett, Norman R. "The Golden Age of the Port Wine System, 1781-1807." The International History Review XII (1990): 221-18.
       ■ Black, Richard. "The Myth of Subsistence: Market Production in the Small Farm Sector of Northern Portugal." Iberian Studies 1, 8 (1989): 25-41.
       ■ Bravo, Pedro, and Duarte de Oliveira. Viticulture Moderna. Lisbon, 1974.
       ■. Vinhas e Vinhos De Portugal. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Cabral, Manuel V. "Agrarian Structures and Recent Movements in Portugal." Journal of Peasant Studies 4, 5 (July 1978): 411-45.
       ■ Cardoso, José Carvalho. A Agricultura Portuguesa. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Carvalho, Bento de. Guía Dos Vinhos Portugueses. Lisbon, 1982.
       ■ Clarke, Robert. Open Boat Whaling in the Azores: The History and Present Methods of a Relic Industry. Cambridge: Cambridge University Press, 1954.
       ■ Cockburn, Ernest. Port Wine and Oporto. London: Wine & Spirit, 1949. Cole, S. C. "Cod, Cod Country and Family: The Portuguese Newfoundland Fishery." Mast 3, 1 (1990): 1-29.
       ■ Coull, James. The Fisheries of Europe. London: G. Bell & Sons, 1972.
       ■ Croft-Cooke, Rupert. Port. London: Putnam, 1957.
       ■. Madeira. London: Putnam, 1961.
       ■ Delaforce, John. The Factory House at Oporto. London: Christie's Wine Publications, 1979 and later eds.
       ■ Doel, Patricia A. Port O'Call: Memories of the Portuguese White Fleet in St. John's Newfoundland. St. John's, Newfoundland: ISER, 1992.
       ■ Fletcher, Wyndham. Port: An Introduction to Its History and Delights. London: Bernet, 1978.
       ■ Francis, A. D. The Wine Trade. London: Adam and Charles Black, 1972.
       ■ Freitas, Eduardo, João Ferreira de Almeida, and Manuel Villaverde Cabral. Modalidades de penetração do capitalismo na agricultura: estruturas agrárias em Portugal Continental, 1950-1970. Lisbon, 1976.
       ■ Gonçalves, Francisco Esteves. Portugal: A Wine Country. Lisbon, 1984.
       ■ Gulbenkian Foundation. Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Kurlansky, Mark. Cod: A Biography of the Fish That Changed the World. New York: Walker, 1997.
       ■ Malefakis, Edward. "Two Iberian Land Reforms Compared: Spain, 1931-1936 and Portugal, 1974—1978." In Gulbenkian Foundation, Agrarian Reform. Lisbon, 1981.
       ■ Moreira da Fonseca, A. Port Wine: Notes on Its History, Production and Technology. Oporto, 1981.
       ■ Moutinho, M. História da pesca do bacalhau. Lisbon: Imprensa Universitária, 1985.
       ■ Oliveira Marques, A. H. de. lntrodução a história da agricultura em Portugal.
       ■ Lisbon, 1968. Pato, Octávio. O Vinho. Lisbon, 1971.
       ■ Pearson, Scott R. Portuguese Agriculture in Transition. Ithaca, N.Y.: Cornell University Press, 1987.
       ■ Postgate, Raymond. Portuguese Wine. London: Dent, 1969.
       ■ Read, Jan. The Wines of Portugal. London: Faber & Faber, 1982.
       ■ Robertson, George. Port. London: Faber & Faber, 1982 ed.
       ■ Rutledge, Ian. "Land Reform and the Portuguese Revolution." Journal of Peasant Studies 5, 1 (Oct. 1977): 79-97.
       ■ Sanceau, Elaine. The British Factory at Oporto. Oporto, 1970.
       ■ Simon, Andre L. Port. London: Constable, 1934.
       ■ Simões, J. Os grandes trabalhadores do Mar: Reportagens na Terra Nova e na Groenlândia. Lisbon: Gazeta dos Caminho de Ferro, 1942.
       ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992: Special Report. New York: Camões Center/RIIC, Columbia University, 1990.
       ■ Stanislawski, Dan. Landscapes of Bacchus: The Vine in Portugal. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1970.
       ■ Teixeira, Carlos, and Victor M. Pereira da Rosa, eds. The Portuguese in Canada: From the Seat to the City. Toronto: University of Toronto Press, 2000.
       ■ Unwin, Tim. "Farmers' Perceptions of Agrarian Change in Northwest Portugal." Journal of Rural Studies 1, 4 (1985): 339-57.
       ■ Valadão do Valle, E. Bacalhau: tradições históricas e económicos. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■ Venables, Bernard. Baleia! The Whalers of Azores. London: Bodley Head, 1968.
       ■ Villiers, Alan. The Quest of the Schooner Argus: A Voyage to the Banks and Greenland. New York: Scribners, 1951. World Bank. Portugal: Agricultural Survey. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.
       ■ ECONOMY, INDUSTRY, AND DEVELOPMENT
       ■ Aiyer, Srivain, and Shahid A. Chandry. Portugal and the E.E.C.: Employment and Implications. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Baklanoff, Eric N. The Economic Transformation of Spain and Portugal. New York: Praeger, 1978.
       ■. "Changing Systems: The Portuguese Revolution and the Public Enterprise Sector." ACES ( Association of Comparative Economic Studies) Bulletin 26 (Summer-Fall 1984): 63-76.
       ■. "Portugal's Political Economy: Old and New." In K. Maxwell and M. Haltzel, eds., Portugal: Ancient Country, Young Democracy, 37-59. Washington, D.C.: Wilson Center Press, 1990.
       ■ Barbosa, Manuel P. Growth, Migration and the Balance of Payments in a Small, Open Economy. New York: Garland, 1984.
       ■ Braga de Macedo, Jorge, and Simon Serfaty, eds. Portugal since the Revolution: Economic and Political Perspectives. Boulder, Colo.: Westview, 1981.
       ■ Carvalho, Camilo, et al. Sabotagem Econômica: " Dossier" Banco Espírito Santo e Comercial de Lisboa. Lisbon, 1975.
       ■ Corkill, David. The Development of the Portuguese Economy: A Case of Euro-peanization. London: Routledge, 1999.
       ■ Cravinho, João. "The Portuguese Economy: Constraints and Opportunities." In K. Maxwell, ed., Portugal in the 1980s, 111-65. Westport, Conn.: Greenwood, 1986.
       ■ Dornsbusch, Rudiger, Richard S. Eckhaus, and Lane Taylor. "Analysis and Projection of Macroeconomic Conditions in Portugal." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 299-330. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979.
       ■ The Economist (London). "On the Edge of Europe: A Survey of Portugal." (June 30, 1981): 3-27.
       ■. "Coming Home: A Survey of Portugal." (May 28, 1988).
       ■. 'The New Iberia: Not Quite Kissing Cousins" [Spain and Portugal]. (May 5, 1990): 21-24.
       ■ Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian and German Marshall Fund of the U.S., eds. II Conferência Internacional sobre e Economia Portuguesa, 2 vols. Lisbon, 1979.
       ■ Hudson, Mark. Portugal to 1993: Investing in a European Future. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit/Special Report No. 11 57/EIU Economic Prospects Series, 1989.
       ■ International Labour Office (ILO). Employment and Basic Needs in Portugal. Geneva: ILO, 1979.
       ■ Kavalsky, Basil, and Surendra Agarwal. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978.
       ■ Krugman, Paul, and Jorge Braga de Macedo. "The Economic Consequences of the April 25th Revolution." Economia III (1979): 455-83.
       ■ Lewis, John R., and Alan M. Williams. "The Sines Project: Portugal's Growth Centre or White Elephant?" Town Planning Review 56, 3 (1985): 339-66.
       ■ Makler, Harry M. "The Consequences of the Survival and Revival of the Industrial Bourgeoisie." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 251-83. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■ Marques, A. La Politique Economique Portugaise dans la Période de la Dictature ( 1926-1974). Doctoral thesis, 3rd cycle, University of Grenoble, France, 1980.
       ■ Martins, B. Sociedades e grupos em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Mata, Eugenia, and Nuno Valério. História Econômica De Portugal: Uma Perspectiva Global. Lisbon: Edit. Presença, 1994. Murteira, Mário. "The Present Economic Situation: Its Origins and Prospects." In L. S. Graham and H. M. Makler, eds., Contemporary Portugal, 331-42. Austin: University of Texas Press, 1979. OCED. Economic Survey: Portugal: 1988. Paris: OCED, 1988 [see also this series since 1978].
       ■ Pasquier, Albert. L'Economie du Portugal: Données et Problémes de Son Expansion. Paris: Librarie Generale de Droit, 1961. Pereira da Moura, Francisco. Para onde vai e economia portuguesa? Lisbon, 1973.
       ■ Pintado, V. Xavier. Structure and Growth of the Portuguese Economy. Geneva: EFTA, 1964.
       ■ Pitta e Cunha, Paulo. "Portugal and the European Economic Community." In L. S. Graham and D. L. Wheeler, eds., In Search of Modern Portugal, 321-38. Madison: University of Wisconsin Press, 1983.
       ■. "The Portuguese Economic System and Accession to the European Community." In E. Sousa Ferreira and W. C. Opello, Jr., eds., Conflict and Change in Portugal, 1974-1984, 281-300. Lisbon, 1985. Porto, Manuel. "Portugal: Twenty Years of Change." In Alan Williams, ed., Southern Europe Transformed, 84-112. London: Harper & Row, 1984. Quarterly Economic Review. London: The Economist Intelligence Unit, 1974-present.
       ■ Salgado de Matos, Luís. Investimentos Estrangeiros em Portugal. Lisbon, 1973 and later eds.
       ■ Schmitt, Hans O. Economic Stabilisation and Growth in Portugal. Washington, D.C.: International Monetary Fund, 1981.
       ■ Smith, Diana. Portugal and the Challenge of 1992. New York: Camões Center, RIIC, Columbia University, 1989.
       ■ Tillotson, John. The Portuguese Bank Note Case [ 1920s]: Legal, Economic and Financial Approaches to the Measure of Damages in Contract. Manchester, U.K.: Faculty of Law, University of Manchester, 1992.
       ■ Tovias, Alfred. Foreign Economic Relations of the Economic Community: The Impact of Spain and Portugal. Boulder, Colo.: Rienner, 1990.
       ■ Valério, Nuno. A moeda em Portugal, 1913-1947. Lisbon: Sá da Costa, 1984.
       ■ World Bank. Portugal: Current and Prospective Economic Trends. Washington, D.C.: World Bank, 1978 and to the present.
       ■ PHOTOGRAPHY ON PORTUGAL
       ■ Alves, Afonso Manuel, Antônio Sacchetti, and Moura Machado. Lisboa. Lisbon, 1991.
       ■ Antunes, José. Lisboa do nosso olhar; A look on Lisbon. Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1991. Beaton, Cecil. Near East. London: Batsford, 1943.
       ■. Lisboa 1942: Cecil Beaton, Lisbon 1942. Lisbon: British Historical Society of Portugal/Fundação Calouste Gulbenkian, 1995.
       ■ Bottineau, Yves. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1957.
       ■ Câmara Municipal de Lisboa. 7 Olhares ( Seven Viewpoints). Lisbon: Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, 1998.
       ■ Capital, A. Lisboa: Imagens d'A Capital. Lisbon: Edit. Notícias, 1984.
       ■ Dias, Marina Tavares. Photographias de Lisboa, 1900 ( Photographs of Lisbon, 1900). Lisbon: Quimera, 1991.
       ■ Finlayson, Graham, and Frank Tuohy. Portugal. London: Thames & Hudson, 1970.
       ■ Glassner, Helga. Portugal. Berlin-Zurich: Atlantis-Verlag, 1942. Hopkinson, Amanda, ed. Reflections by Ten Portuguese photographers. Bark-way, U.K.: Frontline/Portugal 600, 1996.
       ■ Lima, Luís Leiria, and Isabel Salema. Lisboa de Pedra e Bronze. Lisbon, 1990.
       ■ Martins, Miguel Gomes. Lisboa ribeirinha ( Riverside Lisbon). Lisbon: Arquivo Municipal, Câmara Municipal de Lisboa, Livros Horizonte, 1994. Vieira, Alice. Esta Lisboa ( This Lisbon). Lisbon: Caminho, 1994. Wohl, Hellmut, and Alice Wohl. Portugal. London: Frederick Muller, 1983.
       ■ EQUESTRIANISM
       ■ Andrade, Manoel Carlos de, Luz da Liberal e Nobre Arte da Cavallaria. Lisbon, 1790.
       ■ Graciosa, Filipe. Escola Portuguesa de Arte Equestre. Lisbon, 2004.
       ■ Horsetalk Magazine. Published in New Zealand.
       ■ Oliveira, Nuno. Reflections on the Equestrian Art. London, 2000.
       ■ Russell, Eleanor, ed. The Truth in the Teaching of Nuno Oliveira. Stanhope,
       ■ Queensland, Australia, 2003. Vilaca, Luis V., and Pedro Yglesias d'Oliveira, eds. LUSITANO. Coudelarias De Portugal. O Cavalo ancestral do Sudoeste da Europa. Lisbon: ICONOM, 2005.
       ■ Websites of interest: www.equestrian.pt portugalweb.com

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > CULTURE, LITERATURE, AND LANGUAGE

  • 18 bonae

    bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
    I.
    Attributively.
    A.
    As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
    1.
    Vir bonus.
    (α).
    A man morally good (kalos kagathos):

    quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:

    omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:

    ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,

    id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:

    sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,

    id. Off. 3, 15, 64:

    qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,

    id. Att. 7, 2, 4:

    ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,

    id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
    (β).
    An honest man:

    justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;

    3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,

    id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
    (γ).
    A man of good standing in the community:

    id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,

    Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:

    tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,

    Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;

    37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:

    vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:

    praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,

    Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
    (δ).
    Ironically of bad men:

    sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:

    expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,

    Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,

    id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;

    so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:

    quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
    (ε).
    Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):

    bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
    (ζ).
    As a conventional courtesy:

    homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:

    bone accusator,

    id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:

    sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,

    gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
    2.
    Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:

    in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
    3.
    With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:

    bonus consul,

    Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):

    boni tribuni plebis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:

    bonus senator,

    id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:

    senator bonus,

    id. Dom. 4, 8:

    bonus judex,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:

    bonus augur (ironically),

    id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:

    bonus vates,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:

    bonus imperator,

    Sall. C. 60, 4:

    bonus dux,

    Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:

    naturam, optimam ducem,

    the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):

    bonus miles,

    Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    bonus orator,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:

    optimus orator,

    id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:

    poeta bonus,

    id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:

    scriptor bonus,

    Quint. 10, 1, 104:

    bonus advocatus,

    id. 5, 13, 10:

    bonus defensor,

    id. 5, 13, 3:

    bonus altercator,

    a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:

    bonus praeceptor,

    id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:

    bonus gubernator,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    optimus opifex,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:

    sutor bonus,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 125:

    actor optimus,

    Cic. Sest. 57, 122:

    cantor optimus est modulator,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:

    melior gladiator,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:

    bonus paterfamilias,

    a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    bonus servus,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:

    dominus bonus,

    Cato, R. R. 14:

    bonus custos,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:

    filius bonus,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    patres,

    Quint. 11, 3, 178:

    parens,

    id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:

    uxor melior,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    amicus,

    id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:

    amicus optimus,

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:

    optimus testis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    auctor, in two senses,

    good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;

    and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),

    Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:

    bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 83:

    eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:

    optimus et fortissimus civis,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
    4.
    Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:

    fata... bonique divi,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:

    divis orte bonis,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    O bone deus!

    Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
    (β).
    Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:

    (Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:

    Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 36, 87:

    in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,

    id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:

    nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
    (γ).
    Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:

    di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:

    di boni, boni quid porto!

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:

    di boni, quid hoc morbi est,

    id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:

    alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!

    Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
    (δ).
    Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
    5.
    Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
    (α).
    Vir optimus:

    per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,

    Cic. Sest. 1, 2:

    virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,

    id. ib. 35, 76:

    fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,

    id. ib.:

    consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,

    id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
    (β).
    Femina bona, optima:

    tua conjunx bona femina,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,

    id. ib. —
    (γ).
    Senex, pater, frater, etc.:

    optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,

    Cic. Planc. 41, 97:

    insuevit pater optimus hoc me,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:

    C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
    (δ).
    With proper names ( poet.):

    optimus Vergilius,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:

    Maecenas optimus,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 27:

    optime Quinti,

    id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
    (ε).
    Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:

    quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?

    Plin. Pan. 2, 7:

    gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!

    Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:

    ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:

    bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,

    Ov. F. 2, 637:

    optime Romulae Custos gentis,

    Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
    6.
    Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
    (α).
    Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):

    Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,

    Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.

    in mal. part.,

    Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
    (β).
    Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
    (γ).
    Bona Fortuna:

    si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:

    Bonae Fortunae (signum),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:

    FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,

    Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
    (δ).
    Bona Spes:

    Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:

    BONAE SPEI,

    Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
    (ε).
    BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:

    Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,

    Prop. 3, 24, 19.
    B.
    With nouns denoting things.
    1.
    Things concrete, denoting excellence:

    navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 13:

    gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,

    id. ib. 76, 14:

    id vinum erit lene et bono colore,

    Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:

    tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,

    Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:

    per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,

    id. ib. 73; cf.:

    bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,

    Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:

    praedium bonum caelum habeat,

    good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:

    bona tempestate,

    in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:

    (praedium) solo bono valeat,

    by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:

    bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:

    villam bonam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:

    bonus pons,

    Cat. 17, 5:

    scyphi optimi (= optime facti),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:

    perbona toreumata,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §

    38: bona domicilia,

    comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:

    agrum Meliorem nemo habet,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:

    fundum meliorem,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:

    equus melior,

    id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    bona cena,

    Cat. 13, 3:

    boni nummi,

    good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:

    super omnia vultus accessere boni,

    good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:

    mulier bona forma,

    of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:

    equus formae melioris,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:

    tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,

    fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:

    fruges bonae,

    Cat. 34, 19:

    ova suci melioris,

    of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:

    animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:

    bonum omen, 2. e.),

    Quint. 6, 3, 69:

    scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,

    good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,

    bona firmaque vox,

    Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
    2.
    Things abstract.
    a.
    Of physical well-being:

    ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:

    non bonus somnus de prandio est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:

    bona aetas,

    prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:

    optima aetate,

    id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:

    bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Of the mind and soul:

    meliore esse sensu,

    Cic. Sest. 21, 47:

    optima indoles,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    bona conscientia,

    Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:

    bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,

    with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:

    mens melior,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:

    duos optimae indolis filios,

    Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:

    bonum consilium,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    bona voluntas,

    a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:

    memoria bona,

    Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:

    bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,

    id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:

    bonae rationes,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:

    pronuntiatio bona,

    Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
    c.
    Of moral relations:

    ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;

    v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:

    fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,

    of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:

    bona studia,

    moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:

    quidquid vita meliore parasti,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:

    Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,

    Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
    d.
    Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    Optumo optume optumam operam das,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 122:

    bonam dedistis mihi operam,

    a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;

    v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    bonum otium,

    valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:

    bonis versibus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    versus meliores,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:

    meliora poemata,

    Hor. A. P. 303:

    in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    optimas fabulas,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    melius munus,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
    e.
    Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:

    de Procilio rumores non boni,

    unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:

    bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,

    about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:

    si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,

    id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.

    fortuna optima esse,

    to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:

    occasio tam bona,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:

    senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:

    bona navigatio,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;

    esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:

    ego sum spe bona,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:

    optima spe,

    id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;

    v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,

    more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:

    melior interpretatio,

    Tac. H. 3, 65:

    cum laude et bonis recordationibus,

    id. A. 4, 38:

    amnis Doctus iter melius,

    i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:

    omen bonum,

    a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.

    Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,

    Ov. F. 1, 221;

    optimum,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:

    bona scaeva,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:

    auspicio optumo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:

    memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
    f.
    Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:

    optima res publica,

    id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:

    minus bonis temporibus,

    id. Dom. 4, 8; so,

    optimis temporibus,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:

    lex optima,

    id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
    g.
    Good = large, considerable:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6:

    bona librorum copia,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:

    bona copia cornu,

    Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
    h.
    Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:

    si bono genere natus sit,

    Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
    k.
    Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
    (α).
    Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:

    primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:

    bona tua venia dixerim,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:

    oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 41, 3:

    obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,

    id. 6, 40, 10:

    cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,

    id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.

    . sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Bona pax, without quarrelling:

    bona pax sit potius,

    let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;

    so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,

    without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
    (γ).
    Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:

    igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,

    Sall. J. 5, 5.—
    (δ).
    Bona societas, alliance:

    Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,

    Tac. A. 1, 58.
    C.
    In particular phrases.
    1.
    Bonae res.
    a.
    = Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:

    concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:

    optimis rebus usus est,

    he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
    b.
    = Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:

    bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:

    in bonis rebus,

    Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
    c.
    Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:

    homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,

    who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
    d.
    Costly things, articles of luxury:

    capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:

    nimium rei bonae,

    id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:

    ignorantia bonarum rerum,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:

    re bona copiosum esse,

    Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
    e.
    Moral, morally good:

    illi cum res non bonas tractent,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:

    ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 15:

    quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?

    id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:

    quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,

    id. Sen. 18, 65.—
    f.
    In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:

    res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:

    studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,

    Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
    2.
    Bonae artes.
    (α).
    A good, laudable way of dealing:

    qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,

    Sall. C. 2, 9:

    huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,

    id. ib. 11, 2:

    quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,

    Tac. A. 6, 46.—
    (β).
    Liberal arts and sciences:

    litteris aut ulli bonae arti,

    Quint. 12, 1, 7:

    conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,

    Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:

    optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
    3.
    Bona fides, or fides bona.
    a.
    Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:

    dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:

    si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
    b.
    Jurid. t. t.
    (α).
    Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:

    ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;

    41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,

    ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
    (β).
    Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:

    actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,

    Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:

    quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:

    iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,

    id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
    4.
    Bona verba.
    (α).
    Kind words:

    Bona verba quaeso,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
    (β).
    Words of good omen (v. omen):

    dicamus bona verba,

    Tib. 2, 2, 1:

    dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,

    Ov. F. 2, 638.—
    (γ).
    Elegant or well-chosen expressions:

    quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,

    Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:

    verborum bonorum cursu,

    id. Brut. 66, 233:

    omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,

    Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
    (δ).
    Moral sayings:

    non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
    5.
    Bona dicta.
    (α).
    Polite, courteous language:

    hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
    (β).
    Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:

    dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:

    ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,

    id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
    6.
    Bona facta.
    (α).
    = bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:

    nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (β).
    Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):

    bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:

    haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,

    id. ib. 45.— Hence,
    (γ).
    Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:

    peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,

    Suet. Caes. 80:

    et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,

    id. Vit. 14:

    hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,

    Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:

    o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,

    Tert. Pud. 1.—
    7.
    Bona gratia.
    (α).
    A friendly understanding:

    cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,

    per gratiam bonam abire,

    to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
    (β).
    Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
    8.
    Bona pars.
    (α).
    The well-disposed part of a body of persons:

    ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,

    Liv. 21, 4, 1:

    pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,

    id. 7, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):

    civem bonarum partium,

    Cic. Sest. 32, 77:

    (fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,

    id. Cael. 6, 13:

    qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,

    Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
    (γ).
    Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):

    bonam partem ad te adtulit,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:

    bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,

    Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:

    bonam magnamque partem exercitus,

    Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:

    bona pars noctium,

    Quint. 12, 11, 19:

    bona pars hominum,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:

    meae vocis... bona pars,

    id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:

    melior pars diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156.—
    (δ).
    Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:

    nostri melior pars animus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:

    quae pars optima est in homine,

    best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:

    major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:

    Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
    (ε).
    Adverb.:

    bonam partem = ex magna parte,

    Lucr. 6, 1249.—
    (ζ).
    Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:

    Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,

    id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:

    quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,

    id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
    9.
    Dies bonus or bona.
    (α).
    A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):

    tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:

    nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,

    Ov. F. 1, 72.—
    (β).
    A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
    10.
    Bonus mos.
    (α).
    Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:

    nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:

    nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:

    domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:

    cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,

    Liv. 34, 6, 9:

    mores meliores,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
    (β).
    Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:

    ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:

    neglegentia boni moris,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:

    conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,

    in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
    11.
    Adverbial phrases.
    a.
    Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
    (α).
    To be of good cheer or courage:

    bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,

    Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:

    animo bono es,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:

    bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 26:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:

    bono animo esse jubere eam consul,

    Liv. 39, 13, 7:

    habe modo bonum animum,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:

    habe animum bonum,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:

    bonum animum habe,

    Liv. 45, 8, 5:

    clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,

    id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
    (β).
    Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:

    audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:

    bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:

    quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
    (γ).
    Bonus animus, good temper, patience:

    bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:

    vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,

    Ov. M. 9, 433.—
    b.
    Bono modo.
    (α).
    = placide, with composure, moderation:

    si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
    (β).
    In a decent manner:

    neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
    c.
    Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:

    te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:

    ut jure optimo me deserere posses,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:

    ne jure optimo irrideamur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;

    similarly, optimo judicio,

    Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
    II.
    As subst.
    A.
    bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
    1.
    In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
    (α).
    Plur.:

    bonis quod bene fit haud perit,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:

    melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,

    Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:

    verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,

    id. Lael. 14, 50:

    diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,

    Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:

    oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:

    tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:

    quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
    (β).
    Sing.:

    malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:

    nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:

    qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
    2.
    Bonus, a man of honor.
    (α).
    A brave man:

    pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:

    libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,

    Sall. C. 33, 5:

    fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,

    Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):

    fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,

    Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
    (β).
    A gentleman:

    quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
    3.
    Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
    (α).
    In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;

    so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 38:

    audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,

    id. ib. 47, 100:

    ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,

    id. Pis. 2, 4:

    etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:

    maledictis increpat omnes bonos,

    Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,

    optimi,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:

    bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,

    id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
    (β).
    Without reference to political views;

    opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:

    semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,

    Sall. C. 37, 3:

    elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,

    Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:

    ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:

    da locum melioribus,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
    4.
    Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
    5.
    Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
    (α).
    Referring to morality:

    esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,

    every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:

    qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,

    id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:

    quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?

    Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Of the educated classes:

    adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:

    Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,

    Sall. C. 34, 2:

    optimo cuique infesta libertas,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
    (γ).
    Honorable, brave:

    optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,

    Sall. J. 92, 8.—
    (δ).
    In gen., excellent:

    optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,

    Sall. C. 8, 5.—
    (ε).
    Distributively:

    ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,

    to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
    (ζ).
    Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):

    hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
    (η).
    Attributively, with a noun:

    optimam quamque causam,

    Cic. Sest. 43, 93:

    optima quaeque dies,

    Verg. G. 3, 66.
    2.
    bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
    1.
    Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;

    nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:

    quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 9:

    ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    non-est igitur voluptas bonum,

    id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
    2.
    Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:

    quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:

    multa bona vobis volt facere,

    will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:

    tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,

    id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:

    multa tibi di dent bona,

    id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:

    omnia Bona dicere,

    to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:

    sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,

    id. ib. 5, 41, 120:

    nihil enim boni nosti,

    nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:

    mala pro bonis legere dementia est,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:

    quia bonum sit valere,

    a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):

    melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,

    id. Lael. 6, 20:

    meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 43:

    optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,

    id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;

    v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,

    to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:

    ad melius transcurrere,

    to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
    3.
    Bonum or bona, prosperity:

    fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:

    nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,

    id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:

    unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:

    quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),

    Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
    4.
    Good qualities, gifts:

    omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:

    magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:

    nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,

    id. ib. 17, 39:

    non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,

    id. Balb. 28, 63:

    gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,

    id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
    5.
    Advantage, benefit:

    si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,

    Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:

    saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,

    id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:

    maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,

    Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:

    hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
    6.
    With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:

    si bonum aequomque oras,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:

    si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:

    a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:

    istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,

    I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
    7.
    Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
    a.
    In gen.:

    paterna oportet reddi filio bona,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:

    bona sua med habiturum omnia,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:

    bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,

    Cic. Sest. 24, 54:

    cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,

    id. ib. 30, 65:

    bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,

    id. Caecin. 13, 38:

    at mulctantur bonis exsules,

    id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
    b.
    Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
    (α).
    Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
    (β).
    Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:

    postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,

    Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:

    edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,

    Liv. 2, 24, 6:

    bona proscribere,

    to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
    (γ).
    Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
    c.
    In bonis esse;

    with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),

    Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:

    neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,

    ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
    III.
    Predicative use.
    A.
    With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
    1.
    Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:

    nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:

    bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:

    itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:

    Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,

    Sall. C. 54, 5:

    ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,

    Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin.
    2.
    To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:

    jam istuc non bonumst,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:

    oleum viridius et melius fiet,

    id. ib. 3:

    vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,

    to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:

    quid est homini salute melius?

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:

    non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,

    id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:

    quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:

    in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,

    id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:

    meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,

    Liv. 2, 51, 3:

    parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,

    Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:

    si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:

    quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,

    Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;

    3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;

    and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
    3.
    To be kind:

    bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:

    hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
    4.
    With reference to the gods:

    ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:

    Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),

    Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
    B.
    Impers.
    1.
    Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
    (α).
    Without a subject:

    bonum sit!

    may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
    (β).
    With subject inf.:

    nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:

    bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,

    id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
    2.
    Melius est.
    (α).
    With subject inf.:

    melius sanam est mentem sumere,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:

    nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,

    melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,

    it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:

    proinde quiesse erit melius,

    Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
    (β).
    With subject inf.-clause:

    meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
    (γ).
    With ut-clause:

    quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
    (δ).
    With subjectclause in the subjunctive:

    nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
    3.
    Optimum est.
    (α).
    With subject inf.:

    optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,

    Liv. 23, 34, 8:

    si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With inf.-clause:

    constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
    (γ).
    With ut and subj:

    hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
    (δ).
    With quod:

    illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:

    optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,

    id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
    (ε).
    With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):

    sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:

    optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 30:

    optumum factu credens exercitum augere,

    Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
    IV.
    Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:

    di melius duint,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:

    di meliora velint!

    Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:

    di meliora! inquit,

    Cic. Sen. 14, 47:

    id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;

    similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
    V.
    With object expressed,
    1.
    By dat.
    (α).
    = good, useful, beneficial for:

    ambula, id lieni optumum est,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:

    quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,

    Sall. C. 20, 3:

    bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 2, 447.—
    (β).
    = benignus or propitius, kind to:

    vicinis bonus esto,

    Cato, R. R. 4:

    bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:

    vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,

    Verg. A. 12, 647.—
    (γ).
    = idoneus, fit for, adapted to:

    qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,

    Cato, R. R. 6:

    tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,

    id. ib. 26:

    terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,

    Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
    (δ).
    With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:

    accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:

    bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,

    Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:

    quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    cui bono fuisset,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.

    ellipt. form cui bono?

    Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
    (ε).
    With dat. gerund:

    ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,

    Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:

    (mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,

    Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
    2.
    By ad and acc.:

    refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 91:

    occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,

    Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:

    non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,

    Tac. A. 2, 14.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bonae

  • 19 bonus

    bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
    I.
    Attributively.
    A.
    As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
    1.
    Vir bonus.
    (α).
    A man morally good (kalos kagathos):

    quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:

    omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:

    ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,

    id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:

    sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,

    id. Off. 3, 15, 64:

    qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,

    id. Att. 7, 2, 4:

    ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,

    id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
    (β).
    An honest man:

    justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;

    3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,

    id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
    (γ).
    A man of good standing in the community:

    id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,

    Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:

    tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,

    Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;

    37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:

    vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:

    praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,

    Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
    (δ).
    Ironically of bad men:

    sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:

    expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,

    Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,

    id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;

    so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:

    quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
    (ε).
    Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):

    bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
    (ζ).
    As a conventional courtesy:

    homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:

    bone accusator,

    id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:

    sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,

    gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
    2.
    Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:

    in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
    3.
    With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:

    bonus consul,

    Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):

    boni tribuni plebis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:

    bonus senator,

    id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:

    senator bonus,

    id. Dom. 4, 8:

    bonus judex,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:

    bonus augur (ironically),

    id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:

    bonus vates,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:

    bonus imperator,

    Sall. C. 60, 4:

    bonus dux,

    Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:

    naturam, optimam ducem,

    the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):

    bonus miles,

    Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    bonus orator,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:

    optimus orator,

    id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:

    poeta bonus,

    id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:

    scriptor bonus,

    Quint. 10, 1, 104:

    bonus advocatus,

    id. 5, 13, 10:

    bonus defensor,

    id. 5, 13, 3:

    bonus altercator,

    a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:

    bonus praeceptor,

    id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:

    bonus gubernator,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    optimus opifex,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:

    sutor bonus,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 125:

    actor optimus,

    Cic. Sest. 57, 122:

    cantor optimus est modulator,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:

    melior gladiator,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:

    bonus paterfamilias,

    a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    bonus servus,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:

    dominus bonus,

    Cato, R. R. 14:

    bonus custos,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:

    filius bonus,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    patres,

    Quint. 11, 3, 178:

    parens,

    id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:

    uxor melior,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    amicus,

    id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:

    amicus optimus,

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:

    optimus testis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    auctor, in two senses,

    good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;

    and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),

    Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:

    bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 83:

    eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:

    optimus et fortissimus civis,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
    4.
    Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:

    fata... bonique divi,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:

    divis orte bonis,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    O bone deus!

    Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
    (β).
    Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:

    (Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:

    Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 36, 87:

    in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,

    id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:

    nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
    (γ).
    Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:

    di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:

    di boni, boni quid porto!

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:

    di boni, quid hoc morbi est,

    id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:

    alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!

    Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
    (δ).
    Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
    5.
    Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
    (α).
    Vir optimus:

    per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,

    Cic. Sest. 1, 2:

    virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,

    id. ib. 35, 76:

    fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,

    id. ib.:

    consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,

    id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
    (β).
    Femina bona, optima:

    tua conjunx bona femina,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,

    id. ib. —
    (γ).
    Senex, pater, frater, etc.:

    optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,

    Cic. Planc. 41, 97:

    insuevit pater optimus hoc me,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:

    C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
    (δ).
    With proper names ( poet.):

    optimus Vergilius,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:

    Maecenas optimus,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 27:

    optime Quinti,

    id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
    (ε).
    Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:

    quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?

    Plin. Pan. 2, 7:

    gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!

    Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:

    ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:

    bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,

    Ov. F. 2, 637:

    optime Romulae Custos gentis,

    Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
    6.
    Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
    (α).
    Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):

    Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,

    Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.

    in mal. part.,

    Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
    (β).
    Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
    (γ).
    Bona Fortuna:

    si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:

    Bonae Fortunae (signum),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:

    FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,

    Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
    (δ).
    Bona Spes:

    Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:

    BONAE SPEI,

    Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
    (ε).
    BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:

    Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,

    Prop. 3, 24, 19.
    B.
    With nouns denoting things.
    1.
    Things concrete, denoting excellence:

    navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 13:

    gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,

    id. ib. 76, 14:

    id vinum erit lene et bono colore,

    Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:

    tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,

    Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:

    per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,

    id. ib. 73; cf.:

    bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,

    Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:

    praedium bonum caelum habeat,

    good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:

    bona tempestate,

    in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:

    (praedium) solo bono valeat,

    by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:

    bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:

    villam bonam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:

    bonus pons,

    Cat. 17, 5:

    scyphi optimi (= optime facti),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:

    perbona toreumata,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §

    38: bona domicilia,

    comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:

    agrum Meliorem nemo habet,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:

    fundum meliorem,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:

    equus melior,

    id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    bona cena,

    Cat. 13, 3:

    boni nummi,

    good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:

    super omnia vultus accessere boni,

    good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:

    mulier bona forma,

    of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:

    equus formae melioris,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:

    tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,

    fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:

    fruges bonae,

    Cat. 34, 19:

    ova suci melioris,

    of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:

    animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:

    bonum omen, 2. e.),

    Quint. 6, 3, 69:

    scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,

    good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,

    bona firmaque vox,

    Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
    2.
    Things abstract.
    a.
    Of physical well-being:

    ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:

    non bonus somnus de prandio est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:

    bona aetas,

    prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:

    optima aetate,

    id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:

    bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Of the mind and soul:

    meliore esse sensu,

    Cic. Sest. 21, 47:

    optima indoles,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    bona conscientia,

    Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:

    bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,

    with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:

    mens melior,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:

    duos optimae indolis filios,

    Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:

    bonum consilium,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    bona voluntas,

    a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:

    memoria bona,

    Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:

    bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,

    id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:

    bonae rationes,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:

    pronuntiatio bona,

    Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
    c.
    Of moral relations:

    ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;

    v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:

    fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,

    of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:

    bona studia,

    moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:

    quidquid vita meliore parasti,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:

    Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,

    Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
    d.
    Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    Optumo optume optumam operam das,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 122:

    bonam dedistis mihi operam,

    a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;

    v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    bonum otium,

    valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:

    bonis versibus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    versus meliores,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:

    meliora poemata,

    Hor. A. P. 303:

    in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    optimas fabulas,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    melius munus,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
    e.
    Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:

    de Procilio rumores non boni,

    unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:

    bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,

    about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:

    si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,

    id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.

    fortuna optima esse,

    to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:

    occasio tam bona,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:

    senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:

    bona navigatio,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;

    esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:

    ego sum spe bona,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:

    optima spe,

    id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;

    v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,

    more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:

    melior interpretatio,

    Tac. H. 3, 65:

    cum laude et bonis recordationibus,

    id. A. 4, 38:

    amnis Doctus iter melius,

    i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:

    omen bonum,

    a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.

    Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,

    Ov. F. 1, 221;

    optimum,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:

    bona scaeva,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:

    auspicio optumo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:

    memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
    f.
    Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:

    optima res publica,

    id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:

    minus bonis temporibus,

    id. Dom. 4, 8; so,

    optimis temporibus,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:

    lex optima,

    id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
    g.
    Good = large, considerable:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6:

    bona librorum copia,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:

    bona copia cornu,

    Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
    h.
    Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:

    si bono genere natus sit,

    Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
    k.
    Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
    (α).
    Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:

    primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:

    bona tua venia dixerim,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:

    oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 41, 3:

    obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,

    id. 6, 40, 10:

    cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,

    id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.

    . sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Bona pax, without quarrelling:

    bona pax sit potius,

    let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;

    so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,

    without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
    (γ).
    Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:

    igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,

    Sall. J. 5, 5.—
    (δ).
    Bona societas, alliance:

    Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,

    Tac. A. 1, 58.
    C.
    In particular phrases.
    1.
    Bonae res.
    a.
    = Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:

    concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:

    optimis rebus usus est,

    he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
    b.
    = Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:

    bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:

    in bonis rebus,

    Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
    c.
    Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:

    homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,

    who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
    d.
    Costly things, articles of luxury:

    capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:

    nimium rei bonae,

    id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:

    ignorantia bonarum rerum,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:

    re bona copiosum esse,

    Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
    e.
    Moral, morally good:

    illi cum res non bonas tractent,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:

    ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 15:

    quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?

    id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:

    quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,

    id. Sen. 18, 65.—
    f.
    In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:

    res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:

    studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,

    Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
    2.
    Bonae artes.
    (α).
    A good, laudable way of dealing:

    qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,

    Sall. C. 2, 9:

    huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,

    id. ib. 11, 2:

    quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,

    Tac. A. 6, 46.—
    (β).
    Liberal arts and sciences:

    litteris aut ulli bonae arti,

    Quint. 12, 1, 7:

    conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,

    Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:

    optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
    3.
    Bona fides, or fides bona.
    a.
    Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:

    dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:

    si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
    b.
    Jurid. t. t.
    (α).
    Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:

    ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;

    41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,

    ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
    (β).
    Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:

    actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,

    Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:

    quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:

    iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,

    id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
    4.
    Bona verba.
    (α).
    Kind words:

    Bona verba quaeso,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
    (β).
    Words of good omen (v. omen):

    dicamus bona verba,

    Tib. 2, 2, 1:

    dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,

    Ov. F. 2, 638.—
    (γ).
    Elegant or well-chosen expressions:

    quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,

    Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:

    verborum bonorum cursu,

    id. Brut. 66, 233:

    omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,

    Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
    (δ).
    Moral sayings:

    non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
    5.
    Bona dicta.
    (α).
    Polite, courteous language:

    hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
    (β).
    Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:

    dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:

    ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,

    id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
    6.
    Bona facta.
    (α).
    = bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:

    nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (β).
    Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):

    bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:

    haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,

    id. ib. 45.— Hence,
    (γ).
    Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:

    peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,

    Suet. Caes. 80:

    et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,

    id. Vit. 14:

    hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,

    Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:

    o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,

    Tert. Pud. 1.—
    7.
    Bona gratia.
    (α).
    A friendly understanding:

    cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,

    per gratiam bonam abire,

    to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
    (β).
    Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
    8.
    Bona pars.
    (α).
    The well-disposed part of a body of persons:

    ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,

    Liv. 21, 4, 1:

    pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,

    id. 7, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):

    civem bonarum partium,

    Cic. Sest. 32, 77:

    (fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,

    id. Cael. 6, 13:

    qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,

    Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
    (γ).
    Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):

    bonam partem ad te adtulit,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:

    bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,

    Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:

    bonam magnamque partem exercitus,

    Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:

    bona pars noctium,

    Quint. 12, 11, 19:

    bona pars hominum,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:

    meae vocis... bona pars,

    id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:

    melior pars diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156.—
    (δ).
    Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:

    nostri melior pars animus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:

    quae pars optima est in homine,

    best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:

    major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:

    Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
    (ε).
    Adverb.:

    bonam partem = ex magna parte,

    Lucr. 6, 1249.—
    (ζ).
    Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:

    Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,

    id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:

    quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,

    id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
    9.
    Dies bonus or bona.
    (α).
    A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):

    tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:

    nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,

    Ov. F. 1, 72.—
    (β).
    A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
    10.
    Bonus mos.
    (α).
    Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:

    nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:

    nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:

    domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:

    cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,

    Liv. 34, 6, 9:

    mores meliores,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
    (β).
    Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:

    ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:

    neglegentia boni moris,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:

    conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,

    in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
    11.
    Adverbial phrases.
    a.
    Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
    (α).
    To be of good cheer or courage:

    bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,

    Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:

    animo bono es,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:

    bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 26:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:

    bono animo esse jubere eam consul,

    Liv. 39, 13, 7:

    habe modo bonum animum,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:

    habe animum bonum,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:

    bonum animum habe,

    Liv. 45, 8, 5:

    clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,

    id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
    (β).
    Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:

    audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:

    bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:

    quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
    (γ).
    Bonus animus, good temper, patience:

    bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:

    vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,

    Ov. M. 9, 433.—
    b.
    Bono modo.
    (α).
    = placide, with composure, moderation:

    si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
    (β).
    In a decent manner:

    neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
    c.
    Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:

    te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:

    ut jure optimo me deserere posses,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:

    ne jure optimo irrideamur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;

    similarly, optimo judicio,

    Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
    II.
    As subst.
    A.
    bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
    1.
    In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
    (α).
    Plur.:

    bonis quod bene fit haud perit,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:

    melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,

    Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:

    verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,

    id. Lael. 14, 50:

    diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,

    Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:

    oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:

    tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:

    quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
    (β).
    Sing.:

    malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:

    nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:

    qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
    2.
    Bonus, a man of honor.
    (α).
    A brave man:

    pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:

    libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,

    Sall. C. 33, 5:

    fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,

    Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):

    fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,

    Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
    (β).
    A gentleman:

    quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
    3.
    Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
    (α).
    In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;

    so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 38:

    audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,

    id. ib. 47, 100:

    ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,

    id. Pis. 2, 4:

    etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:

    maledictis increpat omnes bonos,

    Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,

    optimi,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:

    bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,

    id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
    (β).
    Without reference to political views;

    opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:

    semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,

    Sall. C. 37, 3:

    elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,

    Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:

    ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:

    da locum melioribus,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
    4.
    Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
    5.
    Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
    (α).
    Referring to morality:

    esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,

    every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:

    qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,

    id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:

    quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?

    Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Of the educated classes:

    adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:

    Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,

    Sall. C. 34, 2:

    optimo cuique infesta libertas,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
    (γ).
    Honorable, brave:

    optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,

    Sall. J. 92, 8.—
    (δ).
    In gen., excellent:

    optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,

    Sall. C. 8, 5.—
    (ε).
    Distributively:

    ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,

    to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
    (ζ).
    Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):

    hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
    (η).
    Attributively, with a noun:

    optimam quamque causam,

    Cic. Sest. 43, 93:

    optima quaeque dies,

    Verg. G. 3, 66.
    2.
    bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
    1.
    Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;

    nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:

    quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 9:

    ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    non-est igitur voluptas bonum,

    id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
    2.
    Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:

    quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:

    multa bona vobis volt facere,

    will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:

    tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,

    id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:

    multa tibi di dent bona,

    id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:

    omnia Bona dicere,

    to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:

    sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,

    id. ib. 5, 41, 120:

    nihil enim boni nosti,

    nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:

    mala pro bonis legere dementia est,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:

    quia bonum sit valere,

    a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):

    melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,

    id. Lael. 6, 20:

    meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 43:

    optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,

    id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;

    v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,

    to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:

    ad melius transcurrere,

    to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
    3.
    Bonum or bona, prosperity:

    fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:

    nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,

    id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:

    unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:

    quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),

    Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
    4.
    Good qualities, gifts:

    omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:

    magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:

    nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,

    id. ib. 17, 39:

    non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,

    id. Balb. 28, 63:

    gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,

    id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
    5.
    Advantage, benefit:

    si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,

    Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:

    saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,

    id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:

    maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,

    Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:

    hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
    6.
    With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:

    si bonum aequomque oras,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:

    si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:

    a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:

    istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,

    I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
    7.
    Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
    a.
    In gen.:

    paterna oportet reddi filio bona,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:

    bona sua med habiturum omnia,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:

    bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,

    Cic. Sest. 24, 54:

    cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,

    id. ib. 30, 65:

    bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,

    id. Caecin. 13, 38:

    at mulctantur bonis exsules,

    id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
    b.
    Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
    (α).
    Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
    (β).
    Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:

    postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,

    Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:

    edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,

    Liv. 2, 24, 6:

    bona proscribere,

    to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
    (γ).
    Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
    c.
    In bonis esse;

    with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),

    Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:

    neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,

    ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
    III.
    Predicative use.
    A.
    With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
    1.
    Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:

    nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:

    bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:

    itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:

    Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,

    Sall. C. 54, 5:

    ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,

    Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin.
    2.
    To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:

    jam istuc non bonumst,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:

    oleum viridius et melius fiet,

    id. ib. 3:

    vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,

    to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:

    quid est homini salute melius?

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:

    non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,

    id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:

    quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:

    in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,

    id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:

    meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,

    Liv. 2, 51, 3:

    parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,

    Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:

    si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:

    quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,

    Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;

    3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;

    and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
    3.
    To be kind:

    bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:

    hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
    4.
    With reference to the gods:

    ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:

    Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),

    Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
    B.
    Impers.
    1.
    Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
    (α).
    Without a subject:

    bonum sit!

    may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
    (β).
    With subject inf.:

    nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:

    bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,

    id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
    2.
    Melius est.
    (α).
    With subject inf.:

    melius sanam est mentem sumere,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:

    nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,

    melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,

    it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:

    proinde quiesse erit melius,

    Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
    (β).
    With subject inf.-clause:

    meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
    (γ).
    With ut-clause:

    quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
    (δ).
    With subjectclause in the subjunctive:

    nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
    3.
    Optimum est.
    (α).
    With subject inf.:

    optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,

    Liv. 23, 34, 8:

    si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With inf.-clause:

    constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
    (γ).
    With ut and subj:

    hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
    (δ).
    With quod:

    illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:

    optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,

    id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
    (ε).
    With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):

    sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:

    optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 30:

    optumum factu credens exercitum augere,

    Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
    IV.
    Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:

    di melius duint,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:

    di meliora velint!

    Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:

    di meliora! inquit,

    Cic. Sen. 14, 47:

    id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;

    similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
    V.
    With object expressed,
    1.
    By dat.
    (α).
    = good, useful, beneficial for:

    ambula, id lieni optumum est,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:

    quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,

    Sall. C. 20, 3:

    bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 2, 447.—
    (β).
    = benignus or propitius, kind to:

    vicinis bonus esto,

    Cato, R. R. 4:

    bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:

    vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,

    Verg. A. 12, 647.—
    (γ).
    = idoneus, fit for, adapted to:

    qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,

    Cato, R. R. 6:

    tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,

    id. ib. 26:

    terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,

    Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
    (δ).
    With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:

    accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:

    bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,

    Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:

    quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    cui bono fuisset,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.

    ellipt. form cui bono?

    Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
    (ε).
    With dat. gerund:

    ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,

    Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:

    (mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,

    Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
    2.
    By ad and acc.:

    refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 91:

    occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,

    Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:

    non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,

    Tac. A. 2, 14.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > bonus

  • 20 meliores

    bŏnus (old form dŭonus, Carm. Sall. ap. Varr. L. L. 7, § 26 Mull.; cf. Paul. ex Fest. p. 67 Mull.), a, um, adj. [for duonus, cf. bellum, bis, and cf. root dvi-; hence deidô, deos], good; comp. melior, us [cf. Gr. mala, mallon], better; sup. optimus ( optumus, ante-class. and often class.) [root opof ops, opes; cf. copia, apiscor], best.
    I.
    Attributively.
    A.
    As adjunct of nouns denoting persons.
    1.
    Vir bonus.
    (α).
    A man morally good (kalos kagathos):

    quoniam boni me viri pauperant, improbi alunt,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 4, 60:

    omnibus virtutibus instructos et ornatos tum sapientes, tum viros bonos dicimus,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 10, 28:

    ille vir bonus qui... intolerabili dolore lacerari potius quam aut officium prodat aut fidem,

    id. Ac. 2, 8, 23:

    sive vir bonus est is qui prodest quibus potest, nocet nemini, certe istum virum bonum non facile reperimus,

    id. Off. 3, 15, 64:

    qui se ita gerunt ut eorum probitas, fides, integritas, etc.... hos viros bonos... appellandos putemus,

    id. Lael. 5, 19:

    non intellegunt se de callido homine loqui, non de bono viro,

    id. Att. 7, 2, 4:

    ut quisque est vir optimus, ita difficillime esse alios improbos suspicatur,

    id. Q. Fr. 1, 1, 4, § 12:

    nec enim melior vir fuit Africano quisquam, nec clarior,

    id. Lael. 2, 6; id. Leg. 1, 14, 41; 1, 18, 48; id. Planc. 4, 9; id. Par. 3, 1, 21; id. Marcell. 6, 20; id. Fam. 7, 21; id. Off. 2, 16, 57.—
    (β).
    An honest man:

    justitia, ex qua viri boni nominantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 7, 21; 1, 44, 155; 2, 11, 39; 2, 12, 42; 2, 20, 71;

    3, 12, 50: cum is sponsionem fecisset ni vir bonus esset,

    id. ib. 3, 19, 77:

    quoniam Demosthenes nec vir bonus esset, nec bene meritus de civitate,

    id. Opt. Gen. 7, 20; cf. id. Rosc. Am. 40, 116.—
    (γ).
    A man of good standing in the community:

    id viri boni arbitratu deducetur,

    Cato, R. R. 143; so id. ib. 149:

    tuam partem viri bono arbitratu... dari oportet,

    Dig. 17, 1, [p. 244] 35;

    37, 6, 2, § 2: quem voles virum bonum nominato,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 25, § 55:

    vir bonus est... quo res sponsore, et quo causae teste tenentur,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 40.—Hence, ironically of wealthy men:

    praetores jus dicunt, aediles ludos parant, viri boni usuras perscribunt,

    Cic. Att. 9, 12, 3.—
    (δ).
    Ironically of bad men:

    sed eccum lenonem Lycum, bonum virum,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 5, 52; Ter. Eun. 5, 3, 9; 4, 3, 18; id. Ad. 3, 4, 30:

    expectabam quinam isti viri boni testes hujus manifesto deprehensi veneni dicerentur,

    Cic. Cael. 26, 63:

    nam socer ejus, vir multum bonus est,

    id. Agr. 3, 3, 13;

    so especially in addresses (mostly comic.): age tu, illuc procede, bone vir!

    Plaut. Capt. 5, 2, 1; id. Curc. 5, 2, 12; id. Ps. 4, 7, 48; id. Pers. 5, 2, 11; Ter. And. 3, 5, 10; 5, 2, 5; id. Ad. 4, 2, 17; id. Eun. 5, 2, 11:

    quid tu, vir optime? Ecquid habes quod dicas?

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 36, 104.—
    (ε).
    Sometimes boni viri = boni, in the sense of optimates (v. I. A. 3.):

    bonis viris quid juris reliquit tribunatus C. Gracchi?

    Cic. Leg. 3, 9, 20.—
    (ζ).
    As a conventional courtesy:

    homines optimi non intellegunt, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 7, 25:

    bone accusator,

    id. Rosc. Am. 21, 58:

    sic illum amicum vocasti, quomodo omnes candidatos bonos viros dicimus,

    gentlemen, Sen. Ep. 3, 1.—For bonus vir, a good husband, v. 3.; and for vir optimus, as a laudatory epithet, v. 5.—
    2.
    Boni homines (rare) = boni, better classes of society, v. II. A. 3:

    in foro infimo boni homines atque dites ambulant,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 1, 14.—
    3.
    With nouns denoting persons in regard to their functions, offices, occupations, and qualities, denoting excellence:

    bonus consul,

    Liv. 4, 40, 6; 22, 39, 2 (different: consules duos, bonos quidem, sed dumtaxat bonos, amisimus, consuls of good sentiments, almost = bad consuls, Cic. ad Brut. 1, 3, 4):

    boni tribuni plebis,

    Cic. Phil. 1, 10, 25:

    bonus senator,

    id. Prov. Cons. 15, 37:

    senator bonus,

    id. Dom. 4, 8:

    bonus judex,

    id. Verr. 2, 4, 15, § 34:

    bonus augur (ironically),

    id. Phil. 2, 32, 80:

    bonus vates,

    Plaut. Mil. 3, 3, 27:

    bonus imperator,

    Sall. C. 60, 4:

    bonus dux,

    Quint. 12, 1, 43 (cf. trop.:

    naturam, optimam ducem,

    the best guide, Cic. Sen. 2, 5):

    bonus miles,

    Sall. C. 60, 4; Sen. Vit. Beat. 15, 5:

    bonus orator,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 10:

    optimus orator,

    id. Opt. Gen. 1, 3:

    poeta bonus,

    id. de Or. 1, 3, 11; 2, 46, 194; id. Fin. 1, 3, 10:

    scriptor bonus,

    Quint. 10, 1, 104:

    bonus advocatus,

    id. 5, 13, 10:

    bonus defensor,

    id. 5, 13, 3:

    bonus altercator,

    a good debater, id. 6, 4, 10:

    bonus praeceptor,

    id. 5, 13, 44; 10, 5, 22:

    bonus gubernator,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 31, 100:

    optimus opifex,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 133:

    sutor bonus,

    id. ib. 1, 3, 125:

    actor optimus,

    Cic. Sest. 57, 122:

    cantor optimus est modulator,

    Hor. S. 1, 3, 130:

    melior gladiator,

    Ov. Tr. 4, 6, 33: agricola (colonus, dominus) bonus, Cato, R. R. prooem.; Cic. Sen. 16, 56:

    bonus paterfamilias,

    a thrifty head of the house, Nep. Att. 13, 1:

    bonus servus,

    Plaut. Trin. 4, 3, 58; id. Am. 2, 1, 46; id. Men. 5, 6, 1; Cic. Mil. 22, 58:

    dominus bonus,

    Cato, R. R. 14:

    bonus custos,

    Plaut. Truc. 4, 3, 38.—Ironically, Ter. Phorm. 2, 1, 57:

    filius bonus,

    Plaut. Am. 3, 4, 9:

    patres,

    Quint. 11, 3, 178:

    parens,

    id. 6, prooem. 4: bonus (melior, optimus), viz. a good husband, Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 51 sq.; Liv. 1, 9, 15:

    uxor melior,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    amicus,

    id. Fam. 2, 15, 3:

    amicus optimus,

    Plaut. Cas. 3, 3, 18:

    optimus testis,

    Cic. Fam. 7, 27, 2:

    auctor, in two senses,

    good authority, id. Att. 5, 12, 3;

    and = bonus scriptor (post-class.),

    Quint. 10, 1, 74.—Esp.:

    bonus civis (rarely civis bonus): in re publica ea velle quae tranquilla et honesta sint: talem enim solemus et sentire bonum civem et dicere, Cic.-Off. 1, 34, 124: eaque est summa ratio et sapientia boni civis, commoda civium non divellere, atque omnes aequitate eadem continere,

    id. ib. 2, 23, 83:

    eum esse civem et fidelem et bonum,

    Plaut. Pers. 1, 2, 15; Cic. Fam. 2, 8, 2; 1, 9, 10; 3, 12, 1; 6, 6, 11; id. Off. 1, 44, 155; Liv. 22, 39, 3; Sall. H. Fragm. 1, 10 Dietsch:

    optimus et fortissimus civis,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 2, 3; id. Sest. 17, 39.—
    4.
    Bonus and optimus as epithets of the gods.
    (α).
    In gen.:

    sed te bonus Mercurius perdat,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 3, 23:

    fata... bonique divi,

    Hor. C. 4, 2, 38:

    divis orte bonis,

    id. ib. 4, 5, 1:

    O bone deus!

    Scrib. Comp. 84 fin.: BONORVM DEORVM, Inscr. ap. Cic. N. D. 3, 34, 84: totidem, pater optime, dixi, Tu mihi da cives, referring to Jupiter, Ov. M. 7, 627.—
    (β).
    Optimus Maximus, a standing epithet of Jupiter:

    (Juppiter) a majoribus nostris Optimus Maximus (nominatur), et quidem ante optimus, id est beneficentissimus, quam Maximus,

    Cic. N. D. 2, 25, 64:

    Jovem optimum et maximum ob eas res appellant, non quod, etc.,

    id. ib. 3, 36, 87:

    in templo Jovis Optimi Maximi,

    id. Sest. 56, 129; id. Prov. Cons. 9, 22:

    nutu Jovis Optimi Maximi,

    id. Cat. 3, 9, 21; Liv. 1, 12, 7; id. 6, 16, 2.—
    (γ).
    Di boni, O di boni, expressing indignation, sorrow, or surprise:

    di boni, hunc visitavi antidhac!

    Plaut. Ep. 4, 1, 16:

    di boni, boni quid porto!

    Ter. And. 2, 2, 1:

    di boni, quid hoc morbi est,

    id. Eun. 2, 1, 19; id. Heaut. 2, 3, 13; id. Ad. 3, 3, 86:

    alter, O di boni, quam taeter incedebat!

    Cic. Sest. 8, 19; id. Brut. 84, 288; id. Phil. 2, 8, 20; 2, 32, 80; id. Att. 1, 16, 5; 14, 21, 2; Val. Max. 3, 5, 1; Sen. Vit. Beat. 2, 3.—
    (δ).
    Bona Dea, etc., v. 6.—
    5.
    Optimus as a laudatory epithet.
    (α).
    Vir optimus:

    per vos nobis, per optimos viros optimis civibus periculum inferre conantur,

    Cic. Sest. 1, 2:

    virum optimum et constantissimum M. Cispium,

    id. ib. 35, 76:

    fratrem meum, virum optimum, fortissimum,

    id. ib.:

    consolabor hos praesentes, viros optimos,

    id. Balb. 19, 44; id. Planc. 21, 51; 23, 55; id. Mil. 14, 38; id. Marcell. 4, 10; id. Att. 5, 1, 5; Hor. S. 1, 6, 53.—
    (β).
    Femina bona, optima:

    tua conjunx bona femina,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 6, 16:

    hujus sanctissimae feminae atque optimae pater,

    id. ib. —
    (γ).
    Senex, pater, frater, etc.:

    optimus: parentes ejus, prudentissimi atque optimi senis,

    Cic. Planc. 41, 97:

    insuevit pater optimus hoc me,

    Hor. S. 1, 4, 105; 2, 1, 12:

    C. Marcelli, fratris optimi,

    Cic. Fam. 4, 7, 6; id. Q. Fr. 2, 6 (8), 2; 2, 4, 2.—
    (δ).
    With proper names ( poet.):

    optimus Vergilius,

    Hor. S. 1, 6, 54:

    Maecenas optimus,

    id. ib. 1, 5, 27:

    optime Quinti,

    id. Ep. 1, 16, 1.—
    (ε).
    Esp. as an epithet of the Roman emperors:

    quid tam civile, tam senatorium quam illud, additum a nobis Optimi cognomen?

    Plin. Pan. 2, 7:

    gratias, inquit, ago, optime Princeps!

    Sen. Tranq. 14. 4:

    ex epistula optimi imperatoris Antonini,

    Gai. Inst. 1, 102; cf.:

    bene te patriae pater optime Caesar,

    Ov. F. 2, 637:

    optime Romulae Custos gentis,

    Hor. C. 4, 5, 1.—
    6.
    Bonus and Bona, names of deities.
    (α).
    Bona Dea, the goddess of Chastity, whose temple could not be entered by males (cf. Macr. S. 1, 12; Lact. 1, 22):

    Bonae Deae pulvinaribus,

    Cic. Pis. 39, 95; id. Mil. 31, 86; id. Fam. 1, 9, 15; cf.

    in mal. part.,

    Juv. 2, 86 sq.; 6, 314 sq.; 6, 335 sq.—
    (β).
    Bonus Eventus, Varr. R. R. 1, 1 med.; Amm. 29, 6, 19; Inscr. Orell. 907; 1780 sq.—
    (γ).
    Bona Fortuna:

    si bona Fortuna veniat, ne intromiseris,

    Plaut. Aul. 1, 3, 22:

    Bonae Fortunae (signum),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 3, § 7:

    FORTVNAE BONAE DOMESTICAE,

    Inscr. Orell. 1743 sq. —
    (δ).
    Bona Spes:

    Spes Bona, obsecro, subventa mihi,

    Plaut. Rud. 1, 4, 12:

    BONAE SPEI,

    Aug. Inscr. Grut. 1075, 1.—
    (ε).
    BONA MENS, Inscr. Orell. 1818 sqq.:

    Mens Bona, si qua dea es, tua me in sacraria dono,

    Prop. 3, 24, 19.
    B.
    With nouns denoting things.
    1.
    Things concrete, denoting excellence:

    navis bona dicitur non quae pretiosis coloribus picta est... sed stabilis et firma,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 13:

    gladium bonum dices, non cui auratus est balteus, etc., sed cui et ad secandum subtilis acies est, et, etc.,

    id. ib. 76, 14:

    id vinum erit lene et bono colore,

    Cato, R. R. 109; Lucr. 2, 418; Ov. Am. 2, 7, 9:

    tabulas... collocare in bono lumine,

    Cic. Brut. 75, 261: ex quavis olea oleum... bonum fieri potest. Cato, R. R. 3:

    per aestatem boves aquam bonam et liquidam bibant semper curato,

    id. ib. 73; cf.:

    bonae aquae, ironically compared to wine,

    Prop. 2, 33 (3, 31), 28:

    praedium bonum caelum habeat,

    good temperature, Cato, R. R. 1:

    bona tempestate,

    in good weather, Cic. Q. Fr. 2, 2, 4:

    (praedium) solo bono valeat,

    by good soil, Cato, R. R. 1:

    bonae (aedes) cum curantur male,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 2, 24:

    villam bonam,

    Cic. Off. 3, 13, 55:

    bonus pons,

    Cat. 17, 5:

    scyphi optimi (= optime facti),

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 14, § 32:

    perbona toreumata,

    id. ib. 2, 4, 18, §

    38: bona domicilia,

    comfortable residences, id. N. D. 2, 37, 95:

    agrum Meliorem nemo habet,

    Ter. Heaut. 1, 1, 12:

    fundum meliorem,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 31, 52: fundos optimos et fructuosissimos, id. Agr. 3, 4, 14:

    equus melior,

    id. Inv. 1, 31, 52:

    bona cena,

    Cat. 13, 3:

    boni nummi,

    good, not counterfeit, Plaut. As. 3, 3, 144; Cic. Off. 3, 23, 91:

    super omnia vultus accessere boni,

    good looks, Ov. M. 8, 678:

    mulier bona forma,

    of a fine form, Ter. Heaut. 3, 2, 13:

    equus formae melioris,

    Hor. S. 2, 7, 52:

    tam bona cervix, simul ac jussero, demetur,

    fine, beautiful, Suet. Calig. 33:

    fruges bonae,

    Cat. 34, 19:

    ova suci melioris,

    of better flavor, Hor. S. 2, 4, 13.— Trop.:

    animus aequus optimum est aerumnae condimentum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 3, 71: bona dextra, a lucky hand (cf.:

    bonum omen, 2. e.),

    Quint. 6, 3, 69:

    scio te bona esse voce, ne clama nimis,

    good, sound, loud voice, Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 43; so,

    bona firmaque vox,

    Quint. 11, 3, 13.—
    2.
    Things abstract.
    a.
    Of physical well-being:

    ut si qui neget sine bona valetudine posse bene vivi,

    Cic. Inv. 1, 51, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 2; Lucr. 3, 102; Val. Max. 2, 5, 6; Quint. 10, 3, 26; 11, 2, 35 et saep.:

    non bonus somnus de prandio est,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 8:

    bona aetas,

    prime of life, Cic. Sen. 14, 48:

    optima aetate,

    id. Fam. 10, 3, 3.—Ironically:

    bona, inquis, aetate, etc.,

    Sen. Ep. 76, 1.—
    b.
    Of the mind and soul:

    meliore esse sensu,

    Cic. Sest. 21, 47:

    optima indoles,

    id. Fin. 5, 22, 61:

    bona conscientia,

    Quint. 6, 1, 33; 9, 2, 93; Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 5:

    bono ingenio me esse ornatam quam auro multo mavolo,

    with a good heart, Plaut. Poen. 1, 2, 91; id. Stich. 1, 21, 59; Sall. C. 10, 5:

    mens melior,

    Ter. Ad. 3, 3, 78; Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13; Liv. 39, 16, 5; Sen. Ben. 1, 11, 4; id. Ep. 10, 4; Pers. 2, 8; Petr. 61.—Personified, Prop. 3 (4), 24, 19; Ov. Am. 1, 2, 31:

    duos optimae indolis filios,

    Val. Max. 5, 7, 2; Sen. Ben. 6, 16, 6; Quint. 1, 2, 5:

    bonum consilium,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 6; id. Rud. 4, 3, 18; Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    bona voluntas,

    a good purpose, Quint. 12, 11, 31:

    memoria bona,

    Cic. Att. 8, 4, 2:

    bona ratio cum perdita... confligit,

    id. Cat. 2, 11, 25:

    bonae rationes,

    Ter. Ad. 5, 3, 50:

    pronuntiatio bona,

    Auct. Her. 3, 15, 27.—
    c.
    Of moral relations:

    ego si bonam famam mihi servasso, sat ero dives,

    Plaut. Most. 1, 3, 71; Cic. Sest. 66, 139; Liv. 6, 11, 7; Hor. S. 1, 2, 61 (cf. Cic. Att. 7, 26, 1;

    v. e. infra): si ego in causa tam bona cessi tribuni plebis furori,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 36; id. Planc. 36, 87; Ov. M. 5, 220:

    fac, sis, bonae frugi sies,

    of good, regular habits, Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 35; id. Cas. 2, 4, 5; 2, 5, 19; id. Ps. 1, 5, 53; id. Truc. 1, 1, 13; id. Capt. 5, 2, 3 sq. (v. frux, II. B. 1. b.): vilicus disciplina bona utatur. Cato, R. R. 5:

    bona studia,

    moral pursuits, Auct. Her. 4, 17, 25:

    quidquid vita meliore parasti,

    Hor. S. 2, 3, 15: ad spem mortis melioris, an honorable death; so as an epithet of religious exercises:

    Juppiter, te bonas preces precor,

    Cato, R. R. 134; 139.—
    d.
    Of external, artistic, and literary value and usefulness:

    bono usui estis nulli,

    Plaut. Curc. 4, 2, 15:

    Optumo optume optumam operam das,

    id. Am. 1, 1, 122:

    bonam dedistis mihi operam,

    a valuable service to me, id. Poen. 2, 3, 70; 3, 6, 11; id. Pers. 4, 7, 11; id. Rud. 3, 6, 11 (in a different sense: me bona opera aut mala Tibi inventurum esse auxilium argentarium, by fair or unfair means, id. Ps. 1, 1, 102;

    v. e. infra): optima hereditas a patribus traditur liberis... gloria virtutis rerumque gestarum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 33, 121:

    bonum otium,

    valuable leisure, Sall. C. 4, 1:

    bonis versibus,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 23, 74:

    versus meliores,

    Plaut. Trin. 3, 2, 81:

    meliora poemata,

    Hor. A. P. 303:

    in illa pro Ctesiphonte oratione longe optima,

    Cic. Or. 8, 26:

    optimas fabulas,

    id. Off. 1, 31, 114:

    melius munus,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 7.—
    e.
    Favorable, prosperous, lucky, fortunate:

    de Procilio rumores non boni,

    unfavorable rumors, Cic. Att. 4, 16, 5:

    bona de Domitio, praeclara de Afranio fama est,

    about their success in the war, id. ib. 7, 26, 1:

    si fuisset in discipulo comparando meliore fortuna,

    id. Pis. 29, 71; cf.

    fortuna optima esse,

    to be in the best pecuniary circumstances, id. ad Brut. 1, 1, 2:

    occasio tam bona,

    Plaut. Most. 2, 2, 9:

    senex est eo meliore condicione quam adulesoens cum, etc.,

    Cic. Sen. 19, 68; id. Fam. 4, 32:

    bona navigatio,

    id. N. D. 3, 34, 83;

    esp. in phrase bona spes.—Object.: ergo in iis adulescentibus bonam spem esse dicemus et magnam indolem quos, etc.,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 35, 117.—Subject.:

    ego sum spe bona,

    Cic. Fam. 12, 28, 3; id. Cat. 2, 11, 25; [p. 245] id. Att. 14, 1 a, 3; id. Q. Fr. 1, 2, 5, § 16:

    optima spe,

    id. Fam. 12, 11, 2.—Pregn., = spes bonarum rerum, Sall. C. 21, 1;

    v. C. 1. c. infra: meliora responsa,

    more favorable, Liv. 7, 21, 6:

    melior interpretatio,

    Tac. H. 3, 65:

    cum laude et bonis recordationibus,

    id. A. 4, 38:

    amnis Doctus iter melius,

    i. e. less injurious, Hor. A. P. 68:

    omen bonum,

    a good, lucky omen, Cic. Pis. 13, 31; cf.

    Liv. praef. § 13: melius omen,

    Ov. F. 1, 221;

    optimum,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 12, 2:

    bona scaeva,

    Plaut. Stich. 5, 2, 24:

    auspicio optumo,

    id. ib. 3, 2, 6; cf.:

    memini bene, sed meliore Tempore dicam = opportuniore tempore,

    Hor. S. 1, 9, 68.—
    f.
    Of public affairs, si mihi bona re publica frui non licuerit, Cic. Mil. 34, 93:

    optima res publica,

    id. Or. 1, 1, 1; id. Phil. 1, 8, 19:

    minus bonis temporibus,

    id. Dom. 4, 8; so,

    optimis temporibus,

    id. Sest. 3, 6:

    nostrae res meliore loco videbantur,

    id. ad Brut. 1, 3, 1:

    lex optima,

    id. Pis. 16, 37; id. Sest. 64, 137; id. Phil, 1, 8, 19.—
    g.
    Good = large, considerable:

    bono atque amplo lucro,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 6:

    bona librorum copia,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 18, 109; cf.:

    bona copia cornu,

    Ov. M. 9, 88; v. bona pars, C. 8. g.—
    h.
    Noble; with genus, good family, noble extraction, honorable birth: quali me arbitraris genere prognatum? Eu. Bono, Plaut. Aul. 2, 2, 35; so id. Ep. 1, 2, 4; 2, 1, 3; id. Pers. 4, 4, 94:

    si bono genere natus sit,

    Auct. Her. 3, 7, 13.—
    k.
    Referring to good-will, kindness, faithfulness, in certain phrases.
    (α).
    Bona venia or cum bona venia, with the kind permission of a person addressed, especially bona venia orare, expetere, etc.:

    primum abs te hoc bona venia expeto,

    Ter. Phorm. 2, 3, 31:

    bona tua venia dixerim,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 15, 34:

    oravit bona venia Quirites, ne, etc.,

    Liv. 7, 41, 3:

    obsecro vos.. bona venia vestra liceat, etc.,

    id. 6, 40, 10:

    cum bona venia quaeso audiatis, etc.,

    id. 29, 17, 6; Arn. c. Gent. 1, p. 5; cf.

    . sed des veniam bonus oro = venia bona oro,

    Hor. S. 2, 4, 5.—
    (β).
    Bona pax, without quarrelling:

    bona pax sit potius,

    let us have no quarrel about that, Plaut. Pers. 2, 2, 7;

    so especially cum bona pace, or bona pace: Hannibal ad Alpis cum bona pace incolentium... pervenit,

    without a difficulty with the inhabitants, Liv. 21, 32, 6; 21, 24, 5; 1, 24, 3; 28, 37, 4; 8, 15, 1; cf.: si bonam (pacem) dederitis, = a fair peace, under acceptable conditions, id. 8, 21, 4.—
    (γ).
    Amicitia bona = bona fide servata, faithful, undisturbed friendship:

    igitur amicitia Masinissae bona atque honesta nobis permansit,

    Sall. J. 5, 5.—
    (δ).
    Bona societas, alliance:

    Segestes, memoria bonae societatis, impavidus,

    Tac. A. 1, 58.
    C.
    In particular phrases.
    1.
    Bonae res.
    a.
    = Vitae commoda, comforts of life, abstract or concrete:

    concedatur bonis rebus homines morte privari,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 87:

    optimis rebus usus est,

    he had every most desirable thing, Nep. Att. 18, 1.—
    b.
    = Res secundae, opp. res adversae, prosperity:

    bonis rebus tuis, meas irrides malas,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 45:

    in bonis rebus,

    Hor. C. 2, 3, 2. —
    c.
    Res bona = res familiaris bona, wealth ( poet.): in re bona esse, Laber. ap. Gell. 10, 17, 4.—Also an object of value:

    homines quibus mala abunde omnia erant, sed neque res neque spes bona ulla,

    who had no property, nor the hope of any, Sall. C. 21, 1. —
    d.
    Costly things, articles of luxury:

    capere urbem in Arabia plenam bonarum rerum,

    Plaut. Pers. 4, 3, 46; 4, 4, 82:

    nimium rei bonae,

    id. Stich. 2, 3, 55:

    ignorantia bonarum rerum,

    Nep. Ages. 8, 5 ' bonis rebus gaudere, Hor. S. 2, 6, 110:

    re bona copiosum esse,

    Gell. 16, 19, 7.—
    e.
    Moral, morally good:

    illi cum res non bonas tractent,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 33, 72:

    ut de virtutibus et vitiis, omninoque de bonis rebus et malis quaererent,

    id. ib. 1, 4, 15:

    quid habemus in rebus bonis et malis explorati?

    id. ib. 2, 42, 129; so id. Or. 1, 10, 42; id. Leg. 1, 22, 58:

    quae tamen omnia dulciora fuint et moribus bonis et artibus,

    id. Sen. 18, 65.—
    f.
    In literary composition, important or interesting matter, subjects, or questions:

    res bonas verbis electis dictas quis non legat?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 8:

    studiis generorum, praesertim in re bona,

    Plaut. Am. 8, 26.—
    2.
    Bonae artes.
    (α).
    A good, laudable way of dealing:

    qui praeclari facinoris aut artis bonae famam quaerit,

    Sall. C. 2, 9:

    huic bonae artes desunt, dolis atque fallaciis contendit,

    id. ib. 11, 2:

    quod is bonarum artium cupiens erat,

    Tac. A. 6, 46.—
    (β).
    Liberal arts and sciences:

    litteris aut ulli bonae arti,

    Quint. 12, 1, 7:

    conservate civem bonarum artium, bonarum partium, bonorum virorum,

    Cic. Sest. 32, 77. —Esp.:

    optimae artes: optimarum artium scientia,

    Cic. Fin. 1, 3, 4; id. Ac. 2, 1, 1; id. Cael. 10, 24; id. Marcell. 1, 4.—
    3.
    Bona fides, or fides bona.
    a.
    Good faith, i. e. conscious honesty in acts or words: qui nummos fide bona solvit, who pays (the price of labor) in good faith, i. e. as it is honestly earned, Cato, R. R. 14:

    dic, bona fide, tu id aurum non subripuisti?

    Plaut. Aul. 4, 10, 46; 4, 10, 47; id. Capt. 4, 2, 111; id. Most. 3, 1, 137; id. Poen. 1, 3, 30; id. Pers. 4, 3, 16; id. Ps. 4, 6, 33:

    si tibi optima fide omnia concessit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 49, 144; Quint. 10, 3, 23.—Hence, bonae fidei vir, a conscientious man, Quint. 10, 7, 1.—
    b.
    Jurid. t. t.
    (α).
    Good faith in contracts and legal acts in general, opposed to dolus malus, honesty and fairness in dealing with another:

    ad fidem bonam statuit pertinere, notum esse emptori vitium quod nosset venditor,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 67.—Hence, alienam rem bona fide emere, to buy, believing the seller to be the rightful owner, Dig. 41, 3, 10; 41, 3, 13, § 1. bonae fidei possessor (also possessio), believing that he is the rightful owner, ib. 5, 3, 25, § 11; 5, 3, 22; 41, 3, 15, § 2;

    41, 3, 24: conventio contra bonam fidem et mores bonos,

    ib. 16, 31, § 7: bonam fidem praestare, to be responsible for one ' s good faith, ib. 17, 1, 10 prooem.—Hence,
    (β).
    Bonae fidei actiones or judicia, actions in equity, i. e. certain classes of actions in which the strict civil law was set aside by the praetorian edict in favor of equity:

    actiones quaedam bonae fidei sunt, quaedam stricti juris. Bonae fidei sunt haec: exempto vendito, locato conducto, etc.,

    Just. Inst. 4, 6, 28, § 19.—In the republican time the praetor added in such actions to his formula for the judex the words ex fide bona, or, in full:

    quidquid dare facere oportet ex fide bona,

    Cic. Off. 3, 16, 66:

    iste dolus malus et legibus erat vindicatus, et sine lege, judiciis in quibus additur ex fide bona,

    id. ib. 3, 15, 61; cf. id. ib. 3, 17, 70.—
    4.
    Bona verba.
    (α).
    Kind words:

    Bona verba quaeso,

    Ter. And. 1, 2, 33.—
    (β).
    Words of good omen (v. omen):

    dicamus bona verba,

    Tib. 2, 2, 1:

    dicite suffuso ter bona verba mero,

    Ov. F. 2, 638.—
    (γ).
    Elegant or well-chosen expressions:

    quid est tam furiosum quam verborum vel optimorum atque ornatissimorum sonitus inanis,

    Cic. Or. 1, 12, 51:

    verborum bonorum cursu,

    id. Brut. 66, 233:

    omnia verba sunt alicubi optima,

    Quint. 10, 1, 9.—
    (δ).
    Moral sayings:

    non est quod contemnas bona verba et bonis cogitationibus plena praecordia,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 20, 1. —
    5.
    Bona dicta.
    (α).
    Polite, courteous language:

    hoc petere me precario a vobis jussit leniter dictis bonis,

    Plaut. Am. prol. 25.—
    (β).
    Witticisms ( bon-mots): flammam a sapiente facilius ore in ardente opprimi, quam bona dicta teneat, Enn. ap. Cic. Or. 2, 54, 222:

    dico unum ridiculum dictum de dictis melioribus quibus solebam menstruales epulas ante adipiscier,

    Plaut. Capt. 3, 1, 22:

    ibo intro ad libros ut discam de dictis melioribus,

    id. Stich. 2, 3, 75.—
    6.
    Bona facta.
    (α).
    = bene facta (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.), laudable deeds:

    nobilitas ambobus et majorum bona facta (sc. erant),

    Tac. A. 3, 40.—
    (β).
    Bonum factum est, colloq., = bene est, bene factum est (v. bene, I. B. 2. b.):

    bonum factum est, ut edicta servetis mea,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 16:

    haec imperata quae sunt pro imperio histrico, bonum hercle factum (est) pro se quisque ut meminerit,

    id. ib. 45.— Hence,
    (γ).
    Elliptically, introducing commands which cannot be enforced, = if you will do so, it will be well:

    peregrinis in senatum allectis, libellus propositus est: bonum factum, ne quis senatori novo curiam monstrare velit,

    Suet. Caes. 80:

    et Chaldaeos edicere: bonum factum, ne Vitellius... usquam esset,

    id. Vit. 14:

    hac die Carthaginem vici: bonum factum, in Capitolium eamus, et deos supplicemus,

    Aur. Vict. 49; cf.:

    o edictum, cui adscribi non poterit bonum factum,

    Tert. Pud. 1.—
    7.
    Bona gratia.
    (α).
    A friendly understanding:

    cur non videmus inter nos haec potius cum bona Ut componantur gratia quam cum mala?

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 17; so,

    per gratiam bonam abire,

    to part with good feelings, Plaut. Mil. 4, 3, 33.—In jest: sine bona gratia abire, of things cast away, Plaut Truc. 2, 7, 15.—
    (β).
    Pleon., in the phrase bonam gratiam habere, = gratiam habere, to thank (v. B. 2. k.), Plaut. Rud. 2, 5, 32; id. Bacch. 4, 8, 99.—
    8.
    Bona pars.
    (α).
    The well-disposed part of a body of persons:

    ut plerumque fit, major pars (i. e. of the senate) meliorem vicit,

    Liv. 21, 4, 1:

    pars melior senatus ad meliora responsa trahere,

    id. 7, 21, 6.—
    (β).
    The good party, i. e. the optimates (gen. in plur.):

    civem bonarum partium,

    Cic. Sest. 32, 77:

    (fuit) meliorum partium aliquando,

    id. Cael. 6, 13:

    qui sibi gratiam melioris partis velit quaesitam,

    Liv. 2, 44, 3.—Paronom.: (Roscius) semper partium in re publica tam quam in scaena optimarum, i. e. party and part in a drama, Cic. Sest. 56, 120.—
    (γ).
    Of things or persons, a considerable part (cf. a good deal):

    bonam partem ad te adtulit,

    Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 43:

    bonam partem sermonis in hunc diem esse dilatam,

    Cic. Or. 2, 3, 14:

    bonam magnamque partem exercitus,

    Val. Max. 5, 2, ext. 4:

    bona pars noctium,

    Quint. 12, 11, 19:

    bona pars hominum,

    Hor. S. 1, 1, 61:

    meae vocis... bona pars,

    id. C. 4, 2, 46; so id. A. P. 297; Ov. P. 1, 8, 74:

    melior pars diei,

    Verg. A. 9, 156.—
    (δ).
    Rarely, and mostly eccl. Lat.: optima pars, the best part or lot:

    nostri melior pars animus est,

    Sen. Q. N. 1, prooem. § 14; cf.:

    quae pars optima est in homine,

    best, most valuable, Cic. Tusc. 5, 23, 67:

    major pars aetatis, certe melior reipublicae data sit,

    Sen. Brev. Vit. 18, 1:

    Maria optimam partem elegit, quae non auferetur ab ea,

    Vulg. Luc. 10, 42.—
    (ε).
    Adverb.:

    bonam partem = ex magna parte,

    Lucr. 6, 1249.—
    (ζ).
    Aliquem in optimam partem cognoscere, to know somebody from his most favorable side, Cic. Off. 2, 13, 46: aliquid in optimam partem accipere, to take something in good part, interpret it most favorably:

    Caesar mihi ignoscit quod non venerim, seseque in optimam partem id accipere dicit,

    id. Att. 10, 3 a, 2; id. ad Brut. 1, 2, 3:

    quaeso ut hoc in bonam partem accipias,

    id. Rosc. Am. 16, 45.—
    9.
    Dies bonus or bona.
    (α).
    A day of good omen, a fortunate day (= dies laetus, faustus):

    tum tu igitur die bono, Aphrodisiis, addice, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. 2, 49:

    nunc dicenda bona sunt bona verba die,

    Ov. F. 1, 72.—
    (β).
    A beautiful, serene day, Sen. Vit. Beat. 22, 3.—
    10.
    Bonus mos.
    (α).
    Boni mores, referring to individuals, good, decent, moral habits:

    nihil est amabilius quam morum similitudo bonorum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 56:

    nam hic nimium morbus mores invasit bonos,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 1, 6:

    domi militiaeque boni mores colebantur,

    Sall. C. 9, 1:

    propter ejus suavissimos et optimos mores,

    Cic. Phil. 3, 5, 13:

    cum per tot annos matronae optimis moribus vixerint,

    Liv. 34, 6, 9:

    mores meliores,

    Plaut. Aul. 3, 5, 18.—
    (β).
    Bonus mos or boni mores, in the abstract, morality, the laws, rules of morality: ei vos morigerari mos bonu'st, it is a rule of morality that you should, etc., Plaut. Capt. 2, 1, 4:

    ex optimo more et sanctissima disciplina,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 28, 69:

    neglegentia boni moris,

    Sen. Ep. 97, 1.—Jurid. t. t.:

    conventio, mandatum contra bonos mores,

    in conflict with morality, Quint. 3, 1, 57; Dig. 16, 3, 1, § 7; Gai. Inst. 3, 157 et saep. —
    11.
    Adverbial phrases.
    a.
    Bono animo esse, or bonum animum habere.
    (α).
    To be of good cheer or courage:

    bono animo es! Liberabit ille te homo,

    Plaut. Merc 3, 1, 33; so id. Aul. 4, 10, 61; id. Mil. 4, 8, 32; id. Rud. 3, 3, 17; Ter. Eun. 1, 2, 4; id. Heaut. 4, 6, 18; id. Ad. 2, 4, 20; 3, 5, 1; 4, 2, 4; 4, 5, 62; id. Phorm. 5, 8, 72:

    animo bono es,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 3, 103; id. Am. 2, 2, 48; 5, 2, 1:

    bono animo es, inquit Scrofa, et fiscinam expedi,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 26:

    bono animo sint et tui et mei familiares,

    Cic. Fam. 6, 18, 1; 6, 10, 29:

    bono animo esse jubere eam consul,

    Liv. 39, 13, 7:

    habe modo bonum animum,

    Plaut. Capt. 1, 2, 58; so id. Am. 1, 3, 47; id. Truc. 2, 6, 44; id. Aul. 2, 2, 15:

    habe animum bonum,

    id. Cas. 2, 6, 35; id. Ep. 2, 2, 1; 4, 2, 31:

    bonum animum habe,

    Liv. 45, 8, 5:

    clamor ortus ut bonum animum haberet,

    id. 8, 32, 1; so Sen. Ep. 87, 38.—
    (β).
    Bono animo esse, or facere aliquid, to be of a good or friendly disposition, or to do with good, honest intentions:

    audire jubet vos imperator histricus, bonoque ut animo sedeant in subselliis qui, etc.,

    Plaut. Poen. prol. 5: sunt enim (consules) [p. 246] optimo animo, summo consilio, of the best disposition, Cic. Phil. 3, 1, 2:

    bono te animo tum populus Romanus... dicere existimavit ea quae sentiebatis, sed, etc.,

    id. Imp. Pomp. 19, 56:

    quod nondum bono animo in populum Romanum viderentur,

    Caes. B. G. 1, 6; Quint. 7, 4, 15.—
    (γ).
    Bonus animus, good temper, patience:

    bonus animus in mala re dimidium mali est,

    Plaut. Ps. 1, 5, 37:

    vos etiam hoc animo meliore feratis,

    Ov. M. 9, 433.—
    b.
    Bono modo.
    (α).
    = placide, with composure, moderation:

    si quis quid deliquerit, pro noxa bono modo vindicet,

    Cato, R. R. 5:

    haec tibi tam sunt defendenda quam moenia, mihi autem bono modo, tantum quantum videbitur,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 44, 137.—
    (β).
    In a decent manner:

    neu quisquam prohibeto filium quin amet... quod bono fiat modo,

    Plaut. Merc. 5, 4, 62. —
    c.
    Jure optimo or optimo jure, with good, perfect right:

    te ipse jure optumo incuses licet,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 2, 23; id. Rud. 2, 6, 53:

    ut jure optimo me deserere posses,

    Cic. Fam. 3, 8, 6; Sen. Ot. Sap. 2 (29), 2.—With pass. or intr. verb, deservedly:

    ne jure optimo irrideamur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 31, 111; cf. id. ib. 1, 42, 151; id. Marcell. 1, 4;

    similarly, optimo judicio,

    Val. Max. 2, 9, 2.
    II.
    As subst.
    A.
    bŏnus, boni, m.; of persons.
    1.
    In sing. or plur. orig. = bonus vir, boni viri; v. I. A. 1. a. b, supra, a morally good man.
    (α).
    Plur.:

    bonis quod bene fit haud perit,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 3, 2; id. Capt. 2, 2, 108; id. Trin. 2, 1, 55; id. Pers. 4, 5, 2:

    melius apud bonos quam apud fortunatos beneficium collocari puto,

    Cic. Off. 2, 20, 71:

    verum esse ut bonos boni diligant, quamobrem... bonis inter bonos quasi necessariam (esse) benevolentiam,

    id. Lael. 14, 50:

    diverso itinere malos a bonis loca taetra... habere,

    Sall. C. 52, 13; 7, 2; 52, 22:

    oderunt peccare boni virtutis amore,

    Hor. Ep. 1, 16, 52:

    tam bonis quam malis conduntur urbes,

    Sen. Ben. 4, 28, 4; so id. Vit. Beat. 15, 6; Quint. 9, 2, 76.—Rarely bŏnae, arum, f., good women:

    quia omnes bonos bonasque adcurare addecet, etc.,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 41.—
    (β).
    Sing.:

    malus bonum malum esse volt ut sit sui similis,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 8:

    nec enim cuique bono mali quidquam evenire potest,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 41, 99; cf.:

    qui meliorem audax vocet in jus,

    Hor. S. 2, 5, 29.—
    2.
    Bonus, a man of honor.
    (α).
    A brave man:

    pro qua (patria) quis bonus dubitet mortem oppetere si ei sit profuturus?

    Cic. Off. 1, 17, 57:

    libertatem quam nemo bonus nisi cum anima simul amittat,

    Sall. C. 33, 5:

    fortes creantur fortibus et bonis,

    Hor. C. 4, 4, 29 (opp. ignavi):

    fama impari boni atque ignavi erant,

    Sall. J. 57, 6; 53, 8; id. C. 11, 2. —
    (β).
    A gentleman:

    quis enim umquam, qui paululum modo bonorum consuetudinem nosset, litteras ad se ab amico missas... in medium protulit?

    Cic. Phil. 2, 4, 7.—
    3.
    Boni, the better (i. e. higher) classes of society.
    (α).
    In gen. (of political sentiments, = optimates, opp. populares, seditiosi, perditi cives, etc.;

    so usu. in Cic.): meam causam omnes boni proprie enixeque susceperant,

    Cic. Sest. 16, 38:

    audaces homines et perditi nutu impelluntur... boni, nescio quomodo, tardiores sunt, etc.,

    id. ib. 47, 100:

    ego Kal. Jan. senatum et bonos omnes legis agrariae... metu liberavi,

    id. Pis. 2, 4:

    etenim omnes boni, quantum in ipsis fuit, Caesarem occiderunt,

    id. Phil. 2, 13, 29; id. Fam. 5, 2, 8; 5, 21, 2; id. Sest. 2, 5; 16, 36; 48, 103; id. Planc. 35, 86; id. Mil. 2, 5; id. Off. 2. 12, 43:

    maledictis increpat omnes bonos,

    Sall. C. 21, 4; 19, 2; 33, 3; Hirt. B. G. 8, 22; so,

    optimi,

    Cic. Leg. 3, 17, 37; and, ironically, boni identified with the rich:

    bonorum, id est lautorum et locupletum,

    id. Att. 8, 1, 3.—
    (β).
    Without reference to political views;

    opp. vulgus (rare): nihil ego istos moror fatuos mores quibus boni dedecorant se,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 2, 22:

    semper in civitate quibus opes nullae sunt bonis invident,

    Sall. C. 37, 3:

    elatus est sine ulla pompa funeris, comitantibus omnibus bonis, maxima vulgi frequentia,

    Nep. Att. 22, 2.—So, mĕlĭōres, um, m., one ' s betters:

    ut quaestui habeant male loqui melioribus,

    Plaut. Poen. 3, 3, 13:

    da locum melioribus,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 2, 37.—
    4.
    Boni, bone, in addresses, as an expression of courtesy, Hor. S. 2, 2, 1; 2, 6, 51; 2, 6, 95; id. Ep. 2, 2, 37; ironice, id. S. 2, 3, 31.—
    5.
    Optimus quisque = quivis bonus, omnes boni.
    (α).
    Referring to morality:

    esse aliquid natura pulcrum quod optimus quisque sequeretur,

    every good man, Cic. Sen. 13, 43:

    qui ita se gerebant ut sua consilia optimo cuique probarent, optimates habebantur,

    id. Sest. 45, 96; id. Off. 1, 43, 154; id. Fin. 1, 7, 24; id. Sest. 54, 115; and = even the best:

    quare deus optimum quemque mala valetudine adficit?

    Sen. Prov. 4, 8.—
    (β).
    Of the educated classes:

    adhibenda est quaedam reverentia adversus homines, et optimi cujusque et reliquorum,

    Cic. Off. 1, 28, 99; cf. id. ib. 1, 25, 85:

    Catilina plerisque consularibus, praeterea optumo cuique, litteras mittit,

    Sall. C. 34, 2:

    optimo cuique infesta libertas,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 2 (32 fin.).—
    (γ).
    Honorable, brave:

    optumus quisque cadere et sauciari, ceteris metus augeri,

    Sall. J. 92, 8.—
    (δ).
    In gen., excellent:

    optimus quisque facere quam dicere... malebat,

    Sall. C. 8, 5.—
    (ε).
    Distributively:

    ita imperium semper ad optumum quemque a minus bono transfertur,

    to the best man in each instance, Sall. C. 2, 6.—
    (ζ).
    Referring to another superlative ( = quo quisque melior eo magis, etc.):

    hic aditus laudis qui semper optimo cuique maxime patuit,

    Cic. Imp. Pomp. 1, 1; so id. Lael. 4, 14; id. Inv. 2, 11, 36; Sen. Vit. Beat. 18, 1.—
    (η).
    Attributively, with a noun:

    optimam quamque causam,

    Cic. Sest. 43, 93:

    optima quaeque dies,

    Verg. G. 3, 66.
    2.
    bŏnum, i, n., plur. bona; mĕlĭus, ōris, n.; optĭmum, i, n. (v. infra); of things in gen.
    1.
    Bonum, or plur. bona, a good, or goods in a moral and metaphysical sense, a moral good, a blessing: sunt autem hae de finibus defensae sententiae: nihil bonum nisi honestum, ut Stoici; nihil bonum nisi voluptatem, ut Epicurus;

    nihil bonum nisi vacuitatem doloris, ut Hieronymus... tria genera bonorum, maxima animi, secunda corporis, externa tertia, ut Peripatetici, etc.,

    Cic. Tusc. 5, 30, 84 sq.:

    quid est igitur bonum? Si quid recte fit et honeste et cum virtute, id bene fieri vere dicitur, et quod rectum et honestum et cum virtute est, id solum opinor bonum,

    id. Par. 1, 1, 9:

    ut quis intellegat, quid sit illud simplex et verum bonum quod non possit ab honestate sejungi,

    id. Ac. 1, 2, 7:

    non-est igitur voluptas bonum,

    id. Fin. 1, 11, 39: finis bonorum et malorum (telos agathôn) = summa bona et mala:

    sunt nonnullae disciplinae quae, propositis bonorum et malorum finibus, officium omne pervertant. Nam qui summum bonum sic instituit ut, etc.,

    id. Off. 1, 2, 5; cf. id. Par. 1, 3, 14; id. Ac. 2, 9, 29; 2, 36, 114; 2, 42, 129; id. Fin. 1, 9, 29; 1, 12, 42; id. Tusc. 4, 31, 66; Sen. Vit. Beat. 24, 5; id. Ep. 117, 1 et saep.—
    2.
    Bonum, what is valuable, beneficial, estimable, favorable, pleasant, physically or mentally:

    quoi boni Tantum adfero quantum ipsus a diis optat,

    Plaut. Capt. 4, 1, 9:

    multa bona vobis volt facere,

    will do you much good, id. Poen. 5, 4, 60; id. Am. prol. 43, 49; id. Pers. 4, 8, 4; 2, 3, 14; id. Cas. 2, 8, 32:

    tum demum nostra intellegemus bona quom ea amisimus,

    id. Capt. 1, 2, 33:

    multa tibi di dent bona,

    id. Poen. 1, 1, 80; cf. id. ib. 3, 3, 54; 3, 3, 74; id. Mil. 3, 1, 120; id. Men. 3, 3, 34; id. Pers. 4, 3, 23; id. Truc. 1, 2, 23; id. Merc. 1, 2, 40; id. Most. 1, 1, 47:

    omnia Bona dicere,

    to speak in the highest terms of one, Ter. And. 1, 1, 70:

    sed ne vivus quidem bono caret, si eo non indiget,

    Cic. Tusc. 1, 36, 88:

    cum quaecumque bona Peripateticis, eadem Stoicis commoda viderentur,

    id. ib. 5, 41, 120:

    nihil enim boni nosti,

    nothing that is good for any thing, id. Phil. 2, 7, 16:

    mala pro bonis legere dementia est,

    Sen. Vit. Beat. 6, 1; Val. Max. 5, 3, ext. 3 fin.; Hor. S. 1, 2, 73:

    quia bonum sit valere,

    a good thing, Cic. Fin. 4, 23, 62 (cf. III. A. 5. infra):

    melius: quo quidem haud scio an... quidquam melius sit homini a dis immortalibus datum,

    id. Lael. 6, 20:

    meliora... Aristotelem de istis rebus scripsisse,

    id. Or. 1, 10, 43:

    optimum: difficillimum est formam exponere optimi,

    id. ib. 11, 36.— Here belongs the phrase boni consulere;

    v. consulo.—So after prepositions: in bonum vertere, v. under verto: in melius ire,

    to change for the better, Tac. A. 12, 68.—In the same sense: in melius aliquid referre, or reflectere ( poet.), Verg. A. 1, 281; 11, 426; 10, 632:

    ad melius transcurrere,

    to pass over to something better, Hor. S. 2, 2, 82.—
    3.
    Bonum or bona, prosperity:

    fortiter malum qui patitur, idem post patitur bonum,

    Plaut. As. 2, 2, 58:

    nulli est homini perpetuum bonum,

    id. Curc. 1, 3, 33:

    unā tecum bona, mala tolerabimus,

    Ter. Phorm. 3, 3, 23:

    quibus in bonis fuerint et nunc quibus in malis sint, ostenditur ( = in secundis, in adversis rebus),

    Cic. Inv. 1, 55, 107.—
    4.
    Good qualities, gifts:

    omnia adsunt bona, quem penes'st virtus,

    Plaut. Am. 2, 2, 30:

    magnis illi et divinis bonis hanc licentiam adsequebantur,

    Cic. Off. 1, 41, 148:

    nisi qui se suā gravitate et castimoniā... tum etiam naturali quodam bono defenderet, etc.,

    id. Cael. 5, 11:

    hunc meā sententiā divinis quibusdam bonis instructum atque ornatum puto,

    id. ib. 17, 39:

    non intellego quod bonum cuiquam sit apud tales viros profuturum,

    id. Balb. 28, 63:

    gaude isto tuo tam excellenti bono,

    id. Marcell. 6, 19; so id. Imp. Pomp. 16, 49.—
    5.
    Advantage, benefit:

    si plus adipiscare, re explicatā, boni, quam addubitatā mali,

    Cic. Off. 1, 24, 83:

    saepe cogitavi bonine an mali plus adtulerit... eloquentiae studium,

    id. Inv. 1, 1, 1; 2, 35, 106; id. Off. 2, 2, 5; id. Sest. 10, 24:

    maximum bonum in celeritate ponebat,

    Sall. C. 43, 4; so, bono publico (abl.), for the public good:

    hoc ita si fit, publico fiat bono,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 183; Liv. 2, 44, 3; Dig. 41, 3, 1.—
    6.
    With aequum, what is fair and good, the fair ( thing), fairness, equity:

    si bonum aequomque oras,

    Plaut. Most. 3, 1, 149; so id. Pers. 3, 1, 71; id. Rud. 1, 2, 94; id. Men. 4, 2, 11:

    si tu aliquam partem aequi bonique dixeris,

    Ter. Phorm. 4, 3, 32; id. Heaut. 4, 1, 29; id. Ad. 1, 1, 39:

    a quo vivo nec praesens nec absens quidquam aequi bonique impetravit,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 37, 94.—Hence, aequo et bono, or ex aequo et bono, in ( with) fairness, in equity, Ter. Ad. 5, 9, 30; Auct. Her. 2, 10, 14; 2, 12, 18; 2, 13, 20; Gai. Inst. 3, 137: aequi bonique, as gen. of value, with facere:

    istuc, Chreme, Aequi bonique facio,

    I place a fair and proper value on it, Ter. Heaut. 4, 5, 40.—
    7.
    Bona, one ' s property, fortunes, almost always denoting the whole of one's possessions.
    a.
    In gen.:

    paterna oportet reddi filio bona,

    Plaut. Poen. 5, 2, 120:

    bona sua med habiturum omnia,

    id. Truc. 2, 4, 49; cf. id. ib. 2, 7, 6; 4, 2, 29; id. Rud. 2, 6, 22; id. Most. 1, 3, 77; id. Trin. 4, 4, 3; Ter. Eun. 2, 2, 4:

    bona mea diripiebantur atque ad consulem deferebantur,

    Cic. Sest. 24, 54:

    cum de capite, civis et de bonis proscriptio ferretur,

    id. ib. 30, 65:

    bona, fortunas, possessiones omnium,

    id. Caecin. 13, 38:

    at mulctantur bonis exsules,

    id. Tusc. 5, 37, 106; id. Off. 2, 23, 81; id. Par. 1, 1, 7; id. Sest. 19, 42; 43, 94; 52, 111; id. Phil. 2, 26, 64; Caes. B. G. 7, 3; Liv. 2, 3, 5; 2, 5, 5; 4, 15, 8; Tac. A. 2, 48; Quint. 6, 1, 19 et saep.—
    b.
    Bonorum possessio, the possession of one ' s property by another.
    (α).
    Bonorum possessio in consequence of bonorum cessio, i. e. an assignment of one ' s property for the benefit of creditors, Dig. 42, tit. 3.—
    (β).
    Bonorum possessio granted by the prætor against a contumacious or insolvent debtor (in bona mittere, in bona ire jubere, bona possidere jubere, etc.); cf. Dig. 42, tit. 4:

    postulat a Burrieno Naevius ut ex edicto bona possidere liceat,

    Cic. Quint. 6, 25, and the whole of c. 8:

    edixit... neu quis militis... bona possideret aut venderet,

    Liv. 2, 24, 6:

    bona proscribere,

    to offer the property thus transferred for sale, Cic. Quint. 6, 25.—
    (γ).
    Chiefly referring to the property of a defunct person (hereditas), where the prætor, till the heir had proved his right, granted a bonorum possessio secundum tabulas or contra tabulas, Dig. 37, tit. 4; 37, tit. 11.—
    c.
    In bonis esse;

    with reference to the older civil law, which distinguished between civil property (habere rem ex jure Quiritium) and natural property (rem in bonis habere, res in bonis est),

    Gai. Inst. 2, 40, 41; Dig. 40, 12, 38, § 2; 37, 6, 2, § 1; 37, 6, 3, § 2; ib. Fragm. 1, 16; Gai. Inst. 1, 22; 1, 35; 1, 222; 1, 167; Dig. 1, 8, 1; 27, 10, 10:

    neque bonorum possessorum, neque... res pleno jure fiunt, sed in bonis efficiuntur,

    ib. Fragm. 3, 80.—Hence, nullam omnino arbitrabamur de eā hereditate controversiam eum habiturum, et est hodie in bonis, i. e. [p. 247] the bonorum possessio has been granted to him, which did not give full ownership, but effected only that the hereditas was in bonis. Cic. Fam. 13, 30, 1.
    III.
    Predicative use.
    A.
    With nouns or pronouns as subjects.
    1.
    Bonum esse, to be morally good, honest:

    nunc mihi bonae necessum est esse ingratiis, Quamquam esse nolo,

    Plaut. Cist. 2, 3, 82:

    bonam ego quam beatam me esse nimio dici mavolo,

    id. Poen. 1, 2, 93; so id. Capt. 2, 1, 44; id. Men. 4, 2, 6; id. Rud. prol. 29:

    itaque viros fortes magnanimos eosdem, bonos et simplices... esse volumus,

    Cic. Off. 1, 19, 63; cf. id. ib. 3, 21, 84; id. Att. 15, 6, 1:

    Cato esse quam videri bonus malebat,

    Sall. C. 54, 5:

    ut politiora, non ut meliora fiant ingenia,

    Val. Max. 5, 4, ext. 5 fin.
    2.
    To be beneficial, prosperous, advantageous, valuable, favorable, serviceable, correct, with reference to both persons and things as subjects, and in regard to physical and mental relations:

    jam istuc non bonumst,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 2, 29; Cato, R. R. 157:

    oleum viridius et melius fiet,

    id. ib. 3:

    vinum ut alvum bonam faciat,

    to correct the bowels, id. ib. 156:

    quid est homini salute melius?

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 127:

    non optuma haec sunt, verum meliora quam deterruma,

    id. Trin. 2, 3, 1:

    quid est quod huc possit quod melius sit accedere?

    Cic. Fin. 1, 12, 41; 1, 18, 57; id. Tusc. 1, 41, 99:

    in quo (vestitu), sicut in plerisque rebus, mediocritas optima est,

    id. Off. 1, 36, 130; 2, 17, 59; id. Inv. 1, 31, 51; id. Or. 2, 6; 11, 36:

    meliorem tamen militem... in futura proelia id certamen fecit,

    Liv. 2, 51, 3:

    parvus ut est cygni melior canor, ille gruum quam Clamor,

    Lucr. 4, 181; 4, 191:

    si meliora dies, ut vina, poemata reddit,

    Hor. Ep. 2, 1, 34.—So in the optative formula:

    quod bonum, faustum, felixque sit,

    Liv. 1, 28, 7; 1, 17, 10; 39, 15, 1; 3, 54;

    3, 34.—Also, quod bonum atque fortunatum mihi sit,

    Plaut. Cas. 2, 6, 50;

    and with a noun as subject: ut nobis haec habitatio Bona, fausta, felix, fortunataque evenat,

    Plaut. Trin. 1, 2, 3.—
    3.
    To be kind:

    bonus cum probis'st (erus), malus cum malis,

    Plaut. Most. 4, 1, 22:

    hic si vellet bonus ac benignus Esse,

    Hor. S. 1, 2, 52.—
    4.
    With reference to the gods:

    ecastor ambae (Fortuna et Salus sunt bonae,

    Plaut. As. 3, 3, 129:

    Palladis aut oculos ausa negare bonos (esse),

    Prop. 3, 24, 12 (2, 28, 12).—
    B.
    Impers.
    1.
    Bonum est (very rare for the class. bene est; v. bene).
    (α).
    Without a subject:

    bonum sit!

    may it be fortunate, favorable! Verg. E. 8, 106.—
    (β).
    With subject inf.:

    nam et stulte facere, et stulte fabularier in aetate haud bonum est,

    Plaut. Trin. 2, 4, 61:

    bonum est pauxillum amare, insane non bonum est,

    id. Curc. 1, 3,20.—
    2.
    Melius est.
    (α).
    With subject inf.:

    melius sanam est mentem sumere,

    Plaut. Men. 5, 2, 51:

    nihil sentire est melius quam tam prava sentire,

    Cic. Ac. 2, 40, 125; cf. id. Fin. 1, 19, 62; id. Off. 1, 43, 156; so,

    melius fuit, fuisset, or fuerat,

    it would have been better, id. N. D. 3, 33; id. Sen. 23, 82; id. Off. 3, 25, 94:

    proinde quiesse erit melius,

    Liv. 3, 48, 3; 3, 41, 3; Verg. A. 11, 303.—
    (β).
    With subject inf.-clause:

    meliu'st te quae sunt mandata tibi praevortier,

    Plaut. Merc. 2, 3, 125; id. Men. 5, 9, 32.—
    (γ).
    With ut-clause:

    quid melius quam ut hinc intro abeam et me suspendam clanculum,

    Plaut. Rud. 4, 4, 145; so id. Ps. 4, 7, 18.—
    (δ).
    With subjectclause in the subjunctive:

    nunc quid mihi meliu'st quam ilico hic opperiar erum,

    Plaut. Rud. 2, 2, 22.—
    3.
    Optimum est.
    (α).
    With subject inf.:

    optimum visum est, captivos quam primum deportare,

    Liv. 23, 34, 8:

    si quis dicit optimum esse navigare,

    Sen. Ot. Sap. 8, 4 (32 fin.); so, optimum fuit, it would have been better, and optimum erat, it would be better, Quint. 6, prooem. 3; 11, 2, 33; Hor. S. 2, 1, 7.—
    (β).
    With inf.-clause:

    constituerunt optimum esse, domum suam quemque reverti,

    Caes. B. G. 2, 10: optimum visum est, in fluctuantem aciem tradi equos, etc., Liv 6, 24, 10; 22, 27, 6.—
    (γ).
    With ut and subj:

    hoc vero optimum, ut is qui, etc., id ultimum bonorum, id ipsum quid et quale sit nesciat,

    Cic. Fin. 2, 3, 6.—
    (δ).
    With quod:

    illa vero optima (sunt) quod cum Haluntium venisset Archagathum vocari jussit,

    Cic. Verr. 2, 4, 23, § 51:

    optimum vero (est) quod dictaturae nomen in perpetuum de re publica sustulisti,

    id. Phil. 2, 36, 91.—
    (ε).
    With second sup., in the phrase optumum factu est (where factu is redundant):

    sed hoc mihi optumum factu arbitror,

    Plaut. Stich. 1, 2, 16:

    optimum factu esse duxerant frumento... nostros prohibere,

    Caes. B. G. 4, 30:

    optumum factu credens exercitum augere,

    Sall. C. 32, 1 (Kritz, factum); 57, 5 (Kritz, factum).
    IV.
    Ellipt. use: di meliora, i. e. dent or velint, i. e. let the gods grant better things than what you say, etc.; God forbid! in full:

    di melius duint,

    Ter. Phorm. 5, 9, 16:

    di meliora velint!

    Ov. M. 7, 37.—Ellipt.:

    di meliora! inquit,

    Cic. Sen. 14, 47:

    id ubi mulier audivit, perturbata, dii meliora inquit, etc.,

    Liv. 39, 10, 2; 9, 9, 6; Verg. G. 3, 513;

    similarly, di melius, i. e. fecerunt,

    Val. Max. 6, 1, ext. 3.
    V.
    With object expressed,
    1.
    By dat.
    (α).
    = good, useful, beneficial for:

    ambula, id lieni optumum est,

    Plaut. Curc. 2, 1, 25:

    quia vobis eadem quae mihi bona malaque esse intellexi,

    Sall. C. 20, 3:

    bona bello Cornus, jaculis, etc.,

    Verg. G. 2, 447.—
    (β).
    = benignus or propitius, kind to:

    vicinis bonus esto,

    Cato, R. R. 4:

    bene merenti mala es, male merenti bona es,

    Plaut. As. 1, 2, 3:

    vos o mihi Manes, Este boni,

    Verg. A. 12, 647.—
    (γ).
    = idoneus, fit for, adapted to:

    qui locus vino optimus dicetur esse,

    Cato, R. R. 6:

    tum erit ei rei optumum tempus,

    id. ib. 26:

    terra cui putre solum, Optima frumentis,

    Verg. G. 2, 205; 2, 319; 1, 286.—
    (δ).
    With sum and dat., in the phrase alicui bono est, it is of service to one, profits him:

    accusant in quibus occidi patrem Sex. Roscii bono fuit,

    Cic. Rosc. Am. 5, 13:

    bono fuisse Romanis adventum eorum constabat,

    Liv. 7, 12, 4.—Hence, with rel. dat.: cui bono (est), for whose advantage it is:

    quod si quis usurpet illud Cassianum cui bono fuerit, etc.,

    Cic. Phil. 2, 14, 35:

    cui bono fuisset,

    id. Rosc. Am. 30, 84; id. Mil. 12, 32 Ascon. ad loc.; cf.

    ellipt. form cui bono?

    Prisc. p. 1208 P.—
    (ε).
    With dat. gerund:

    ager oleto conserundo qui in Favonium spectavit, aliis bonus nullus erit,

    Cato, R. R. 6; Varr. R. R. 1, 24:

    (mons) quia pecori bonus alendo erat,

    Liv. 29, 31; 9, 10.—
    2.
    By ad and acc.:

    refert et ad quam rem bona aut non bona sit,

    Varr. R. R. 1, 91:

    occasio quaeritur idoneane fuerit ad rem adoriendam, an alia melior,

    Auct. Her. 2, 4, 7:

    non campos modo militi Romano ad proelium bonos, etc.,

    Tac. A. 2, 14.

    Lewis & Short latin dictionary > meliores

См. также в других словарях:

  • The Temple Institute — The Temple Institute, known in Hebrew as Machon HaMikdash ( he. מכון המקדש), is an organization in Israel focusing on the controversial endeavor of re establishing the Third Temple. Its long term aim is to build the third Jewish temple on the… …   Wikipedia

  • The Temple of the Golden Pavilion — infobox Book | name = The Temple of the Golden Pavilion title orig = 金閣寺 Kinkakuji translator = Ivan Morris author = Yukio Mishima illustrator = cover artist = country = Japan language = Japanese English series = genre = Novel publisher =… …   Wikipedia

  • The Temple of Dawn — Infobox Book name = The Temple of Dawn title orig = Akatsuki no Tera 暁の寺 translator = E. Dale Saunders Cecilia Segawa Seigle author = Yukio Mishima cover artist = country = Japan language = Japanese series = The Sea of Fertility genre = Novel… …   Wikipedia

  • Order of the Temple of the Rosy Cross — The Order of the Temple of the Rosy Cross was an organization of traditional esoterism of West, founded in the bosom of the Theosophical Society in 1912 but due to the First World War, the activity was suspended . Its main leaders were Annie… …   Wikipedia

  • Masonic Temple (Port Hope, Michigan) — Masonic Temple U.S. National Register of Historic Places …   Wikipedia

  • Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom — This article is about the film. For the soundtrack, see Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom (soundtrack). For the arcade game, see Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom (arcade game). Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom …   Wikipedia

  • Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom (soundtrack) — Infobox Album | + #REVERT Indiana Jones and the Temple of Doom#Soundtrack Name = Indiana Jones and the Temple Of Doom: The Original Motion Picture Soundtrack Type = Soundtrack Artist = John Williams Background = gainsboro Released = Recorded =… …   Wikipedia

  • Order of the Temple of the Rosy Cross — Der Order of the Temple of the Rosy Cross – OTRC (Orden des Tempels vom Rosenkreuz, auch der theosophische Tempel des Rosenkreuzes) war ein Rosenkreuzerorden, der 1912 durch Mitglieder der Theosophischen Gesellschaft Adyar in London gegründet… …   Deutsch Wikipedia

  • The Cooper Temple Clause — Background information Origin Wokingham, Berkshire, England Genres …   Wikipedia

  • The Church —     The Church     † Catholic Encyclopedia ► The Church     The term church (Anglo Saxon, cirice, circe; Modern German, Kirche; Sw., Kyrka) is the name employed in the Teutonic languages to render the Greek ekklesia (ecclesia), the term by which… …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • TEMPLE — The article is arranged according to the following outline: first temple history structure the ground plan of the temple the detailed plan of the temple general description the porch THE MAIN ROOM (HEKHAL) OR HOLY PLACE …   Encyclopedia of Judaism

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»